ABRAMS The Art of Books SPRING 2023
ADULT & CHILDREN’S BOOKS
188 ● DISTRIBUTED PUBLISHERS
Tate Publishing (Children’s)
Milky Way Picture Books
The Overlook Press
Abrams Books for Young Readers
230 ● CREDITS
231 ● INFORMATION TO THE TRADE
From Gray Malin: Coastal • By Gray Malin
Meal Prep Magic
TIME-SAVING TRICKS FOR STRESS-FREE COOKING BY CATHERINE MCCORD
Become a faster, healthier cook with secrets from Weelicious founder, Smoother Project author, and meal prep genius Catherine McCord
SELLING POINTS PROMOTIONAL DYNAMO: McCord is a tireless and effective promoter. A strong social media platform with an engaged audience, a huge list of connections that includes influencers and celebs, a wide– reaching family–oriented meal kit service, and her ability to get on national television all came together to help us sell Smoothie Project. Since then, her Instagram following has grown from 214,000 to 345,000. COMBINES TWO BESTSELLING CATEGORIES: Similar books that offer an organizational approach such as those by Marie Kondo and The Home Edit have done really well. McCord’s book will build on this category but add specificity by focusing on the kitchen. Additionally, home cooks are hungry for ways to get food on the table for their families and turn to meal prep books for help. This book combines these two successful subjects: It is The Home Edit meets Skinnytaste Meal Prep.
With celebrated cookbook author and Weelicious founder Catherine McCord’s step–by–step process, your kitchen will be beautifully organized and fast, healthy family meals will be at your fingertips—starting with 100 of her favorite recipes. McCord believes that success in the kitchen comes down to two things—organization and meal prep—and she’ll show you how to master both. One step beyond the ideological approach of Marie Kondo and The Home Edit, McCord brings you a practical guide to organizing the most important space in your home and using it. McCord also offers up her favorite family recipes that are easy to prep ahead, make entirely ahead, contain basic ingredients that are always in your pantry, and/or strategically employ your freezer, air–fryer, Instant Pot, slow cooker, and more. Think grab–and–go breakfasts, creative packed lunches, healthy snacks, and irresistible dinners that are even better leftovers. By following McCord’s simple strategies for meal prepping, you’ll always have food on–hand to enjoy throughout your busy week, limiting your trips to the grocery store and time spent in the kitchen. Eat healthy meals you love, while saving time, money, and your sanity. Meal Prep Magic is a lifesaver for any and all home cooks, busy parents, and fans of Weelicious and McCord’s popular book Smoothie Project.
Catherine McCord is the founder of the popular website weelicious.com and the family food brand One Potato. McCord is the author of Smoothie Project,Weelicious, and Weelicious Lunches.
RECIPES THAT MAKE YOUR LIFE EASY: McCord shares her absolute favorite recipes that the whole family will love. These 100 recipes are easy to prep in advance, are great frozen, make fantastic leftovers (with ideas on how to transform leftovers into something new), and can be whipped up in a snap, making use of time–saving techniques and appliances, such as air fryers and Instant Pots.
SPECIFICATIONS * 125 color images * 240 pages * WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/8" - 254mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL FOOD & DRINK, HOUSE & HOME, HOW-TO, SELF-HELP ISBN 978-1-4197-6432-5 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
CARTON QTY: 14 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-618-1
RIGHTS: World English
THE ART OF MEXICAN-STYLE GRILLING BY BRICIA LOPEZ AND JAVIER CABRAL
Oaxaca authors Bricia Lopez and Javier Cabral are back with the first major cookbook about how to create asada—Mexican–style grilled meat—at home
SELLING POINTS PROVEN SUCCESS: Published in fall 2019, Lopez and Cabral’s previous Abrams’ cookbook, Oaxaca, was a 2020 James Beard Award nominee. RESPECTED AUTHORS: Lopez is the Los Angeles–based authority on Mexican food. The mayor of Los Angeles appointed Lopez to the city’s Board of Convention and Tourism Development in March 2019, and The New Yorker crowned her the “queen of mezcal,” among many other accolades. Lopez is also a co– owner of Los Angeles’ Guelaguetza, the most prominent Oaxacan restaurant in the United States. REINVIGORATING THE CATEGORY: Asada will give a much–needed refresh to the grilling category by highlighting the influence of Mexican culture on both asada and American culture and food.
SPECIFICATIONS * 100 color images * 272 pages In millions of backyards across Southern California, an asada means a gathering of family, friends, great music, cold drinks, good times, and community—all centered around the primal allure of juicy, smoky grilled meat with flavors and spices traditional to Mexico. The smell of asada is a cloud of joy that lingers in the streets of Los Angeles. With Asada: The Art of Mexican–Style Grilling, Mexican food authorities and the authors of Oaxaca, Bricia Lopez and Javier Cabral, are back with more than 100 recipes that show you how to prepare the right dishes and drinks for your next carne asada gathering. Asada will both guide you in crafting mouthwatering food and inspire the right laidback atmosphere. Everyone says they love a spicy margarita and asada tacos, but very few understand the culture that informs these flavors. Divided into the eight crucial elements of any carne asada: botanas (appetizers), carnes (meats), mariscos (seafood), side dishes and vegetables, salsas, aguas frescas, cocktails, and dessert, Asada walks you through every step. From Lopez’s secret “michelada marinade” to game–changing salsas that will elevate any grilled meat, this cookbook is the ultimate guide to making and beginning to understand the magic of asada.
* WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL FOOD & DRINK, FOOD NARRATIVE, HOW-TO, ENTERTAINING ISBN 978-1-4197-6288-8 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-995-3
Bricia Lopez and Javier Cabral co–authored Oaxaca. Lopez comes from a long lineage of Oaxaca Mezcal craftsmen, and grew up in her grandmother’s kitchen. Lopez is the co–proprietor of Guelaguetza. Cabral created the critically acclaimed food blog Teenage Gluster when he was only 16. A former West Coast staff writer for Munchies, he has written for numerous publications, including the Los Angeles Times, Saveur, and Lucky Peach. They both live in Los Angeles.
IRRESISTIBLY FAST RECIPES FROM UNDER THE TUSCAN SUN BY FRANCES MAYES AND SUSAN WYLER
From the famed author of Under the Tuscan Sun, the most delicious 30–minute Tuscan pasta recipes
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING SALES TRACK: As the international bestselling author of Under the Tuscan Sun, Bella Tuscany, Everyday in Tuscany, and In Tuscany, Frances Mayes’s writing has been a channel into the rustic Italian way of life. Mayes’s previous Tuscan Sun Cookbook was recently named one of the best 98 Italian cookbooks of all time by Book Authority. AUTHOR WHO IS ALWAYS IN THE SPOTLIGHT: Mayes is publishing a new essay collection called A Place in the World: Finding the Meaning of Home soon, and her novel Women in Sunlight is being made into a movie, so she will be increasingly in the public eye over the coming years.
Frances Mayes is known for transporting readers to the charming Italian countryside in her bestselling books. In Pasta Veloce, Mayes works with food editor Susan Wyler to bring that irresistible Italian flavor right to your home with 100 of her favorite pasta recipes. These well–loved recipes blend traditional Italian technique with magic from Mayes’s home kitchen where experiments are always in progress. Pasta is the most versatile food on earth. And if you do it right: fast! Pasta Veloce offers a multitude of under–30–minute, luscious recipes, all accompanied by Mayes’s evocative text. While there are numerous pasta cookbooks, few feature a true Italophile’s passion and eye for detail that can get a dish to the table in, as Mayes describes, “the time it takes to boil water.” From a Tagliatelle with Duck Confit, Chestnuts, and Coffee Reduction to a glittering Capellini with Golden Caviar to the perfect vodka sauce, Pasta Veloce is your guide on those nights when you’re ready to skip the whole production of it but still want to eat like royalty in a rustic Italian village. Frances Mayes is the international bestselling author of Under the Tuscan Sun and The Tuscan Sun Cookbook. The award–winning movie by the same title was based off of her memoir. She is also the author of A Year in the World, Bella Tuscany, Every Day in Tuscany, Women in Sunlight, and Bringing Tuscany Home, among others. She and her husband divide their time between North Carolina and Tuscany. Susan Wyler is a cookbook editor, the author of Cooking for a Crowd and Cooking from a Country Farmhouse, and a former food editor at Food & Wine magazine. She lives in Hillsborough, North Carolina. Steven Rothfeld is a photographer whose work appears in The Tuscan Sun Cookbook, Bringing Tuscany Home, and Simply French. He lives in Napa Valley, California.
EVERGREEN TOPIC: Italian cuisine, and especially pasta, never gets old. With Mayes as the authority on the subject, this book will appeal to anyone who wants to transport themselves to Tuscany and eat the fresh and comforting pasta Mayes learned to make there, with the added promise of approachable and fast recipes.
SPECIFICATIONS * 125 color images * 224 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL FOOD NARRATIVE, FOOD & DRINK, TRAVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-6314-4 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-747-8
In Praise of Home Cooking REASONS AND RECIPES BY LIANA KRISSOFF
Award–winning cookbook author Liana Krissoff presents an evocatively written ode to home cooking with all the guidance you need to perfect your own easy–to–master family recipes
SELLING POINTS EXPERT AUTHOR: Krissoff is the author of six respected cookbooks, most notably, the bestselling and award–winning Canning for a New Generation (2010), which has sold more than 83,000 copies. MOST PERSONAL BOOK TO DATE: In the vein of Julia Turshen’s Small Victories and Laurie Colwin’s Home Cooking, this book is filled with beautifully written stories from Krissoff’s life and the recipes that she has perfected for decades and chooses to cook with her family, over and over again.
Trusted cookbook author Liana Krissoff is back. Previously, she showed you fresh canning recipes; modern slow–cooker recipes; and easy vegetarian dishes. Now, she brings you In Praise of Home Cooking—fit for anyone looking to perfect the staples, parents who want to whip up something tasty, curious kids who want to learn grandma’s secret recipes, and everyone who has gotten tired of labor–intensive recipes. To Krissoff, perfecting uncomplicated recipes and kitchen habits—such as learning to roast a whole chicken and use it for several days’ worth of meals, to cook a pot of creamy beans and one of fluffy rice, or to preserve foods when they’re abundant—is essential to living hopefully and with great pleasure. In this book, there are charming step–by–step illustrations that demystify key cooking skills, vibrant food photographs, and short essays that reveal keen insights gleaned from a life as a recipe tester, cookbook author, and mom interspersed among the recipes. The more than 85 recipes in this book are Krissoff’s essentials, perfected for your ease. From kneading your own yeasted bread dough to refining your classic tahini dressing, Krissoff brings you all the foolproof recipes you always wished you had, while offering insight into the meaning and beauty behind these simple moments.
Liana Krissoff is the author of six cookbooks, including Abrams’ Slow Cook Modern, Canning for a New Generation, Whole Grains for a New Generation, and Secrets of Slow Cooking. She has been a freelance recipe tester, editor, and writer for over a decade.
FOR COOKS OF ALL LEVELS: This book teaches core cooking skills and celebrates the beauty and meaning of this practical task. Whether you are an expert cook who wants to connect with the joy of cooking, add some essential back–pocket recipes to your repertoire, and share the joy of cooking with someone you love, or a beginner who wants to further develop your skills and learn to love your time in the kitchen, this book is an inspiring and practical guide, full of essential recipes from one of the most experienced, trusted home cooks.
SPECIFICATIONS * 125 color illustrations and photographs * 272 pages * WIDTH: 7" - 178mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH FOOD & DRINK, FAMILY, ENTERTAINING, HOW-TO ISBN 978-1-4197-4938-4 US $29.99 CAN $33.50 UK £25.00
CARTON QTY: 16 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-996-0
The Great American Burger Book (Expanded and Updated Edition) HOW TO MAKE AUTHENTIC REGIONAL HAMBURGERS AT HOME BY GEORGE MOTZ
The definitive guide to creating the most mouthwatering hamburgers by America’s leading burger expert—expanded and updated with new and improved recipes
SELLING POINTS SUBSTANTIAL UPDATE: This edition includes 30 percent more recipes and photos than the original, including a section on international interpretations of the classic American burger. NEW REGIONAL RECIPES: New recipes in this updated edition feature mouthwatering burgers from Illinois, Indiana, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Ohio, Oklahoma, and New York. EXPERT AUTHOR: Motz’s reputation as the hamburger expert makes him the go–to authority on the topic. His platform has grown considerably since initial publication, with more than 141,000 followers on Instagram, and his Burger Scholar video series has received millions of views on YouTube.
SPECIFICATIONS * 95 color photographs * 336 pages * WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * Hardcover POB The Great American Burger Book was the first book to showcase a wide range of regional burger styles and cooking methods. In this new, expanded edition, author and burger expert George Motz covers traditional grilling techniques as well as how to smoke, steam, poach, smash, and deep–fry burgers based on signature recipes from around the country. Each chapter is dedicated to a specific regional burger, and includes the history of the method and details on how to create your own piece of American food history right at home. Written by Motz, the author of Hamburger America and hailed by the New York Times as a “leading authority” on hamburgers, The Great American Burger Book is a regional tour of America’s best burgers. These mouthwatering recipes include, Connecticut’s Steamed Cheeseburger, The Tortilla Burger of New Mexico, Iowa’s Loosemeat Sandwich, Houston’s Smoked Burger, Pennsylvania’s The Fluff Screamer, and Sheboygan's Brat Burger. This is a book for anyone who loves a great burger, unique or classic. And who doesn’t love a great burger?
PUB MONTH: MAY FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-1-4197-6514-8 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
CARTON QTY: 6 ebook ISBN 978-1-61312-942-5
George Motz is a well–traveled Emmy Award–winning freelance filmmaker, author, and photographer. He has been called the “foremost authority on hamburgers” by the New York Times, and “America’s biggest burger name” by Eater LA. In 2004, Motz completed Hamburger America, which was nominated in 2006 for a James Beard Award, and was recognized in 2011 by the US National Archives as an integral part of American food history. The film’s success led to a state–by–state guide to hamburgers, titled Hamburger America: A State–by–State Guide to Great Burger Joints. And in 2016, Abrams released his first cookbook, The Great American Burger Book. Motz can be seen on his show, Burger Scholar Sessions, on Complex Media’s First We Feast, heading into its 6th season. He lives in Brooklyn.
CREATIVE PEOPLE AND UNEXPECTED PLACES OF MARTHA'S VINEYARD BY AMANDA BENCHLEY AND TAMARA WEISS
A stunning look inside the gorgeous homes and creative spaces of Martha’s Vineyard, capturing the true soul of Vineyard life and the artisans who live there
SELLING POINTS WELL–CONNECTED AUTHORS: Benchley and Weiss share a large network of media personalities, designers, photographers, musicians, and artisans, including Seth Meyers, Carly Simon, Jorie Graham, Jim Belushi, and Amy Brenneman. BELOVED DESTINATION: Martha’s Vineyard is one of the most fantasized about summer destinations on the East Coast, getting more than 100,000 visitors every summer. It has hosted many famous visitors including Barack Obama, Bill Clinton, and John Belushi, and was the filming destination of the famous Jaws franchise.
While the Hamptons has stolen all the attention as the chic summer spot, a secret society of tastemakers and creatives have chosen the lower–key island of Martha’s Vineyard to hone their crafts and make their homes. The picturesque island just six miles off the coast of Cape Cod has a long history as a geographical muse for artists and writers: Lillian Hellman and William Styron wrote while overlooking the Vineyard Haven harbor, and Thomas Hart Benton painted the winding roads of what is known as “Up– island” more than 100 years ago. Vineyard Folk reveals how a new generation continues to build on these creative legacies, resulting in homes as unique and diverse as their creators. Directly informed by their personalities and the varied island landscapes, the result is a mix of weathered, sea–side ambience, cutting– edge design, and New England tradition. From modern glass houses overlooking the red cliffs of Aquinnah and jewel–box fishing cottages in Menemsha to rambling farmhouses behind Chilmark’s hand–built stone walls, the candy–colored Victorians of Oak Bluff’s historical African American community, and stately 19th–century whaling Captain mansions in Edgartown, all the homes have stories to tell and inspiration to share. Amanda Benchley is an experienced arts and design journalist whose articles have appeared in the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, Galerie, and Introspective Magazine. She is the author of Artists Living with Art; Our Shoes, Our Selves; and Open Studio. Tamara Weiss is a lifelong Vineyard resident, the owner of Midnight Farm (with her partner Carly Simon), and a local interior designer. She is the author of Potluck at Midnight Farm Cookbook, and has produced a number of films and TV shows, including the documentary Born to the Gig, the upcoming biopic on Carly Simon, Boys in The Trees, and a food/travel series with actor and photographer Tony Shalhoub.
HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE: Readers will learn about this historic island and the important people and places that have contributed to its unique bohemian design aesthetic and culture. The book features the legacy of the island’s origin as Niope—as the Wampanoag Indians originally named the land —the whaling industry, and the historic Black community of Oak’s Bluff.
SPECIFICATIONS * 150 full-color photographs * 272 pages * WIDTH: 8 3/8" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 305mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY DESIGN, ARCHITECTURE, HISTORY, DECORATIVE ARTS ISBN 978-1-4197-6381-6 US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00
CARTON QTY: 12 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-063-6
Return to Pretty
GIVING NEW LIFE TO TRADITIONAL STYLE BY CAITLIN WILSON
In her first book, interior designer Caitlin Wilson, a pioneer of Grandmillenial style, is in pursuit of pretty as she embraces colorful patterns, timeless pieces, and functional beauty
SELLING POINTS INFLUENTIAL PLATFORM: Caitlin Wilson Design has a huge social media presence, with 328,000 followers on Instagram, 3.4 million monthly Pinterest impressions, 89,000 email newsletter subscribers, and 133,000 monthly website visitors. WELL–CONNECTED AUTHOR: Caitlin Wilson Design has partnered with Dondolo, BlueStar Cooking, etuHOME, KIP sleepwear, and has been featured in House Beautiful, HGTV Feature, Traditional Home, Modern Luxury, and D CEO. GRANDMILLENNIAL STYLE: Wilson is at the forefront of the grandmillennial decor style, which is a modern take on traditional decor, and sometimes seen as a take on traditional “grandmother” and retro elements such as florals, ruffles, and embroidered linens.
Return to Pretty: Traditional Style, Made Modern is interior designer Caitlin Wilson’s story as an emerging designer, mother, and entrepreneur. It is the story of how her own personal style has evolved to create the foundation for her design philosophy, her family home, and her eponymous design studio. With this book, Wilson shares her process of design and her ideas on how to make a home not just look beautiful, but also feel lovely, classic, and comfortable. Wilson is at the forefront of the Grandmillennial revival, a new take on the classic, traditional style that focuses on warmth, floral prints, and old–fashioned elegance. This style is becoming increasingly popular for many young designers and millennials. With an emphasis on fashion and family, and centered around the importance of home, her approach to creating pretty spaces is all about being effortless and refined, and designing a home that is easy to maintain and offers a sense of luxurious livability. The chapters throughout feature stunning photographs, a pastel color palette, vivid prints, personal anecdotes, and design tips. Wilson’s twists on tradition will inspire, uplift, and connect readers to something greater than the present—allowing for a movement and style that’s feminine and sophisticated, and ultimately a return to pretty! Caitlin Wilson is an internationally acclaimed interior and product designer who has appeared in multiple magazines and books. In 2007, she founded Caitlin Wilson Design and then launched her textile collection in 2011. Wilson shares her love of interiors and passion for design with her large fan base through her blog, email newsletters, and social media platforms. She is based in Dallas.
MARKETING POTENTIAL: With Wilson’s numerous design collections, there is an opportunity to create a special– edition pillow or other home decor items that promote the book’s release. These special–editions pillows could be sent to the big– name magazines she has previously worked with (House Beautiful, Traditional Home, Modern Luxury, D CEO) for potential marketing opportunities and social media exposure.
SPECIFICATIONS * 150 color photographs * 256 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL DESIGN, INTERIOR DESIGN, HOUSE & HOME, PHOTOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-6587-2 US $45.00 CAN $57.00 UK £35.00
CARTON QTY: 8 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-062-9
A REVOLUTIONARY APPROACH TO THE MOST POPULAR ROOM IN THE HOUSE BY SOPHIE DONELSON
From the former editor in chief of House Beautiful, a vividly fresh collection of personality–filled kitchen designs and remodeling wisdom from innovators, designers, and creative thinkers
SELLING POINTS HOT TOPIC: According to the Kitchen & Bath Market Index, the number of homeowners doing kitchen renovations has reached an all–time high. As one of the top rooms updated to increase home value, kitchen renovations were up nearly 40 percent in 2021. TOP DESIGNERS: Readers are thirsty for ideas that are bigger and bolder than what the internet feeds them. This book gathers truly fresh information from top practitioners to offer the very latest—and best—expert advice. While still examining basic elements of the standard kitchen, the book offers immediate and gratifying try–now ideas. LITTLE REFRESH OR BIG RENOVATION: Whether you have big plans or small ones, this is a book like no other, with advice on modernizing and refreshing your kitchen. And for anyone in the contemplation phase, it can also act as playbook for planning the renovation ahead of them.
SPECIFICATIONS * 225 full-color photographs The past few years have made us all want to rethink our living spaces, particularly our kitchens. Our inner voices are saying, “You spend a lot of time in this room. Shouldn’t it feel more like you?” Now it can. In Uncommon Kitchens, Sophie Donelson, the former editor in chief of House Beautiful, revolutionizes traditional kitchen design with a bevy of inventive ideas for makeovers both large and small. The kitchen is designed unlike any other room in the house, but that doesn’t mean you have to be hemmed in by tradition. Donelson takes a rule–breaking approach, mixing and layering styles, colors, furnishings, and layouts to make even well–trodden kitchens vividly fresh. Drawing on advice and up– to–the–minute projects from designers such as Frances Merrill, Jaqui Seerman, Victoria Sass, and many more, each personality–filled chapter is packed with liberating designs that will change your thinking about the tried–and–true kitchen. Learn from DIYers, Instagrammers, and design experts including Nate McBride, Justina Blakeney, and Athena Calderone. Be inspired by innovators such as MK Quinlan and James Coviello. Uncommon Kitchens is a collection of imaginative new spaces that will make you a quick DIY convert, packed with indispensable tips to help you revolutionize your kitchen.
* 256 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY HOUSE & HOME, INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN ISBN 978-1-4197-6231-4 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-712-6
Sophie Donelson served as editor in chief of House Beautiful and is currently a marketing strategist and sought–after consultant. Donelson is a favorite (and repeat) speaker for the annual Future of Home Conference, and is an advisor to high–profile brands such as Curbed, VRBO, Business of Home, and Mitchell Gold. She makes regular guest appearances as a design expert on Good Morning America, Today, and Open House. Visit her at sophiedonelson.com.
Make It Yours with Mimi G
A SEWIST’S GUIDE TO A CUSTOM WARDROBE BY MIMI GOODWIN
The ultimate collection of basic patterns that can be sewn, modified, and styled to yield more than 100 unique looks
SELLING POINTS ENDLESS POSSIBILITIES: Mimi’s approach is a sustainable take on a timeless idea: Start with a basic wardrobe that can be styled over and over again, through numerous variations, allowing readers to curate their own personal style with intention. A STAR AUTHOR: Mimi has an incredible online presence, with more than 500,000 followers across all platforms, and her Sew It! Academy, which teaches online sewing courses for adults and kids, has increased her reach within the maker audience. Additionally, her partnership with Simplicity Patterns has helped make her a household name among sewists. INDIVIDUAL FOCUSED: This book is about sewing, but it is also about developing personal style, identifying the best fit for your body, and advancing your sewing skills. The result is a wardrobe that you love and confidence in your abilities to create. With detailed instructions, step–by–step illustrations, and pattern sheets in the back of the book, sewists of all skill levels will find plenty to work with.
SPECIFICATIONS Make It Yours with Mimi G is all about creating a fully functional wardrobe to love. Starting with six base patterns, Mimi G then hacks each pattern to create 26 new designs that will be styled both together and separately for a total of more than 100 looks. But this book isn’t just about hacking patterns to give you a complete wardrobe; it’s also about showing you how to style each garment and make your DIY wardrobe work for you. Fashion and style are an integral part of making your own clothing, and this book offers a complete guide to making the perfect wardrobe for each individual. Mimi G’s own understanding of fit, her size–inclusive patterns, and ability to make what most would call “basic patterns” into unforgettable looks give this book incredible appeal. Focused on the modern maker wanting to create a sustainable wardrobe—with sewing, style, and design options—Mimi G’s take is unlike any other. Mimi Goodwin is the creator of Mimi G Style, Inc., an award–winning business born from her love of sewing and design. Mimi is the founder of the fashion, lifestyle, and DIY blog Mimi G Style, the founder of Sew It! Academy, and the host of the widely popular podcast Business S.H.E.T. She lives in Atlanta with her family.
* Full-color images throughout + full-size pattern sheets * 176 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JUNE CRAFT, FASHION, HOW-TO ISBN 978-1-4197-5948-2 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-057-5
Kaffe Fassett's Timeless Themes 23 NEW QUILTS INSPIRED BY CLASSIC PATTERNS BY KAFFE FASSETT
World–renowned artist Kaffe Fassett dives deep into the archives to reinvent his most beloved and classic fabric–based designs through an extraordinary collection of fresh quilt patterns
SELLING POINTS CLASSIC DESIGNS, NEW PATTERNS:Timeless Themes takes bold Kaffe Fassett patterns and reimagines them in a collection of more than 20 new quilts, each designed to help quilters develop their own personal take and use their fabric stash too. STUNNING PHOTOGRAPHY: Never–before–published photographs make you feel as if you are right there—travel around London with Fassett and visit the vibrant, colorful studio where he designs and works. DEDICATED AUDIENCE: Fassett is a celebrated fabric designer and celebrity in the quilt world. His impressive social media following tops 100,000, and his fans will be excited to see a new book of patterns from him. Fassett’s ongoing partnership with Free Spirit Fabrics makes his designs easily accessible.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color images throughout * 224 pages Kaffe Fassett needs no introduction—a master colorist and textile designer, Kaffe is known for legendary designs and fantastic quilts. And now he’s back with new images, new patterns, and a new look at his most storied designs. Timeless Themes explores the classic, bold patterns that we’ve come to know and love from Kaffe. Each chapter focuses on a pattern theme from the Kaffe Fassett Collective—whether stripes, circles, geometrics, and botanicals, or wild paisleys and retro zig zags. An archive of Kaffe’s photos, collected over the last 50 years, is presented alongside images of the fabrics they inspired. An exciting addition to any quilter’s library, Timeless Themes blends the best elements of Kaffe’s life and inspiration, resulting in a fresh look at the designer at work—a must–have for readers everywhere. Kaffe Fassett is a world–renowned artist, textile designer, and author. His work has been exhibited at museums worldwide, including the Victoria and Albert Museum in London. He is a fabric designer for FreeSpirit Fabrics, a knitwear designer for Rowan Yarns, and the author of more than 50 books, including Simple Shapes Spectacular Quilts, Bold Blooms, and Kaffe Fassett in the Studio. He lives in London.
* WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 3/4" - 273mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL CRAFT, HOW-TO, DESIGN, ART ISBN 978-1-4197-6140-9 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
CARTON QTY: 8 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-649-5
RIGHTS: North America
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO MODERN RAISED STITCHES BY ASHLEY DENN
A collection of playful, contemporary designs that introduces a new generation of needlecrafters to the charms of raised embroidery
SELLING POINTS FUN AND TRENDY PROJECTS: Add texture, depth, and shadow to your stitchery with projects that literally pop off the surface. NEW TAKE ON A POPULAR CRAFT: While embroidery continues to be trendy, pop–up embroidery offers an alternative take on the classic craft, setting itself apart with unique pieces. BROAD APPEAL: For fans of needlecrafts and fiber arts alike, there’s fun to be had for a wide variety of makers. Plus, iron–on transfer sheets make the projects accessible across all skill levels.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 144 pages * WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL CRAFT, HOW-TO ISBN 978-1-4197-6666-4 US $24.99 CAN $31.99
Through step–by–step guides, Ashley Denn takes you on a pop–up journey, introducing you to the art of raised embroidery. Your adventure through Pop–up Embroidery begins with a collection of patterns using one to two raised stitches, then moves on to other collections of patterns using multiple raised stitches in combination with one raised technique. The book concludes with three patterns using an array of already–practiced raised stitches and techniques to create complete three–dimensional scenes. Denn’s thoughtful progression allows readers to choose whether they want to move steadily through the book from beginning to end or to flip through and take their pick of which projects to complete first. Including more than 30 raised embroidery stitches and techniques—and with ways to apply them in 20 guided in–hoop embroidery projects—Pop– up Embroidery is an accessible guidebook crafted by Denn, a teacher who makes learning this craft a delightful experience. Additionally, she identifies the materials needed to be successful with each project and includes a directory of raised stitches and techniques; iron–on transfer sheets for easy pattern transfer are also included. This is truly a book for all skill levels, whether you’re new to the craft or simply new to elevated stitches.
Ashley Denn, embroiderer and the published pattern designer behind FormedFibers, combines her passion for embroidery and teaching by creating and selling embroidery patterns.
Pictured Worlds MASTERPIECES OF CHILDREN’S BOOK ART BY 101 ESSENTIAL ILLUSTRATORS FROM AROUND THE WORLD BY LEONARD S. MARCUS
A lavishly illustrated, large–format reference book highlighting the work of 101 top children’s illustrators
SELLING POINTS ARTWORK FROM CHILDHOOD CLASSICS: Includes artwork from familiar and beloved books such as Curious George, Madeline, The Cat and the Hat, and Where the Wild Things Are. GLOBALLY ORIENTED: Features illustrators from more than 20 countries and 6 continents. AWARD–WINNING ILLUSTRATORS: The illustrators profiled in this book have achieved 9 Hans Christian Andersen Awards, 24 Caldecott Medals, and 63 Caldecott Honors between them. EXPERT AUTHOR: Marcus is one of the world’s acknowledged experts on children’s literature.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 432 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH ART, REFERENCE ISBN 978-1-4197-3898-2 US $75.00 CAN $94.00 UK £55.00
CARTON QTY: 6 The illustrated children’s book came of age in the 18th century when London publisher John Newbery established the first commercial market for illustrated “juveniles” in the West, spurring higher literacy rates, cultural enfranchisement, and a better life for generations of children across the world. In Pictured Worlds, renowned historian Leonard S. Marcus shares his incomparable knowledge of this global cultural phenomenon in the definitive reference work on children’s book illustration. The author of more than 25 award–winning books, Marcus highlights an international roster of 101 artists of the last 250 years whose achievements chart the major trends and turning points in children’s book illustration. While some explored in this lively volume (John Tenniel, Maurice Sendak) are household names, Marcus’s wide–ranging survey also includes lesser–known figures whose unique contributions merit a closer look. The result is a chronicle of a vibrant art form and cultural driver that has touched lives everywhere. Over 400 illustrations showcase landmark books from Great Britain, the US, France, Germany, Sweden, Czech Republic, Russia, Japan, China, Korea, Argentina, Cameroon, and more. Each entry is comprised of an artist’s biography and career overview and a deep–dive look at a pivotal book and its legacy. Featured books include Ivan Bilibin’s The Golden Cockerel, Leo Lionni’s Inch by Inch, Richard Doyle’s In Fairyland, Mitsumasa Anno’s Anno’s Journey, and Zhu Cheng–Liang’s A New Year’s Reunion, and the books that introduced such iconic characters as Alice, Max, Struwwelpeter, the Little Prince, and Winnie–the– Pooh. At once a celebration of illustrated children’s books and an essential reference work, Pictured Worlds encapsulates, in the author’s words, “the special nature of the illustrated children’s book as a cultural enterprise that is at once a rewarding art form, a bridge across cultures, and a ladder between generations.”
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-659-2
Leonard S. Marcus is one of the world’s leading authorities on children’s books and the people who create them. His award–winning books include Golden Legacy: The Story of Golden Books, Margaret Wise Brown: Awakened by the Moon, and Show Me a Story!: Why Picture Books Matter. A frequent contributor to the NYT Book Review and a radio and television commentator, Marcus is a founding trustee of the Eric Carle Museum of Picture Book Art. He teaches at the School of Visual Arts and lectures across the world. He lives in New York City.
How to Paint Without a Brush THE ART OF RED HONG YI BY RED HONG YI
From an internationally acclaimed artist and social media force, a visually captivating showcase of art made from everyday objects—including tea bags, flower petals, and eggshells—with several do–it–yourself projects
SELLING POINTS STRONG SOCIAL MEDIA PRESENCE: Red has 187,000 Instagram followers that regularly engage with her new projects and partnerships, and her YouTube videos have had millions of views. ART + DIY: The book showcases Red’s remarkable projects and also includes a DIY section to inspire readers to make their own art from everyday materials. TIMELY SOCIAL COMMENTARY: Many of Red’s mixed–media installations use everyday materials and digital technology to explore questions that plague society today. Two of her recent projects include I Am Not a Virus, a series of accounts of Asian discrimination in the face of the COVID–19 pandemic, and Climate is Everything, a piece that became the artwork for TIME’s April 2021 special issue on climate change.
SPECIFICATIONS * 275 color images * 240 pages How to Paint Without a Brush introduces artist Red Hong Yi’s creative process—the tools and methods she employs and the motivation behind the artist’s work. Organized by artistic medium, including eggshells, matchsticks, flowers, and ink stamps made from vegetables, Red’s book shares an array of creative techniques as well as stories from significant moments in her art career. A do–it–yourself section at the back of the book provides several projects that readers can try at home to push their own creative boundaries. With its focus on non–traditional art–making methods using common household objects, this book is both timely and inspiring. By combining years of artistic experimentation with Red Hong Yi’s personal journey, How to Paint Without a Brush will capture the interests of people from all skill levels—from the casual hobbyist to the emerging artist—in contemporary art making.
* WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 187mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 235mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL ART ISBN 978-1-4197-6195-9 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
CARTON QTY: 12 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-674-7
Red Hong Yi is a Chinese–Malaysian contemporary artist who makes work expressing her heritage and Chinese diasporic perspective. Red studied at the University of Melbourne, and her work has been exhibited at H Queens in Hong Kong, the Asian Art Museum in San Francisco, the World Economic Forum in Davos, and the Anchorage Museum in Alaska. Collectors of her work include JP Morgan Chase Bank and actor Jackie Chan. Her art has been featured in publications including the Wall Street Journal, TIME, and the New York Times. Sotheby’s Institute has named her one of the “11 art world entrepreneurs you should know.”
PHOTOGRAPHIC TREASURES OF THE 20TH CENTURY WRITTEN BY THE PINAULT COLLECTION & CONDÉ NAST ARCHIVE, FOREWORD BY ANNA WINTOUR
An unprecedented volume of photography from the Condé Nast Archive, illustrating the history, art, and fashion of their famous magazine brands
SELLING POINTS INTERNATIONAL AUDIENCE:
A Condé Nast has a global reach— including headquarters in New York and London and operations in 32 markets around the world.
INFLUENTIAL PARTNERSHIP: Condé Nast’s media brands attract more than 70 million monthly subscribers in print, 8 billion in video, 370 million in digital, and 461 million across social platforms. It remains one of the most prevalent and influential media companies to date. EXCLUSIVE EXHIBITION: This volume is based on an upcoming acquisition by The Pinault Foundation from the US Condé Nast Archive. There will be an exhibition of the work on view from March 2023 to January 2024 at The Pinault Foundation’s esteemed Palazzo Grassi museum in Venice.
Chronorama: Photographic Treasures of the 20th Century is an impressive photography volume curated by Condé Nast. Chrono (referring to space– time) and rama (referring to sight) are the cornerstones of this notable art record that depicts the third decade of the 21st century, a decade that had the potential to be another Roaring Twenties, and during which, Condé Nast Publications experienced meteoric growth. Taken from the pages of Vogue, Vanity Fair, House & Garden, GQ, and Glamour, the nearly 400 original vintage prints and illustrations within are by top photographers such as Irving Penn, Helmut Newton, Edward Steichen, Cecil Beaton, Eduardo Garcia Benito, Horst P. Horst, George Hoyningen–Huene, and Arthur Elgort—resulting in an unprecedented showcase of some of the most important works ever to be produced for the magazine page. Organized by decade, the book opens with the 1910s and ends with the 1970s, and the backstories of each decade are told through the art and historical context of the times, firmly situating the prevalence of the works in the minds of the readers. An exclusive collection of full–color, vivid, exquisite, and memorable images, Chronorama is not only a landmark in the history of photography and illustrated books, but also a pivotal time in the history of fashion, design, and the arts. Condé Nast is a global media company that produces some of the world’s leading print, digital, video, and social brands. They are home to iconic publications such as Vogue, The New Yorker, GQ, Vanity Fair, Wire, and Architectural Digest. Headquartered in New York and London, Condé Nast operates in 32 markets, including China, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Latin America, Russia, Spain, Taiwan, the UK, and the US. The Pinault Collection was founded by François Pinault and manages the art collection of the Pinault family, its exhibition sites, institutional and cultural partnerships, art loans, and artist–in–residence programs. It comprises a unique ensemble of more than 10,000 works of art by almost 400 artists– from a wide range of generations and artistic movements and featuring well–known names and emerging figures.
OUTSTANDING PHOTOGRAPHY: Includes 400 original vintage prints and illustrations from the likes of Irving Penn, Helmut Newton, Edward Steichen, Cecil Beaton, Eduardo Garcia Benito, Horst P. Horst, George Hoyningen–Huene, and Arthur Elgort, creating a volume of some of the most important works ever to be produced for the magazine page.
SPECIFICATIONS * 400 color photographs * 432 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH ISBN 978-1-4197-6662-6 US $80.00 CAN $100.00 UK £60.00
CARTON QTY: 5 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-112-1
Gray Malin: Coastal
BY GRAY MALIN
Bestselling author and photographer Gray Malin’s new collection of aerial beach photography, highlighting coastal locations from around the world
BESTSELLING HOUSE AUTHOR: Malin’s books have sold more than 300,000 copies since the publication of Beaches in 2016. He has gone on to publish four successful titles on the Abrams adult list, including his most recent publication, Gray Malin: The Essential Collection, in 2021, which has sold more than 25,000 copies. He also has a collection of games, home, travel, tech, and desk decor featuring his photographs. MAJOR MEDIA STAR: Malin’s work and his books have been featured in many major national media outlets, including recent segments on CBS Sunday Morning, Good Morning America, and Today. He is a media darling and his work is constantly featured in print, online, and major news publications. UNSEEN PHOTOGRAPHS: This new collection of aerial beach photography is a return to what Malin’s fans love best, featuring 75 percent unpublished images.
A return to Gray Malin’s famed aerial beach photography, Coastal celebrates the beaches of the United States, from the East Coast to the West and Hawaii, as well as some international beaches. This book includes stunning, never–before–published photographs from the luminous waters of Maui to the pebbled beaches of Northern Michigan to the idyllic shores of Nantucket. Fans of Malin’s previous book, Beaches, will love this new installment as he takes you on a journey to the secluded, the celebrated, and the enchanting beaches of the United States. Featured Locations: Midwest: Lake Michigan; Chicago Northeast: Maine; Cape Cod; New Jersey; Rhode Island; Block Island; The Hamptons; Martha’s Vineyard; Nantucket; Boston Southeast: Miami; Palm Beach; Sea Island; Jupiter Southern California: Venice; Santa Monica; San Diego; Laguna Beach; Newport Beach; Malibu; Manhattan Beach Northern California: San Francisco; Big Sur; Monterey; Carmel; Pebble Beach; Lake Tahoe Hawaii: Oahu; Big Island; Kauai; Maui International: Australia; New Zealand; St. Barths; Bora Bora; Thailand Gray Malin is a fine–art photographer and a New York Times bestselling author of Beaches, Italy, Escape, A World of Opposites, Be Our Guest!, and Gray Malin: Signed Collector’s Edition. His work hangs in homes across the world and can be found in both private and public collections. He lives in the West Hollywood area of Los Angeles with his husband and dog.
TOUR POTENTIAL: Malin has had successful tours with his four previous books on the Abrams list. With many US locations featured, there is huge potential for a tour that highlights the local coastal towns featured in the book, as well as partnerships with retailers and brands in those areas, including Cape Cod and Nantucket, Maine, Palm Beach, Lake Michigan, and Lake Tahoe.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color photography throughout * 208 pages * WIDTH: 13" - 330mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY PHOTOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-6473-8 US $45.00 CAN $57.00 UK £35.00
RIGHTS: World English
THE WONDROUS WORLD OF JELLYFISH BY LISA-ANN GERSHWIN
A breathtaking collection of photographs and expert commentary that shed light on the most mysterious creatures of the deep sea
SELLING POINTS VIVID PHOTOGRAPHY: Luminous photographs of 100 species of jellyfish will fascinate those interested in marine life. STRONG CATEGORY: Abrams has historically had success with visually impressive books on popular science. This fits the category perfectly. EXPERT AUTHOR: Gershwin is one of the world’s leading experts on sea jellyfish, and she has identified more than 200 species.
SPECIFICATIONS * 100 color images * 240 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH NATURE, PHOTOGRAPHY, SCIENCE ISBN 978-1-4197-6610-7 US $45.00 CAN $57.00 UK £35.00
CARTON QTY: 10 Jellyfish come in a dazzling array of colors, shapes, and sizes, drifting through every ocean, from the surface to the deepest of the deep seas, and are even found in freshwater locations. These ancient creatures, also called sea jellies (they are not, technically, fish), are so otherworldly and luminous that it is no wonder they are often compared to mythical shapeshifters. Some are so delicate that they shatter with the smallest disturbance to the water, while the tenacity of others means they can withstand almost any temperature, any salinity, starvation, and even being dismembered. And some are truly biologically immortal. This visually breathtaking book showcases 100 species of jellyfish within its pages—from the ubiquitous Aurelia to the enigmatic Velella— along with astounding facts about these fascinating marine life–forms. Some are splendid, some strange, some poisonous, some deadly. Some carry surprising secrets and some are barely known, but every one of them is remarkable and has a tale to tell. An introduction by noted expert Lisa–ann Gershwin, with her commentary throughout, invites you into the wondrous world of jellyfish.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-907-6
Dr. Lisa–ann Gershwin was born and raised in California, where several chance encounters with jellyfish lured her into their enthralling universe. She is the author of Stung! On Jellyfish Blooms and the Future of the Ocean and Jellyfish: A Natural History. She has given two TEDx talks and has published more than 70 peer–reviewed scientific papers and government reports. Gershwin has also discovered more than 200 new species of jellyfish as well as one dolphin. She lives and works in Australia’s beautiful island state of Tasmania.
Book of Earth
A GUIDE TO OCHRE, PIGMENT, AND RAW COLOR BY HEIDI GUSTAFSON
Art meets science in this guide to creating color with earth’s extraordinary pigments and exploring their fascinating uses today and throughout history
SELLING POINTS IMMERSIVE AND INSPIRATIONAL: Dive into a chronicle of the rich history of earth pigments and their use in art and body decoration. Gustafson presents a fascinating pigment archive and a thorough exploration of its colors. EXQUISITE PHOTOGRAPHY: From deep, iron–rich reds to sunny yellows, Gustafson’s photographs celebrate the vast array of hues naturally occurring throughout the world and highlight projects for mixing and using your own pigments. CONVERGENCE OF HISTORY, CULTURE, AND ART: Gustafson includes contributor essays that offer a historical and cultural perspective on color cultivation and the meaning of pigments to various cultures.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color images throughout * 224 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm * Hardcover POB Part anthropological study, part art book, and part how–to, Book of Earth immerses you in the world of ochre, a naturally occurring mineral used to make pigment. Each chapter delves into author Heidi Gustafson’s rare pigment archive and provides a thorough exploration of natural color, while challenging our notions of the inanimate world. The book includes practical advice and techniques for creating your own pigments and applying these skills in everyday life. Called the “ochre whisperer” by American Craft, and noted as the “woman archiving the world’s ochre,” in the New York Times, her personal collection of more than 600 pigments from around the planet is a unique treasure, and her passion and field experience will captivate you from the first page to the last.
PUB MONTH: MAY ART, CRAFT, HOW-TO, PHOTOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-6465-3 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-829-1
Heidi Gustafson is an artist and ochre specialist with a working archive of more than 600 pigments. She frequently collaborates with artists, award–winning scientists, paleontologists, and other experts, including Jason Logan, author of Abrams’ bestselling book Make Ink. She lives in the Pacific Northwest.
RIGHTS: North America
The Backyard Chicken Keeper's Bible
DISCOVER CHICKEN BREEDS, BEHAVIOR, COOPS, EGGS, AND MORE BY JESSICA FORD, RACHEL FEDERMAN, AND SONYA PATEL ELLIS
This exhaustively researched, clearly written, and profusely illustrated book is the essential volume on backyard chicken keeping
SELLING POINTS BACKYARD CHICKENS ARE IN: The backyard chicken trend spiked during the pandemic, and demand for supplies has seen a massive surge online. PROVEN FORMAT: The Abrams’ “Bible” series of books have a robust sales track; this should be among the most popular yet. AUTHORITATIVE: A gorgeously illustrated and comprehensively researched book for anyone who keeps chickens or is considering it.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color images throughout * 416 pages * WIDTH: 9 7/10" - 246mm * HEIGHT: 7 2/5" - 188mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH NATURE ISBN 978-1-4197-6413-4 US $40.00 CAN $50.00
CARTON QTY: 10 Whether you’re considering joining the growing flock of backyard chicken keepers or simply inspired by leafing through images of gorgeous hens and roosters, this book is a must. A majority of the 150 most–populated US cities allow backyard chickens, and during the pandemic, the backyard chicken trend surged. Online searches for chick supplies are off the charts, with local hatcheries recording a 500 percent increase in demand, as people look to reduce environmental impact, improve food traceability, connect with nature, or simply relish the pure joy of chicken company. The Backyard Chicken Keeper’s Bible is packed with everything you need to fully embrace a new chicken–keeping lifestyle. A sumptuous aesthetic is paired with practical tips on identifying backyard breeds and supporting good chicken health, ranging from basic brooding to common ailments. Learn what the best backyard breed is for you and the equipment needed to start your own home flock.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-948-9
Jessica Ford is the chicken and homestead contributor to Home, Garden and Homestead–an online guide to creating an independent, healthy, and sustainable homestead lifestyle. She lives in Colorado Springs with her husband, two children, and a small flock of chickens. Sonya Patel Ellis is a writer, editor, and artist exploring the botanical world and the interconnectedness of nature and culture. Rachel Federman is a writer, environmental activist, and nonprofit consultant who has written more than 20 nonfiction books for adults and children. She lives in New York City.
Worlds Beyond Time SCI-FI ART OF THE 1970S BY ADAM ROWE
A visual history of the spaceships, alien landscapes, cryptozoology, and imagined industrial machinery of 1970s paperback sci–fi art
SELLING POINTS SUBSTANTIAL SOCIAL MEDIA PLATFORM: Rowe has more than 300,000 followers across social media platforms, and his followers are highly engaged with his daily posts. UNIQUE IN THE MARKET: Worlds Beyond Time is the first and only compendium of 1970s sci–fi art—and also the first book to feature this breadth of artists in such detail. BUILT–IN FAN BASE: Chris Foss, Peter Elson, Tim White, Jack Gaughan, Virgil Finlay, and the other artists included in this visual history have legions of fans who have followed their work for decades and are eager to see it reproduced.
SPECIFICATIONS * 400 color illustrations * 224 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JULY ART, ART HISTORY, DESIGN, HISTORY ISBN 978-1-4197-4869-1 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
In the 1970s, mass–produced, cheaply printed science fiction novels were thriving. The paper was rough, the titles outrageous, and the cover art astounding. Over the course of the decade, a stable of talented painters, comic book artists, and designers produced thousands of the most eye–catching book covers to ever grace bookstore shelves (or spinner racks). Curiously, the pieces commissioned for these covers often had very little to do with the contents of the books they were selling, but by leaning heavily on psychedelic imagery, far–out landscapes, and trippy surrealism, the art was able to satisfy the same space–race fueled appetite for the big ideas and brave new worlds that sci–fi writers were boldly pushing forward. In Worlds Beyond Time: Sci–Fi Art of the 1970s, Adam Rowe—who has been curating, championing, and resurrecting the best and most obscure art that 1970s sci–fi has to offer for more than five years on his blog 70s Sci– Fi Art—introduces readers to the biggest names in the genre, including Chris Foss, Peter Elson, Tim White, Jack Gaughan, and Virgil Finlay, as well as their influences. With deep dives into the subject matter that commonly appeared on these covers—spaceships, alien landscapes, fantasy realms, cryptozoology, and heavy machinery—this book is a loving tribute to a unique and robust art form whose legacy lives on both in nostalgic appreciation as well as the retro– chic design of mainstream sci–fi films such as Guardians of the Galaxy, Alien: Covenant, and Thor: Ragnarok.
CARTON QTY: 10 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-070-7
Adam Rowe is a senior writer at Tech.co and a Forbes contributor on publishing and the business of storytelling. He has also written for iO9, Popular Mechanics, Tor.com, and the Barnes & Noble Sci–Fi & Fantasy Blog. In 2018 he was a Digital Book World Award nominee for Publishing Commentator of the Year. Rowe curates the popular, multi–platform 70s Sci–Fi Art feed, bringing the best in retro sci–fi art to more than 100,000 Instagram followers @70sscifi. He lives in Seattle.
From Say One Kind Thing • By Susan Verde
A MEMOIR AND MANIFESTO BY ZACHARY ZANE
A sex and relationship columnist bares it all in this memoir meets manifesto exploring bisexuality while celebrating and embracing sex, unencumbered by shame Praise for Boyslut “One of the best sex writers working today. Reading Zach’s own sexual adventures is like getting invited to Sunday brunch by your wittiest, sluttiest, funniest friend.” —Dan Savage, sex columnist and New York Times bestselling author “Zach is a fabulous queer writer and thinker who’s doing the Lord’s work by promoting bi–visibility and helping the LGBTQ community.” —Billy Porter, actor, singer, and author “Zach’s honest approach is a welcome reprieve from the messages of our youth, and his self–exploration encourages and enables us to do our own.” —Allison Raskin, podcaster and New York Times bestselling author “Zach offers here what so many of us need in all areas of life: a call to live without shame.” —Taylor Jenkins Reid, New York Times bestselling author
As a boy, Zachary Zane sensed that all was not right when images of his therapist naked popped into his head. He sometimes imagined other people naked, too, and without an explanation why, a deep sense of shame pervaded these thoughts. Though his therapist assured him a little imagination was nothing to be ashamed of, over the years, society told him otherwise. Boyslut is a memoir–manifesto in which Zane articulates that, even today, we live in a world that shames people for the sex that they have and the sexualities that they inhabit. Through the lens of his bisexuality and much self–described sluttiness, Zane breaks down exactly how this sexual shame negatively impacts the sex and relationships in our lives, and through personal experience, shares how we can unlearn the harmful, entrenched messages that society imparts to us. From stories of play sessions with a neighbor at age six to the first explorations of Zane’s bisexuality in college, as well as sex–dungeon parties, orgies, and fun with butt plugs, Boyslut is reassuring and often painfully funny, and most potently, it is a testimony that we can all learn to live healthier lives unburdened by stigma. Zachary Zane is the sex and relationship columnist for Men’s Health, where he writes “Sexplain It” and answers a diverse range of questions pertaining to masculinity, ethical non–monogamy, sexual insecurities, and the LGBTQ community. He and his work have appeared in outlets such as the New York Times, Vice, GQ, Rolling Stone, The Advocate, The Tamron Hall Show, and Nightline. Zane holds partnerships with Grindr, Scruff, and Pornhub, and is currently in development on a TV show that explores sex across the United States. He lives in Brooklyn.
AUTHOR’S NETWORK: Zane’s proposal came with blurbs attached from Dan Savage, Billy Porter, Gaby Dunn, Jacob Tobia, Taylor Jenkins Reid, Allison Raskin, R. Eric Thomas, Alex Newell, and Courtney Act, to name just a few. They, along with people like Alexander Chee, JP Brammer, Remy Duran, Raquel Willis, and other activists, writers, drag queens, and more, are avid supporters of Zane’s work and eager to support his first book. GROWING PLATFORM: Zane has a social following of 18,000 Instagram followers and 16,000 on Twitter. He has major brand partnerships and connections with everything from gay dating apps and sex toy brands to activist groups and media organizations. He has a wide range of editors at various outlets eager to support his work and the book, including the New York Times, GQ, Rolling Stone, Vice, the Washington Post, OUT, Allure, Self, Playboy, The Advocate, and Men’s Health. POPULAR TREND: Sex and sexuality—or at least talking about them—are in vogue. More and more writers are openly tackling sex, whether in print, online, or in film; we are living in a moment of sex positivity and celebration that is tailor–made for this author and his project. And Zane has plenty of experience talking about sex and sexuality— from his Men’s Health column to podcasts, and even live television. He is mediagenic and very un–shy about his life and work, making him an ideal self– promoter.
SPECIFICATIONS * 240 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY MEMOIR, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, SELF-HELP ISBN 978-1-4197-6471-4 US $26.00 CAN $33.00 UK £19.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-833-8
Video Game of the Year A YEAR-BY-YEAR GUIDE TO THE BEST, BOLDEST, AND MOST BIZARRE GAMES FROM EVERY YEAR SINCE 1977 BY JORDAN MINOR
Breaking down the 40–year history of the world’s most popular art form, one video game at a time
SELLING POINTS VIDEO GAMES ARE BIG BUSINESS: Video games are the world’s most popular art form, grossing more than $155 billion in 2020, and gamers are among the most engaged and opinionated of any medium’s fan base, making this book a great gift and the perfect catalyst for good–natured arguments and heated online discussions. CONNECTED AUTHOR: As a member of the New York Video Game Critics Association, Minor is respected and well–connected within the industry and will be able to rely on his contacts to support the book.
Pong. The Legend of Zelda.Final Fantasy VII. Rock Band.Fortnite. Animal Crossing: New Horizons. For each of the 40 years of video game history, there is a defining game, a game that captured the zeitgeist and left a legacy for all games that followed. Through a series of entertaining, informative, and opinionated critical essays, author and video game critic Jordan Minor investigates, in chronological order, the innovative, genre–bending, and earth–shattering games from 1977 through 2020. Minor explores development stories, critical reception, and legacy, and also looks at how gaming intersects with and eventually influences society at large while reveling in how uniquely and delightfully bizarre even the most famous games tend to be. From portly plumbers to armor–clad space marines and the speedy rodents in between, Video Game of the Year paints individual portraits that, as a whole, give readers a stronger appreciation for the vibrant variety and long–lasting impact of this fresh, exciting, and massively popular art form. Illustrated throughout with retro–inspired imagery and featuring contributions from dozens of leading industry voices, including New York Times bestselling author Jason Schreier (Blood, Sweat, and Pixels; Kotaku), Max Scoville (IGN), Rebekah Valentine (IGN), Blessing Adeoye Jr. (Kinda Funny), and Devindra Hardawar (Engadget), this year–by–year anthology is a loving reflection on the world’s most popular art form. Featured Games: 1977 – Pong; 1978 – Space Invaders; 1979 – Speed Freak; 1980 – Pac–Man; 1981 – Donkey Kong; 1982 – Pitfall!; 1983 – Dragon’s Lair; 1984 – Tetris; 1985 – Super Mario Bros.; 1986 – Dragon Quest; 1987 – The Legend of Zelda; 1988 – Mega Man 2; 1989 – SimCity; 1990 – The Secret of Monkey Island; 1991 – Sonic the Hedgehog; 1992 – Wolfenstein 3D; 1993 – NBA Jam; 1994 – Super Street Fighter II Turbo; 1995 – Donkey Kong Country 2; 1996 – Super Mario 64; 1997 – Final Fantasy VII; 1998 – Metal Gear Solid; 1999 – System Shock 2; 2000 Counter–Strike; 2001 – Halo: Combat Evolved; 2002 – Grand Theft Auto: Vice City; 2003 – The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker; 2004 – World of Warcraft; 2005 – Resident Evil 4; 2006 – Wii Sports; 2007 – Rock Band; 2008 – Spore; 2009 – Uncharted 2; 2010 – Super Meat Boy; 2011 – Minecraft; 2012 – Telltale’s The Walking Dead; 2013 – Depression Quest; 2014 – Destiny; 2015 – Witcher 3; 2016 – Pokemon Go; 2017 – Fortnite; 2018 – Super Smash Bros. Ultimate; 2019 – Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice; 2020 – Animal Crossing: New Horizons; 2022 – The Stanley Parable: Ultra Deluxe Jordan Minor is an entertainment and technology journalist. For years he was senior editor at Geek.com, and he is currently an editor on the Apps and Gaming team at PCMag. He has also written freelance articles for multiple prominent gaming outlets, including Kotaku, The A.V. Club, Paste magazine, 148Apps, and The Escapist. He lives in New York City.
EXCITING INDUSTRY CONTRIBUTORS: Includes contributions from big names in the video game industry, such as New York Times bestselling author Jason Schreier (Blood, Sweat, and Pixels; Kotaku), Max Scoville (IGN), Rebekah Valentine (IGN), Blessing Adeoye Jr. (Kinda Funny), Devindra Hardawar (Engadget), and dozens more, will provide additional commentary and essays. GIFTY PACKAGE: This Rap Year Book–esque take on video game history will feature retro–inspired original illustrations alongside the essays, giving the discussion of games from multiple decades a cohesive visual flow. DIVERSE RANGE OF GAMES: Each year will feature a long– form essay that focuses on the most important game of the year, accompanied by a short–form essay exploring another significant game from that year.
SPECIFICATIONS * 256 pages * WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JULY POP CULTURE, GAMES, ENTERTAINMENT, HISTORY ISBN 978-1-4197-6205-5 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-680-8
You Will Find Your People
HOW TO MAKE MEANINGFUL FRIENDSHIPS AS AN ADULT BY LANE MOORE
From Lane Moore, the critically acclaimed author of How to Be Alone, comes a searingly intimate, funny guidebook about the awkward, painful, and, at times, exhilarating journey of learning to find, build, and keep best friendships in adulthood
SELLING POINTS IMPRESSIVE PLATFORM: Moore has a dedicated online fan base. She has more than 57,000 followers on Instagram and 70,000 on Twitter. She created the in–person comedy show Tinder Live and also tours frequently. STRONG TRACK RECORD: Moore’s first book, How to Be Alone, was originally published by Atria Books in 2018, and is consistently reaching new audiences, with sales of more than 30,000 copies. WIDE–RANGING AUDIENCE: After living through the pandemic, people have been reexamining their friendships as well as recovering from prolonged isolation. For many in the US, this book will be seen as a beacon of light for those struggling with relationship issues and loneliness.
SPECIFICATIONS From Lane Moore, the critically acclaimed author of How to Be Alone, comes a searingly intimate, funny exploration of the awkward, painful, and, at times, exhilarating experience of learning to find, build, and keep best friendships in adulthood Part memoir, part self–help book, You Will Find Your People uncovers the complex, frightening, and mysterious worlds of friendship and community. Author Lane Moore takes readers on a journey that challenges heteronormative Western ideas of friendship, navigates the tricky world of issues like being friends with your ex, and teaches us how to finally—and fearlessly—accept the friendships we know we deserve. Full of hilarious anecdotes, witty lists, examinations of pop–culture friend archetypes, and advice on how to find and identify your own attachment styles, this book is a candid guide on how to heal, grow, and form perfectly unperfect friendships. Lane Moore is an award–winning comedian, writer, actor, and musician. She is the former sex and relationships editor at Cosmopolitan, where she received a GLAAD award for her groundbreaking work expanding the magazine’s queer coverage. The New York Times called her comedy show Tinder Live “ingenious.” Both her comedy and her band, It Was Romance, have been praised everywhere, from Pitchfork to Vogue, and her writing has appeared in publications ranging from The New Yorker to The Onion. Her first book is the highly praised How to Be Alone. She lives in New York City.
* 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL SELF-HELP, BIOGRAPHY, HUMOR ISBN 978-1-4197-6256-7 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-714-0
Say One Kind Thing
LESSONS IN ACCEPTANCE, LOVE, AND LETTING GO BY SUSAN VERDE
From #1 New York Times bestselling author and children’s yoga and mindfulness expert Susan Verde, an original essay collection that emphasizes the power of positive self–talk and the lessons we learn from motherhood and gaining self–acceptance
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING ABRAMS AUTHOR: Verde has a #1 New York Times bestselling series with Abrams. Her books for young people on empathy, compassion, and resilience have become modern classics, and in Say One Kind Thing, she turns the conversation from little humans to their parents. BELOVED VOICE: Verde is seen as a trailblazer whom many people look to for a more peaceful, mindful, and kind way of being. Parents, booksellers, librarians, and educators alike already call on Verde to bring that sense of peace and grounding to the children in their lives, to their homes, and to their shared community spaces.
Number one New York Times bestselling author and children’s yoga and mindfulness expert Susan Verde knows the power of positive self–talk. For decades, Verde has struggled with her inner critic, a voice inside telling her that she was not enough. Yoga, meditation, and mindfulness practices became her way of challenging and quieting this voice. However, the moment she became a parent, the voice became louder than ever. How would she manage to parent three little ones when she could not speak to herself with compassion, kindness, and love? Motherhood would prove to be the ultimate test of her practice. With humor, heart, and disarming vulnerability, Verde shares stories from her life as a parent, a person, and a coffee addict on a journey toward self–acceptance. She reveals her missteps and her greatest moments of joy—from supporting one of her children through a mental health struggle, and another through gender affirmation; to losing her father and reconnecting with her mother; to the immense pain and pride of preparing to send her three teenagers off to college and facing an empty nest. Woven throughout the book are mantras reminding readers to speak to themselves with compassion, with the ultimate goal of living, loving, and parenting from a place of freedom and authenticity. Verde’s message is that we must all be the authors of our own inner dictionaries, filling them with words of self–love. We must listen to the voice that is telling us that we are worthy. And we must let these words become our story. Susan Verde is a #1 New York Times bestselling children’s book author and a children’s yoga and mindfulness expert. She has written more than 20 picture books, and she is a highly sought–after speaker at conferences, festivals, and schools across the nation. Verde is a frequent contributor to online publications, and she has appeared on multiple podcasts about writing, parenting, mindfulness, and yoga. She is the mother of three teenagers, Gabriel, Joshua, and Sebby, and she lives in East Hampton, New York.
MARKETING POTENTIAL: Parents who are focused on emotional well–being for their children tend to be passionate about it for themselves as well. For every school, library, bookstore, and festival event planned for children, there is the opportunity for a parent event as well. Verde is already well on her way to cementing herself in the crossover space of the wellness and parenting communities.
SPECIFICATIONS * 176 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH ISBN 978-1-4197-5755-6 US $22.50 CAN $28.50 UK £15.99
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-547-4
Cards Against Negativity (Guidebook + Card Set) A GUIDEBOOK AND CARDS TO MANIFEST POSITIVITY BY KIM DAVIES AND DR. POOKY KNIGHTSMITH
Learn to introduce positivity into your bustling day with this portable guidebook and pocket–sized deck of 25 affirmation cards
RIGHTS: World English ex Europe/ UK SELLING POINTS PREVIOUS SUCCESS: The outstanding success of Cards Against Anxiety and the playful title will make this book stand out in its category to new and returning readers. EXPERT AUTHORS: The confidence–boosting methods described in the guidebook are based off well–researched and studied CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy) techniques. Consultant Dr. Pooky Knightsmith has a PhD in psychological medicine and works at the Young People’s Mental Health Coalition, and author Kim Davies is a counselor with experience employing these methods. NO JUDGMENT ZONE: Easy–to– follow steps toward positivity empower readers to grow at their own pace, in any order they choose. This is the perfect gift for anyone who may need to inject a little more positivity into a world that sometimes feels overrun by negativity.
SPECIFICATIONS * 150 color images Break free from the taxing elements of your daily life and embrace the positive. From the authors of Cards Against Anxiety comes Cards Against Negativity, a new guidebook and card set to help you identify and escape time–consuming negative thoughts so you can focus on everything worth celebrating. Like its predecessor, Cards Against Negativity includes a deck of 25 wallet–sized cards that function as cheat sheets for mindfulness and CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy) techniques that you can practice anywhere—on the bus, walking to class, in your home office—to help boost your self–esteem and get out of a cycle of negative thinking. Each portable card features a short, refocusing prompt on one side and brief instructions to let in some positivity on the other. Use this guidebook–and– card set whenever and wherever to help you establish a foundation of positivity in your everyday life. Kim Davies is a writer who specializes in positive mental health and well– being. She is also a counselor who draws on mindfulness and other wellness techniques in her work. Dr. Pooky Knightsmith has a PhD in psychological medicine from the Institute of Psychiatry, London, and is the former chair of the Children and Young People’s Mental Health Coalition. She is the author of Cards Against Anxiety.
* 128 pages * WIDTH: 5 3/4" - 146mm * HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH GIFT, GUIDED JOURNAL, SELF-HELP ISBN 978-1-4197-6656-5 US $19.99 CAN $24.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-932-8
Comedy Bang! Bang! The Podcast THE BOOK
BY SCOTT AUKERMAN
From Scott Aukerman and the comedic geniuses who created the Comedy Bang! Bang! podcast comes a book that brings the chaotic, hilarious, outrageous characters of the pod to the page
SELLING POINTS BUILT–IN AUDIENCE: The Comedy Bang! Bang! podcast began in 2009 and has been the most consistently listened to comedy podcast for more than a decade—featuring hundreds of episodes, sold–out live shows across the country, and millions of downloads. AUTHOR PLATFORM: Aukerman has 286,000 Twitter followers and 131,000 on Instagram, while Comedy Bang! Bang! has 140,000 on Twitter. His fan base is incredibly engaged, and he is committed to promoting the book.
In Comedy Bang! Bang!: The Podcast, Scott Aukerman transports readers inside the zany world of the Comedy Bang! Bang! podcast. The book features brand–new anecdotes and opinions from the wild cast of recurring characters, and matches the show in tone and wackiness, with essays, lists, plays, nods to running bits, and four–color illustrations throughout, helping to bring the zany, satirical, undefinable world of Comedy Bang! Bang! to the page. The book is curated by Aukerman and includes introductions by comedy legend Patton Oswalt, Broadway phenom Lin–Manuel Miranda, and singer “Weird Al” Yancovik. It also features pieces from Bobby Moynihan, Andy Daly, Paul Brittain, Ego Nwodim, and many more, all reprising roles of characters they’ve created for the podcast, taking readers even deeper inside the lives of these off–the–wall personalities. Scott Aukerman, the host and creator of Comedy Bang! Bang! is best known for his work on the 1990s HBO sketch comedy program Mr. Show with Bob and David and creating and hosting the Comedy Bang! Bang! TV series, as well as cofounding the weekly Comedy Death–Ray stage show at the Upright Citizens Brigade Theater in Hollywood. He lives in Los Angeles.
ALL–STAR CONTRIBUTORS: The book will feature pieces written by a veritable who’s who of comedy and entertainment, including Lin–Manuel Miranda (3.5 million Twitter followers), “Weird Al” Yankovic (Twitter: 4.9 million; Instagram: 565,000), Caroline Anderson, Patton Oswalt, Matt Apodaca, Tim Baltz, Paul Brittain, Andy Daly, John Gabrus, Ryan Gaul, Mike Hanford, Will Hines, Mary Holland, Taran Killam, Dan Lippert, Jessica Mckenna, Seth Morris, Bobby Moynihan, Ego Nwodim, Edi Patterson, Zach Reino, Ben Rodgers, Paul Rust, Ben Schwartz, Lily Sullivan, Drew Tarver, Nick Wiger.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 256 pages * WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL HUMOR, POP CULTURE, ENTERTAINMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-5481-4 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-301-2
A Taste of London
THE RESTAURANTS AND PUBS BEHIND A GLOBAL CULINARY CAPITAL BY JOHN DONOHUE
A Taste of London is a visual exploration of the city’s food scene, featuring charming illustrations of the most delicious, meaningful, sentimental, romantic, and iconic restaurants of London
SELLING POINTS TRENDY TRAVEL DESTINATION: London is still one of the most visited cities in the world. Before the pandemic, more than 40 million people visited the city in 2019. With travel restrictions loosening in recent months, London is expected to see around 21 million visitors in 2022. LONDON BOOKS WORK: Abrams has seen books such as the Cereal City Guide: London and London in Bloom give eager readers a closer look into the aspirational city they love and wish to travel to. Cereal City Guide: London has sold almost 15,000 copies, half of which were sold in the UK market, proving that Londoners are interested in books about their city. Additionally, US tourists are the number one group visiting London, so there is strong interest for books focusing on London–specific topics stateside as well.
From the handsome dining rooms of Brawn to beloved institutions like Ciao Bella, John Donohue renders people’s favorite restaurants in a manner that captures the emotional pull a certain place can have on the hearts of Londoners. A Taste of London is a collection of these drawings, characterized by their appealingly informal lines. These transportive images are intentionally spare, leaving the viewer room to layer on their own meaning and draw connections to their own memories of a place, of a time, of an atmosphere. Featuring an eclectic mix of 100 restaurants—from Moro to The River Café and Honey & Co—this charming collection of drawings is accompanied by interviews with the owners, chefs, and loyal patrons of these much–loved restaurants. John Donohue is an artist and writer based in New York. His articles and cartoons have appeared in The New Yorker, the New York Times, and Barron’s, among other publications. He is the author of All the Restaurants in New York and A Table in Paris.
PERFECT GIFT: A unique and lovely tribute to London, with charming illustrations that take you to beloved local eateries, this is a perfect souvenir for the foodie tourist or the Londoner obsessed with their local food scene.
SPECIFICATIONS * 200 color illustrations * 240 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY FOOD & DRINK, ART, TRAVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-4288-0 US $27.50 CAN $34.50 UK £21.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-883-1
Fifty Places to Travel with Your Dog Before You Die DOG EXPERTS SHARE THE WORLD'S GREATEST DESTINATIONS BY CHRIS SANTELLA
The bestselling Fifty Places series returns with a collection of creative, adventurous trips for dogs and the humans who love them
SELLING POINTS EVERYBODY LOVES DOGS: Abrams has a long history of successful dog publishing, and for the first time, we’re able to marry that beloved category with this beloved series. BESTSELLING SERIES: Since 2004, the Fifty Places series has sold more than 700,000 copies combined. Fifty Places to Camp and Fifty Places to Drink Beer mark an uptick in the series. The series does well in both trade and special markets channels, has international appeal, and backlists endlessly. INSIDER INFORMATION: Each chapter includes advice on where to stay, what to do, and how to prepare for each dog– friendly adventure.
SPECIFICATIONS * 50 full-color images * 224 pages * WIDTH: 7" - 178mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: MAY Fifty Places to Travel with Your Dog, the 18th book in the Fifty Places series, will explore all of the domestic and international ways dog owners can celebrate their love for man’s best friend. From the dazzling glaciers of Alaska and the onsen’s of Japan to the sun–soaked beaches of Portugal, this book takes you on a dog–approved journey of where to stay and how to travel with your beloved furry friend. Enjoy locations such as the ski trails of Mariposa, the gothic architecture of Prague, the chic salons of Paris for a doggy makeover, and the world’s first dog cruise—complete with a canine–friendly menu, even a three–course meal! See the world as you’ve never seen it before—through the eyes of your pup—as Fifty Places to Travel with Your Dog takes you through fun–filled festivals, special dog holidays, and luxurious hotels and retreats that aren’t just dog– centric, they are dog approved!
TRAVEL, PETS, GIFT, REFERENCE ISBN 978-1-4197-6100-3 US $27.50 CAN $34.50 UK £19.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-638-9
Chris Santella is the author of more than 20 books, including 17 titles in the Fifty Places series. He is a regular contributor to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Trout, and The Fly Fish Journal, and resides in Portland, Oregon. When he’s not writing, Santella can often be found swinging flies for steelhead on rivers around the Pacific Northwest or strumming guitar in his band, Catch & Release. Diana Helmuth is a travel writer who has written for Curbed and The Bold Italic. She is currently working on a humor/advice backpacking book for Mountaineers Press, slated for next year. Most of her current writing is on the great outdoors and millennial culture. She lives in San Francisco.
Real Life, Real Love
LIFE LESSONS ON JOY, PAIN & THE MAGIC THAT HOLDS US TOGETHER BY DJ ENVY AND GIA CASEY
Advice on how to have healthy, dynamic relationships from Raashaun (DJ Envy) and Gia Casey, revealing their secrets to navigating marriage, family, and faith— now in paperback!
SELLING POINTS TREMENDOUS COMMERCIAL APPEAL: Real Love is the perfect cross section of pop culture, celebrity memoir, and tangible advice—a mixture of categories that Abrams has seen recent success in. DEDICATED FOLLOWERS: Gia and Raashaun Casey’s fans trust them and are ready for more of their story. Aside from live podcast tapings that sell out, they run other events and experiences for their fans (who they call their “family”), including high–priced weekend workshops that let their fans hang out with them while they give romantic and financial advice. Their combined platform includes an audience of more than 2 million Instagram followers, 4.2 million YouTube subscribers, and 1.6 million Instagram followers.
Gia and Raashaun Casey met when they were two teenagers living around the corner from each other in Queens. They have been together for an astounding 25 years and have remained together through Raashaun’s growing celebrity, a devastating (and very public) cheating scandal, and the births of five children. Now, a quarter of a century into their relationship, they are stronger and more committed to each other than they’ve ever been, and their fans are clamoring to know how they did it. In Real Life, Real Love, Gia and Raashaun explore the entire chronology of their love story with remarkable vulnerability, searing honesty, and a lot of humor. It’s a riveting narrative about how to grow together, an aspirational guidebook for people who seek the same unconditional love in their relationships, and an in–depth look at how to remain equals after being thrust into the public eye. Raashaun Casey, also known as DJ Envy, and Gia Casey have been together for 25 years and married for 18. They host The Casey Crew, a podcast exploring the good, bad, and ugly sides of relationships and family life. It has been ranked by Essence as one of the best podcasts about Black love and family. Raashaun is also a host on The Breakfast Club, alongside Charlamagne tha God and Angela Yee. Raashaun and Gia live in New Jersey.
GUARANTEED PROMOTION: Raashaun has guaranteed use of The Breakfast Club platform for promotion of the book, which means outreach to its 10 million weekly listeners. Gia and Raashaun will also promote the book on their podcast, The Casey Crew, which averages 65,000 downloads per episode.
SPECIFICATIONS * 16-page photo insert * 256 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL INSPIRATION, SELF-HELP, FAMILY, POP CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-5279-7 US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 18 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-219-0
RIGHTS: North America
How to Be a Boss B*tch BY CHRISTINE QUINN
Christine Quinn, the breakout star of Netflix’s hit Selling Sunset, shows how women’s constant need to apologize holds them back, offering her own story and advice to help them overcome this habit and get what they want
SELLING POINTS HIT TV SHOW: Quinn will return for the 4th and 5th seasons of Selling Sunset, streaming in 190 countries. Quinn will introduce her book into the storyline of the coming seasons. AUTHOR PLATFORM: Quinn has appeared on the cover of Playboy, Maxim, Grazia, Cosmopolitan, and Vogue. Media outlets have covered her every move since she came into the public eye. People, Nylon, Elle, Cosmopolitan, The Guardian, Vice, and more have published articles on Quinn’s hot takes, style advice, and personal life. Quinn will launch an international beauty brand later this year. SOCIAL MEDIA PHENOMENON: An iconic figure in popular culture, Quinn has more than 1.7 million followers on Instagram, with 466,000 weekly content/post engagements.
SPECIFICATIONS * 256 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 229mm Part manifesto, part tell–all, Christine Quinn’s How to Be a Boss B*tch brings readers all the details of her journey from high school dropout and Texas bartender to self–made millionaire, entrepreneur, and reality TV star. Quinn has been called everything from “the most–talked–about woman on TV” to “the villain 2020 needed.” When competitive colleagues, ex–boyfriends, or cast mates call her a bitch, she says thank you. She doesn’t apologize for any of the qualities that got her the success she has today: tenacity, outspoken confidence, and fearless authenticity, all while dressed in full glam and Balenciaga. When Christine talks about not apologizing she is not proposing that you treat others poorly or dismissively, but rather to stop wasting time feeling bad for youthful mistakes, for ambition, or for demanding that your partner steps up and does their fair share. It is this apologizing, she argues, that holds us back, and once we confront it and learn to acknowledge and then sidestep it, we can truly become the boss bitches that we are meant to be.
* Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY MEMOIR, INSPIRATION, POP CULTURE, SELF-HELP ISBN 978-1-4197-6095-2 US $17.00 CAN $22.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-635-8
Christine Quinn is the breakout star of Netflix’s hugely popular Selling Sunset and a member of the elite real estate firm selling high–end luxury properties to affluent clients in the Los Angeles area. She lives in Los Angeles with her husband and son.
Keanu Reeves: Most Triumphant
THE MOVIES AND MEANING OF AN IRREPRESSIBLE ICON BY ALEX PAPPADEMAS
A tribute to and exploration of the magic behind one of Hollywood's most legendary and unknowable stars, Keanu Reeves, and the profound lessons we can learn from his success
SELLING POINTS A MAJOR KEANU MOMENT: Reeves has been hugely trending for a few years in what fans online have called “The Keanussiance.” In May 2022, John Wick: Chapter 4 will hit theaters and reignite Keanu mania. BOOKS ABOUT MEME– WORTHY CELEBRITIES WORK: This book will do for Reeves what The Tao of Bill Murray (70,000+ copies sold) did for Bill Murray. These celebrities merge nostalgia for their classic movies with a very current, very online fandom and fervor. CONNECTED AUTHOR: Alex Pappademas is the perfect author for this book. In addition to writing a viral 2019 profile of Reeves for GQ, for which he hung out with Reeves, he writes for the New York Times, Los Angeles Times, The New Yorker, Rolling Stone, Esquire, and Spin. He’s extremely social–media savvy, and his followers and friends include Jia Tolentino, Shea Serrano, Chuck Klosterman, and more.
There can be no doubt: Keanu Reeves is a phenomenon. He’s at once a badass action star, a hunky dreamboat who People magazine has called “the Internet’s boyfriend,” a vintage motorcycle enthusiast, a niche art book publisher, a living meme, and a legend. He seems to upend every rule governing celebrity in the 21st century. But how? In Keanu Reeves: Most Triumphant, cultural critic Alex Pappademas attempts to address Keanu’s unmatched eternality and the other big questions raised by his career arc. Sharp, funny, deeply researched, and fully celebratory of the enigmatic actor, this is the first book to take Keanu’s whole deal as seriously as it deserves. Yes, even Johnny Mnemonic, where Keanu mind melds with a dolphin. Along the way, Pappademas reveals the lessons we can learn from Keanu about Hollywood, our broader culture, and even life itself. Alex Pappademas is a writer, editor, and occasional podcaster who lives in Los Angeles. He is a regular contributor of reported features and critical essays to the New York Times, The New Yorker, GQ, the Los Angeles Times, GENMag.com, Men’s Health, and Airbnb Magazine. He has also written for Grantland, Esquire, Spin, and Rolling Stone. From 2015 to 2017 he was the executive editor of MTV News; prior to that, he was a staff writer at Grantland and the cohost of the acclaimed pop–culture podcast Do You Like Prince Movies?.
SPECIFICATIONS * 10 black-and-white photographs * 288 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL POP CULTURE, ENTERTAINMENT, FILM ISBN 978-1-4197-5227-8 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 28 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-199-5
From Bartschland • By Susanne Bartsch
TALES OF NEW YORK CITY NIGHTLIFE BY SUSANNE BARTSCH; FOREWORD BY RUPAUL
A decades–deep dive into the intoxicating world of queer NYC nightlife through entertainer and fashion icon Susanne Bartsch
SELLING POINTS HIGH–PROFILE CONTRIBUTORS: Susanne Bartsch has an impressive social media following (120,000 Instagram, 7,000 Facebook, 7,000 Twitter), and the book will showcase the most exciting and influential of Bartsch’s friends and community. Foreword by drag legend RuPaul (4.3 million Instagram followers) and rising star Aquaria (1.7 million Instagram followers). MARKETING AND PUBLICITY OPPORTUNITIES: Susanne Bartsch has been profiled and featured in top magazines and media outlets for the past three decades, has a successful documentary on Netflix, has exhibited her work in fashion in solo shows at FIT, and is currently releasing a long– awaited clothing line. She has worked with clients such as Dewar’s, Sony, and Barneys and at venues like Ian Schrager Hotels, Edition, Le Bain & The Rooftop of The Standard.
“Ms. Bartsch’s name,” wrote the New York Times, “is the night life equivalent of a couture label.” Beginning with her first party in 1986, Bartschland: Tales of New York City Nightlife leads readers chronologically through each year of Susanne Bartsch’s reign as New York City’s “Queen of Clubs” until present day. For each year, Bartsch provides commentary focusing first on a snapshot of her life at the time, then showcasing exquisite accounts of her most iconic party that year, and finally, an introduction to a close friend and member of Bartsch’s eclectic, artistic community—from drag queens to dancers to designers. The result is a kaleidoscope of queer culture, glittering New York City nightlife, and unmatched fashion, shared with us by the woman at the center of it all. Susanne Bartsch has been the queen of New York City nightlife for thirty years and counting. The Swiss–born “patron saint of transformation and inclusion” moved to NYC in the early ’80s and opened an eponymous SoHo store curated with avant–garde British fashion. Soon, she became known throughout the city not just for her eclectic, trend–setting style, but for the extravagant weekly parties she threw. Among the beautiful, strange, outlandish, and iconic artists and personalities who attended her world– renowned soirees, Bartsch discovered names like RuPaul, Amanda Lepore, and Aquaria. The Bartschland brand continues to expand through a popular Netflix documentary Susanne Bartsch: On Top, a recent FIT exhibition on the most notable looks of her three–decade career, a new weekly cabaret extravaganza, and a multitude of incredible events and happenings that continue to be hosted by Bartsch in New York City and around the globe.
RELEVANT TOPICS: New York City, its nightlife from the ’80s to today, and the thriving LGBTQ+ community are all hugely popular topics today.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 240 pages * WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm * HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY ISBN 978-1-4197-6756-2 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
Town and Country
THE ART OF REBECCA MORGAN BY REBECCA MORGAN
The first monograph of the contemporary art world’s newest sensation
SELLING POINTS CONNECTED AUTHOR: Morgan has close ties to animators, the comedy world (the book will feature a foreword by Amy Sedaris and an essay by poet John Yau), and the independent comic scene. ENGAGED FOLLOWING: Morgan has a dedicated online following of students, art fans, and fellow artists who interact with her by asking questions about her work and techniques. As both an art instructor and artist, she takes time to answer and discuss these questions, making her very close to her followers. UPCOMING EVENTS: Morgan will have two solo shows in 2022, which are timed perfectly with the release of her first monograph.
SPECIFICATIONS * 300 color illustrations * 240 pages * WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm * HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH Town and Country is the first monograph dedicated to the work and unique universe of artist Rebecca Morgan. From deep in rural Pennsylvania to the Pratt Institute and back to Pennsylvania, the book traces the journey of this gifted artist as she becomes increasingly famous in the art world, but feels constantly torn between the rural and the urban. Her paintings, drawings, ceramics, and cartoons subvert the stereotypes of Appalachia and are imbued with folk tradition and a sly sense of humor. Stylistically, Morgan embraces the hyper–detailed naturalism of the Dutch masters as well as the absurd, repulsive caricature suggestive of underground cartoonists such as R. Crumb. Although her artwork often contains modern clues, the characters and scenes evoke a romanticized, nostalgic United States, one that is nonexistent but wistfully recalled. With a preface by Amy Sedaris and an essay by poet and art critic John Yau, this book showcases Morgan’s most famous paintings and drawings alongside many previously unseen personal documents from her archives, making Town and Country a truly unique and never–before–seen type of art book—a combination of monograph, personal diary, and scrapbook.
ART, ART HISTORY, DESIGN ISBN 978-1-4197-5879-9 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
CARTON QTY: 7
Rebecca Morgan received a BA from Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania and her MFA from the Pratt Institute in New York. Her work has received coverage from outlets such as the New York Times, Time Out New York, Hyperallergic, ARTnews, Whitehot magazine, Beautiful Decay, Artslant, Juxtapoz magazine, the Huffington Post, Paper magazine, and Berlin’s Lodown magazine. She is the recipient of residencies at the John Michael Kohler Arts Center, the Bemis Center for Contemporary Arts, and the Watershed Center for Ceramic Arts Residency, among others, and has received a Vermont Studio Center full fellowship and the George Rickey Endowed Residency at Yaddo. Morgan has exhibited widely in the United States and abroad. She lives in Woodstock, Vermont.
RIGHTS: North America
A LIFE IN FASHION
BY ALFONS KAISER
The definitive biography of Karl Lagerfeld—the last iconic fashion designer —now in paperback!
ICONIC SUBJECT: Lagerfeld is one of the most recognizable fashion icons of the past 50 years, and his time as the creative director of Chanel took the beloved brand to new heights. WELL–CONNECTED AUTHOR: Alfons Kaiser is an authority on fashion reporting and has crafted a biography that draws on many previously unknown sources to illuminate the enigmatic Lagerfeld’s incredible life. GLOBAL RECOGNITION: Chanel is an illustrious fashion house whose patrons are drawn to all aspects of the brand.
SPECIFICATIONS * 384 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH BIOGRAPHY, FASHION, NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6630-5 US $18.00 CAN $23.00
“It starts with me and it ends with me.” —Karl Lagerfeld Karl Lagerfeld stylized himself into a living logo and a myth of the fashion world. In Karl Lagerfeld: A Life in Fashion, journalist Alfons Kaiser, who knew Lagerfeld personally for many years, introduces readers to the public and private life of the charismatic fashion designer. Kaiser explores the many eras of Lagerfeld’s life: the youthful outsider in the north German flatlands; the urbane genius in Paris; the tireless draftsman; the enthusiastic photographer; the passionate book collector; and the disciplined Prussian workaholic. What is behind this larger–than–life figure who, despite a massively public persona, kept his own life story a secret? Drawing from many previously untapped sources, this biography investigates the man behind the persona: the precocious boy who preferred to draw in the attic rather than play with his peers; the son who quarreled with his parents but never got away from them; Yves Saint Laurent’s competitor, whom he outshone in the end; the brother, uncle, and friend—and finally, the partner of Jacques de Bascher, the great love of his life.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-430-9
Alfons Kaiser is an editor at the German newspaper Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, and is responsible for the section “Germany and the World,” as well as for the monthly Frankfurter Allgemeine magazine. He prefers to write about fashion. He lives in Frankfurt, Germany.
From Whether Violent or Natural • By Natasha Calder
RIGHTS: North America
The Blue Is Where God Lives A NOVEL
BY SHARON SOCHIL WASHINGTON
A powerful work of Afro–magic realism that interrogates the legacy of slavery and roots of poverty, witnesses the beauty and power in survival, and asks whether belief, magic, and intention can forge new realities
SELLING POINTS TRENDING CATEGORY: There is a strong appetite in the market for magic realism centered on the Black experience. AUDIENCE: For readers of Helen Oyeyemi, Yaa Gyasi, Jacqueline Woodson, Octavia Butler, and Toni Morrison’s Beloved. ABRAMS SUCCESS:The Blue Is Where God Lives offers an opportunity for Abrams to build on the success of the Megascope list in adult fiction.
SPECIFICATIONS * 272 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 206mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6710-4 US $27.00 CAN $34.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-964-9
Blue’s daughter, Tsitra, is dying a horrific death. Thousands of miles away, Blue feels time slowing and hears voices, followed by an 18–month stillness. More than a century before, Blue’s grandparents, Amanda and Palmer, attend a salon party in New Orleans. It’s a veritable array of who’s–who within pre–Civil War social circles. Conversations get heated quickly as Ismay, the hostess who hails from French royalty, antagonizes Palmer, a landowner whose parents had been sold into American slavery and who’s there to seek revenge, and Amanda, a shapeshifter and puzzlemaker who had been enslaved until this very gathering. At this party, Amanda learns of a plot that will doom a line of her—and Palmer’s—family to poverty. She devises her own counter–plot to undo the damage. Meanwhile, Blue comes out of her stillness, broke and devoid of inspiration. In profound grief and consumed by guilt, Blue travels to The Ranch where the voices grow louder and she has visions of two women from the distant past. As time collapses and Blue and Amanda meet in the space of possibility, Blue feels the spark of a power and creative energy she has only glimpsed. A novel of invention but grounded in the real, The Blue Is Where God Lives is a dual– timeline, time–bending novel of undeniable beauty, magic, and possibility. Sharon Sochil Washington, a cultural anthropologist and creator of White Space, a newsletter on Substack that explores the meaning between the words we use, has written for the Dallas Times Herald, New York Newsday, and the Akron Beacon Journal. She received degrees from Columbia University and The New School in New York City, and speaks regularly at universities and conferences on issues of social justice, race, economic insecurity, education, and media influences. The Blue Is Where God Lives is her debut novel. She lives in Houston.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: North America
BY SOPHIE HAYDOCK
Set in the extravagant, Bohemian art world of early 20th century Vienna, the electrifying untold story of the four women who posed for and inspired the groundbreaking erotic art of controversial painter Egon Schiele UK praise for The Flames “We learn more about great figures in time by watching the spaces around them. The Flames paints a history so detailed and vivid that we feel we were there in the flesh. A book to get lost in, a great feat of a debut.” ―DBC Pierre, Booker prize winner “Full of scandal, love, betrayal, and heartache . . . Adele, Gertrude, Vally and Edith are given voices loud and clear.” ―Cosmopolitan UK “A dynamic, vivid debut pulled off with considerable élan.” —Mail on Sunday
SIGNIFICANT PLATFORM: Haydock’s Instagram account @egonschieleswomen has an audience of 115,000 followers. She has written for the Times, the Guardian, Financial Times, and many other outlets. HUGE AUDIENCE: It’s the perfect crossover commercial literary fiction, for fans of Girl with a Pearl Earring, The Paris Wife, The Miniaturist, and The Familiars. GREAT UK BUZZ: The Flames was picked by Cosmopolitan UK as one of the best books of 2022. Since publication, it has garnered major rave reviews from the Guardian, Sunday Times, the Times (UK), Cosmopolitan, RED Magazine, Good Housekeeping, and Woman & Home. FEMALE–FORWARD STORY: Haydock gives voices to the real– life women—Adele, Gertrude, Valle, and Edith—who inspired and modeled for Schiele’s scandalous paintings.
SPECIFICATIONS Amid an opulent society living under the shadow of war are four muses, women whose bodies were shown in intimate detail, depicted by the charming yet controversial artist Egon Schiele. Adele, his passionate and fierce admirer; Gertrude, his sister who survived their blighted childhood but is possessive, single–minded, and jealous; his mistress Vally, a poor young woman from a bad background but with steel at her core; and the two, very different, Harms sisters, Edith and Adele, both of whom vie to become Schiele’s wife. Over the course of little more than a decade, the four women risk everything—their reputations, their most precious relationships, and their sanity and souls—as they try to hold on to the man they adore. As World War I throws their lives off course forever, and the Spanish influenza pandemic ravages Europe, threatening everyone in its path, one question remains: Will any of them emerge unscathed from their relationship with this man? Sophie Haydock’s The Flames reimagines the intertwining lives of these women: four wild, blazing hearts longing to be known. In an elegant Bohemian city like 1900s Vienna, everything seems possible. But just as a flame has the power to mesmerize, it can also destroy. Sophie Haydock is an award–winning author based in East London. Haydock trained as a journalist at City University, London, and has worked at the Sunday Times Magazine, Tatler, and BBC Three, as well as freelanced for publications, including the Financial Times and the Guardian Weekend magazine, and organizations, such as the Arts Council, Royal Academy, and Sotheby’s. She is the winner of the Impress Prize for New Writers. Passionate about short stories, Haydock also works for the Sunday Times Audible Short Story Award and is associate director of the Word Factory literary organization. The Flames is her debut novel.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
* 4 black-and-white images * 464 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6631-2 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-919-9
RIGHTS: North America
The Ghost Theatre
BY MAT OSMAN
Set amid Elizabethan London’s fabled underground children’s theatre scene, a dazzling and hallucinatory historical novel that follows androgynous, bird– worshipping fortune teller Shay and the troupe’s enigmatic leader, Nonesuch Praise for The Ruins “There’s a touch of Pynchon in this complex, woozily dream–like novel about music, mystery and imagined worlds.” —Ian Rankin “The Ruins reads like Raymond Chandler remixed by James Lasdun . . . Osman has written a great noir tale.” —Martin Seay, author of The Mirror Thief “The Ruins is an intriguing and beautifully written tale.” —Mariana Enriquez, author of Things We Lost in the Fire “Brilliant and idiosyncratic.” —Anna Smaill, The Chimes
COMPELLING STORYTELLING: Osman has reimagined Elizabethan London in a major novel full of prophecy and anarchy, gutter–rats and bird– gods, that is a meditation on double lives and fluid identities, with a bittersweet love affair at its heart. MAJOR AUTHOR PLATFORM: As a founder of the band Suede, Osman is a well–known musician who will garner a lot of attention for this novel, his second after the highly praised debut The Ruins. BREAKOUT POTENTIAL: In the tradition of Jonathan Strange & Mr. Norrell and the novels of Lev Grossman and Neil Gaiman, stories that combine the historical and the fantastical, this book is certain to please and delight.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE FICTION On a rooftop in Elizabethan London two worlds collide. Shay is a messenger girl and trainer of hawks who sees the future in the patterns of birds. Nonesuch is the dark star of the city’s fabled child theatre scene, as famous as royalty yet as lowly as a beggar. Together Nonesuch and Shay create the Ghost Theatre, a troupe of actors performing for the people, not the rich, who put on magical plays in London’s hidden corners. As these hallucinatory shows incite rebellion among the city’s outcasts, the pair’s relationship sparks and burns against a backdrop of the plague and a London in flames. Their fame is impossible to ignore, and soon they attract the attention of the queen herself. As the pair are swept up into the black web of the Elizabethan court, both are reminded that when people of their background fly too high, a fall is soon to come . . . Fantastical and stylistic, full of high drama and rich history, Mat Osman’s The Ghost Theatre charts the rise and dramatic destruction of a dream born out of love and torn apart by betrayal.
ISBN 978-1-4197-6783-8 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-017-9
Mat Osman is the bassist and founding member of the popular British band Suede, as well as a composer for TV and film. He is the author of The Ruins (Repeater Books) in the UK. The Telegraph called it “the best novel ever written by a rock star,” and Ian Rankin said of it, that “there is a touch of Pynchon in this complex, woozily dream–like novel.” He lives in the UK.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: North America
Foster Dade Explores the Cosmos BY NASH JENKINS
Prep meets The Secret History in this searing debut novel about a tragic scandal at an American prep school, told in the form of a literary investigation through a distinctly millennial lens
SELLING POINTS VAST AUDIENCE: This book is for Millennial fiction fans who love a brainy beach read: plenty of plot but not at the expense of gorgeous writing and big ideas (think Elif Batuman, Brandon Taylor, and Rebecca Makkai). Other generations will gravitate toward the book's coming–of– age themes. AUTHOR BONA FIDES: Jenkins has published work in TIME, the Atlantic, and the Wall Street Journal, and as a former journalist, he has excellent connections in the media world who will support this novel with reviews and other coverage. FUN EPHEMERA: From campus maps and blog posts to playlists, brochures, and more, there is plenty of ephemera from the book to help with a creative marketing campaign.
SPECIFICATIONS * 544 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket When Foster Dade arrives at Kennedy, an elite boarding school in the Northeast, the year is 2008. Barack Obama begins his first term as president. Kanye West’s “Graduation” bumps from the newly debuted iPhone; teenagers share confidences and rumors over BlackBerry Messenger and iChat. The internet as we know it today is slowly emerging from its cocoon. So, too, is Foster emerging—a transfer student and lonely young man, Foster is stumbling through adolescence in the wake of his parents’ scandalous divorce and his own budding anxiety disorders. But Foster soon finds himself in the company of Annabeth Whittaker and Jack Albright, the twin centers of Kennedy’s social gravity, who take him under their wing to navigate the cliques and politics of the carelessly entitled. Eighteen months later, Foster will be expelled, following a tragic scandal that leaves Kennedy and its students irreparably changed. But when a nameless student inherits Foster’s old dorm room, he begins an epic yearslong investigation into what exactly happened. Through Foster’s blog posts, playlists, text archives, and interviews with former classmates, and the narrator’s own obsessive imagination, a story unfurls—Foster’s, yes, but also one that asks us who owns our personal narratives, and how we shape ourselves to be the heroes or villains of our own stories. Foster Dade Explores the Cosmos is about privilege and power, the pitfalls of masculinity and its expectations, and, most distinctly, how we create the mythologies that give meaning to our lives. With his debut novel, Nash Jenkins brilliantly captures the emotional intensities of adolescence in the dizzying early years of the twenty–first century.
PUB MONTH: MAY FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6476-9 US $30.00 CAN $38.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-835-2
Nash Jenkins grew up in Wilmington, North Carolina. After graduating from Johns Hopkins University, he worked as a correspondent for Time in Hong Kong and Washington, D.C.; his cultural commentary has also been published by the Atlantic. He received his MA from the University of Chicago in 2019 and is currently a PhD student in media, technology, and society at Northwestern University. He lives in Chicago.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: North American English
Whether Violent or Natural A NOVEL
BY NATASHA CALDER
An unnerving, sinister, and brilliant dystopian novel about the choices we make at the end of the world, posing the question: Who can you trust when there’s almost no one left?
SELLING POINTS SOPHISTICATED POST– APOCALYPTIC FICTION: Calder is an astonishingly assured writer with a rare gift for voice, plot, and atmosphere, and the deftness and ambition of her worldbuilding compares to that of Margaret Atwood’s MaddAddam trilogy. A TIMELY READ: Dystopian fiction continues to sell, and this unsettling and edgy novel will speak to the current times. STRONG PLATFORM: As one half of the duo Calder Szewczak, the author has an established fan base from the publication of her coauthored cli–fi book, The Offset, and they will also support her first solo novel.
SPECIFICATIONS * 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6466-0 Years after complete antibiotic resistance has brought about global devastation, Kit ekes out an existence on a remote island alongside the taciturn Crevan, who has more recently fled the mainland. With once–curable diseases running riot, desperate measures are in place there: Those not yet infected are given experimental vaccines, and those for whom it’s already too late are culled. But Kit and Crevan are safe, protected on their island by a collapsing castle that holds a greenhouse and a well–stocked bunker within its ruins. When a woman washes ashore—near drowned but clinging to life—the question of her fate threatens the fragile balance of Kit and Crevan’s isolated world. While Crevan wants to keep her alive, Kit isn’t so sure. And there’s more to wrestle with: Kit and Crevan each have secrets—secrets they have been keeping both from each other and from themselves. As the crisis brought about by the drowned woman’s appearance consumes them, the fictions of their shared existence crumble, and the truth begins to emerge. Whether Violent or Natural is a startlingly original and thrilling novel for readers of Susanna Clarke’s Piranesi, Shirley Jackson’s We Have Always Lived in the Castle, and Emily St. John Mandel’s Station Eleven. In the tenseness of its plotting, the gradual unfolding of truth, and in the strange and gripping intensity of its narrator’s voice, Whether Violent or Natural is an intelligent, unputdownable novel that welcomes a huge new talent to the genre.
US $26.00 CAN $33.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-831-4
Natasha Calder earned her degree in English from Trinity College Dublin and her master’s in medieval literature from Cambridge University. Her work has appeared in The Stinging Fly, Lackington’s, and Curiosities, among others, and she is coauthor of The Offset by Calder Szewczak. She is based in the UK. Whether Violent or Natural is her first solo novel.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: North America
My Name Is Yip
BY PADDY CREWE
A bold, revisionist take on the Western novel set in the Georgia gold rush, for readers of Charles Portis and Cormac McCarthy, by a powerful debut novelist with an original voice Praise for My Name Is Yip “My Name Is Yip is a tremendous novel.” —Laird Hunt, National Book Award–shortlisted author of Zorrie and Neverhome “Paddy Crewe has a 24–carat gift.” —Sebastian Barry, author of Days Without End “I love the compelling narrator, somehow a cross between Charles Dickens’s David Copperfield and Charles Portis’s Mattie Ross. And like True Grit, Yip takes us on a wild ride.” —Michael Punke, author of The Revenant and Ridgeline “My Name Is Yip is both an entertaining tale of gold, murder, and the impulse for revenge and a tender coming–of–age story amid the lawlessness of the American frontier.” —Paul Howarth, author of Only Killers and Thieves “Thrilling . . . brim–full of humor, strangeness, and charm.” —Ian McGuire, Booker Prize–longlisted author of The North Water “Magnificent. My Name Is Yip is a sheer joy. What a voice, what a story. It’s a glorious novel.” —Donal Ryan, author of Strange Flowers It’s 1815 in the small town of Heron's Creek, Georgia, when Yip Tolroy––mute, medical anomaly, and social outcast––is born. His father has disappeared under mysterious circumstances, so he is raised by his mother: a powerful, troubled, independent woman who owns and runs a general store. She struggles to manage his needs, leaving Yip to find the means of asserting himself in an unforgiving, hostile environment. With the help of a retired doctor, he begins to transform his life by learning to read and write, his portal into the community a piece of slate and a supply of chalk. And then at the age of fifteen, Yip’s life is altered irrevocably. In the space of a few days he witnesses the discovery of gold, meets his faithful friend and comrade Dud Carter, and commits a grievous crime. Thrust unwittingly into a world of violence and sin, Yip and Dud are forced to leave town and embark on an odyssey that will introduce them to the wonder and horror of the American frontier until the revelation of a secret means they must return to Heron’s Creek and the fate that awaits them. With its colorful description of people and places, comic backbone, and compelling narrator, My Name Is Yip is a bold adventure––a gripping tale of courage, struggle, hope, and brotherhood––that reckons with the seductive pull of the American South and its dark and complex histories.
WELL–CONNECTED AUTHOR: We have stellar blurbs from Sebastian Barry and the author’s mentor Erica Wagner, and are expecting blurbs from Hilary Mantel Barbara Kingsolver, and Ann Patchett. READERSHIP: Reminiscent of A Prayer for Owen Meany and The Sisters Brothers in voice and description, for readers of Cormac McCarthy’s Blood Meridian and Charles Portis’s True Grit, as well as Denis Johnson and Annie Proulx. STUNNING DEBUT: This is a powerful and enthralling debut novel with an incredible voice and a fresh approach to American frontier archetypes that should get a lot of review attention and pull in readers who fall in love with literary historical novels with an Americana vibe.
SPECIFICATIONS * 368 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 229mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JUNE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6230-7 US $18.00 CAN $23.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-711-9
Paddy Crewe was born in Stockton–on–Tees. He studied at Goldsmiths, University of London. My Name is Yip is his debut novel.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: North America
Garden of Earthly Bodies A NOVEL
BY SALLY OLIVER
An exquisitely eerie and unsettling speculative novel that grapples with questions of trauma, identity, and the workings of memory—now in paperback! Praise for Garden of Earthly Bodies “Garden of Earthly Bodies ripples with visceral language that conceals an ominous underbelly, ever threatening to burst free.” ―Chicago Review of Books “An affecting portrait of a young life shaped by grief, set against an unnerving, surreal medical backdrop, somewhere between My Year of Rest and Relaxation and A Cure for Wellness. . . . A remarkable, thought– provoking, vivid book.” —Will Wiles, author of The Way Inn and Plume “Intelligent, addictive, and disturbing.” —Julia Fine, author of The Upstairs House and What Should Be Wild “Garden of Earthly Bodies is a debut to savor. Sally Oliver writes with startling intensity.” —Victoria Gosling, author of Before the Ruins “Wonderfully intriguing.” —Helen Fisher, author of Faye, Faraway Months after her sister’s death, Marianne wakes up to find a growth of thick black hairs along her spine. They defy her attempts to remove them, instead proliferating, growing longer. The hairs, Marianne’s doctor tells her, are a reaction to trauma, developed in the wake of the loss of her sister, Marie. Her doctor recommends that Marianne visits Nede, a modern, New Age rehabilitation center in a remote forest in Wales where the patients attend unorthodox therapy sessions and commune with nature. Yet something strange is happening to Marianne and the other patients at Nede: a metamorphosis of a kind. As the hairs on her back continue to grow, the past starts to entangle itself with the present and the borders of her consciousness threaten to disintegrate. She finds herself drawn back compulsively to the memory of Marie, obsessing over the impulse that drew her sister toward death and splintered her family apart. As Marianne’s memories threaten to overwhelm her, Nede offers her release from this cycle of memory and pain—but only at a terrible price: that of identity itself. Haunting, lyrical, and introspective, Garden of Earthly Bodies is a startlingly accomplished and original debut about the bond between two sisters, love and its limits, and our inability to ever truly to know the minds of others. With an intense and precise attention to the internal workings of minds and bodies and a disturbing speculative plot, the novel welcomes an assured new voice to the genre.
SELLING POINTS HARDCOVER OFF TO STRONG START: Garden of Earthly Bodies was named a best new book by Bustle, Book Riot, and Tor.com, and was reviewed by Chicago Review of Books. TARGET AUDIENCE: For readers of Ottessa Moshfegh’s Death in Her Hands, Samanta Schweblin, Paul Tremblay’s A Head Full of Ghosts, Kazuo Ishiguro’s Never Let Me Go, and fans of Black Mirror. CROSSOVER HORROR APPEAL: Hybrid literary fiction with speculative and horror elements are on trend.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JUNE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5936-9 US $17.00 CAN $22.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-568-9
Sally Oliver earned a master’s in English at Lancaster University before moving to London to start a career in publishing. She now works for the agency Greene & Heaton. Garden of Earthly Bodies is her debut novel.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: North America
All of You Every Single One A NOVEL
BY BEATRICE HITCHMAN
From an acclaimed and powerful talent in historical fiction, a literary historical novel set in a Bohemian enclave of Vienna about love, freedom, and what constitutes a family—now in paperback! Praise for All of You Every Single One “With a masterful eye for historical detail, Beatrice Hitchman’s ambitious new novel plunges us headfirst into the bohemian world of Vienna’s early–20th– century golden age. . . . All of You Every Single One shines as a beautiful, poignant, and deeply felt tale.” —Vogue, Best Books of 2022 “This liberating novel about queer chosen family is beautifully detailed and filled with heart.” —Brit + Co “A stellar work that blends the best of history and fiction.” —Historical Novel Society “[A] sweeping story . . . fans of Sarah Waters's historical dramas should take note.” —Electric Lit “A touching and atmospheric ode to queer characters and their struggles during such a poignant time in history, we can guarantee you won’t put this one down until it's finished.” —Women.com “An absorbing novel of love and lust and found family.” —Library Journal “Hitchman’s writing is beautiful from the start.” —Manhattan Book Review
SELLING POINTS FOR FANS OF HISTORICAL LGBTQ+ STORIES: Will appeal to readers of Sarah Waters and fans of Portrait of a Lady on Fire. PRIDE PLACEMENT: The paperback publication will allow continued opportunities for Pride– related coverage. FANTASTIC HARDCOVER COVERAGE: The novel was featured on Buzzfeed three times and was a Vogue Best Book of 2022.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5694-8 US $17.00 CAN $22.00
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-414-9
Set in Vienna from 1910 to 1946, All of You Every Single One is an atmospheric, original, and deeply moving novel about family, freedom, and how true love might survive impossible odds. Julia Lindqvist, a woman unhappily married to a famous Swedish playwright, leaves her husband to begin a passionate affair with a female tailor named Eve. The pair run away together and settle in the more liberal haven of Vienna, where they fall in love, navigate the challenges of their newfound independence, and find community in the city’s Jewish quarter. But Julia’s yearning for a child throws their fragile happiness into chaos and threatens to destroy her life and the lives of those closest to her. Ada Bauer’s wealthy industrialist family have sent her to Dr. Freud in the hope that he can cure her mutism—and do so without a scandal. But help will soon come for Ada from an unexpected place, changing many lives irrevocably. Through the lives of her queer characters, and against the changing backdrop of one of the greatest cities of the age, Hitchman asks what it’s like to live through oppression, how personal decisions become political, and how far one will go to protect the ones they love. Moving across Europe and through decades, Hitchman’s sophomore novel is an intensely poignant portrait of life and love on the fringes of history. Beatrice Hitchman is an author and an academic whose research focuses on queer fiction and the ethics of historical fiction. Her first novel, Petite Mort, was nominated for the Desmond Elliott Prize, the Authors’ Club Best First Novel Award, the Polari Prize, and the HWA Debut Dagger. She is a lecturer in creative writing at the University of Brighton. All of You Every Single One is her second novel.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
RIGHTS: United States
A Change of Circumstance A SIMON SERRAILLER CASE BY SUSAN HILL
In this newest installment of Susan Hill’s electrifying crime series, Simon Serrailler finds himself in devastating new territory as a sophisticated drug network sets its sights on Lafferton Praise for A Change of Circumstance * “As usual, Hill weaves many disparate themes into one riveting, deeply affecting story awash in suspense and social commentary. Top–notch!” —Booklist “Series fans will enjoy catching up with Serrailler and company.” —Publishers Weekly Praise for Susan Hill “Hill knows how to keep those pages turning.” —Chicago Tribune “The intelligence of this brooding series rivets a reader’s attention.” —Maureen Corrigan, Washington Post “Hill, an award–winning novelist, shows just how good crime writing can be.” —Parade “Not all great novelists can write crime fiction, but when one like Susan Hill does it, the result is stunning.” —Ruth Rendell “P. D. James meets Barbara Kingsolver.” —Washington Post Susan Hill is back with A Change of Circumstance, the eleventh book in the acclaimed mystery series featuring the enigmatic and brooding chief police inspector Simon Serrailler. DCS Serrailler has long regarded drugs ops in Lafferton as a waste of time. The small–time dealers picked up outside the local high school can’t—or won’t—turn in any valuable names, so they're merely given a fine and the trail runs cold. But when the body of a 22–year–old drug addict is found in neighboring Starley, the case pulls Serrailler into the underbelly of an elaborate drug running operation that pushes narcotics out from the cities, into the suburbs, and right down to villages. The foot soldiers? Vulnerable local kids like Brookie and Olivia, whose involvement gives Serrailler a bitter taste of this new landscape. It’s a harsh winter in Lafferton, and with struggles both at home and on the job, Serrailler soon learns that even the familiar can hold shocking surprises. . . . With A Change of Circumstance, Hill delivers yet another gripping piece of the Serrailler canon. Written in the tradition of the fabulous mysteries of Ruth Rendell and P. D. James, this newest case is sure to enthrall new fans and surprise old ones in what is a captivating new addition to a highly acclaimed series.
SELLING POINTS STRONG SERIES SALES: The Simon Serrailler books have sold more than 250,000 copies across all formats. CRITICAL ACCLAIM: Praise includes reviews from outlets such as the New York Times, the New York Times Book Review, the Washington Post, and authors Ruth Rendell and P. D. James. ENDURING CATEGORY: Mystery and crime fiction is an evergreen category, and Hill’s dedicated fan base will respond enthusiastically to this new installment.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 229mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5974-1 US $17.00
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-581-8
Susan Hill’s novels and short stories have won the Whitbread Book, Somerset Maugham, and John Llewellyn Rhys awards, received the Yorkshire Post Book of the Year, and have been shortlisted for the Man Booker Prize. The play adapted from her famous ghost novel, The Woman in Black, has been running in the West End since 1989. The eleven books in her Simon Serrailer series are all available from Overlook.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
BY DENNARD DAYLE
For readers of Jason Pargin, Paul Beatty, and George Saunders, an electrifying and wholly original collection of satirical stories that create a bitingly funny portrait of American racism, capitalism, and politics—now in paperback! Praise for Everything Abridged
PHENOMENAL PRAISE: The book has been supported by such literary powerhouses as Paul Beatty, Susan Choi, and Gary Shteyngart, and was reviewed in Vulture and Entertainment Weekly, and covered by The New Yorker.
“Incredibly entertaining and so damn illuminating.” ―Entertainment Weekly
TARGET AUDIENCE: For readers of Jason Pargin’s This Book is Full of Spiders, Paul Beatty’s The Sellout, George Saunders’s CivilWarLand in Bad Decline and Lincoln in the Bardo, and Neal Stephenson’s Snow Crash.
“Slyly defiant and blazingly imaginative, like the best modernist literature, Everything Abridged is a powerful celebration of flaw and failure. It’s a book that revels in the timelessness of obsolescence and the freedom of powerlessness. Dayle’s a genre– shattering writer, whose wit and intellect never cease to entertain. This refreshingly original and powerfully funny collection is a debut to remember.” ―Paul Beatty, New York Times bestselling author
HUMOR FOR OUR TIME: The topics and themes covered in the stories in Everything Abridged perfectly capture the national mood during such uncertain and tumultuous times while cracking jokes and creating madcap scenarios that readers cannot help but laugh at.
“By turns prescient of our anxious, conspiracy– fraught times and mournful of majestic worlds to come ruined by all too familiar hatreds. But the post–WWIII stand–up riffs? Truly funny stuff.” ―Vulture
“Everything Abridged: Stories by Dennard Dayle: 1. Miscategorized. Calling this addictively book– shaped act of language subversion “stories” is like calling New York City “buildings” 2. The nonstandard reference to all sorts of things it would have been disturbing to learn if you hadn’t been laughing so hard 3. Herald of a major new talent—what more do you need to know? Why are you still reading the cover and not the inside?” ―Susan Choi, National Book Award–winning author of Trust Exercise Framed as a reference work of humorous “entries” that offer trenchant social commentary, Everything Abridged presages a dark vision of the near future but tells jokes in the face of it: An intelligence agency operative uncovers a conspiracy to generate conspiracies and realizes his participation in the scheme. A Caribbean monarch meets four decades of American presidents and adjusts his country’s foreign policy accordingly. Experiment participants are asked to bring back a gun as quickly as possible. A copywriter on a space colony advertises a weapon with the potential to destroy his home during an intergalactic war. These and other linked stories, many of which feature a speculative bent—about being Black in America, law enforcement practices in an android society, Olympic speed walking, consumerism, nuclear war, and more—are interspersed with hilarious, one–line definitions for words ranging from abolition to zygote, creating a sharply humorous portrait of American inequality. With his singular wit, sharp prose, and shrewd observations, Dennard Dayle captures the struggles his characters face to keep hold of their sanity in a society collapsing into chaos and absurdity.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 229mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6097-6 US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-636-5
Dennard Dayle is a Jamaican–American writer from New York City. He is a graduate of Princeton University and received his MFA from Columbia University. His short fiction has been published by The New Yorker, Clarkesworld, Matchbook, the Hard Times, and McSweeney’s Internet Tendency, and his satirical performance art has been covered by NBC, the New York Post, and New York magazine. Dayle is based in Brooklyn. Everything Abridged is his debut collection.
THE OVERLOOK PRESS
From The Rooster House • By Victoria Belim
RIGHTS: North America
THE STORY OF A LIMB AND THE BOY WHO GREW FROM IT BY GREG MARSHALL
A hilarious and poignant memoir grappling with family, disability, and coming of age in two closets—as a gay man and as a man living with cerebral palsy Praise for Leg “A strange, smutty, hilarious, beautiful, compassionate, provoking, big–hearted, sharp–tongued, original, brilliant memoir. It’s about a very particular coming–of–age that will nevertheless remind readers of what it is to be young and to want everything. I hated to see it end.” —Elizabeth McCracken, National Book Award finalist and author of The Hero of This Book “Greg Marshall’s Leg has all the ingredients of an addictive memoir and Marshall is one of the most exciting new voices in non–fiction.” —Ryan O’Connell, author of Just by Looking at Him “Greg Marshall’s Leg is a generous gift to readers. Yes, it is a raw, brutally honest, and compassionate chronicle of discovery (both of the self and the surrounding world) but it is also one of the funniest books I’ve ever read.” —Chloé Cooper Jones, author of Easy Beauty “No one manages to make the specific as universal as Greg Marshall. Sharply observed with prose that explodes into your stomach, Leg captures a life of victories and struggles that never once tip into victimhood while showcasing a spirit like no other.” —Ben Philippe, Author of Sure, I’ll Be Your Black Friend Greg Marshall’s early years were pretty bizarre. Rewind the VHS tapes (this is the nineties) and you’ll see a lopsided teenager limping across a high school stage, or in a wheelchair after leg surgeries, pondering why he’s crushing on half of the Utah Jazz. Add to this home video footage a mom clacking away at her newspaper column between chemos, a dad with ALS, and a cast of foulmouthed siblings. Fast forward the tape and you’ll find Marshall happily settled into his life as a gay man only to discover he’s been living in another closet his whole life: he has cerebral palsy. Here, in the hot mess of it all, lies Greg Marshall’s wellspring of wit and wisdom. Leg is an extraordinarily funny and insightful memoir from a daring new voice. Packed with outrageous stories of a singular childhood, it is also a unique examination of what it means to transform when there are parts of yourself you can’t change, a moving portrait of a family in crisis, and a tale of resilience of spirit. In Marshall’s deft hands, we see a story both personal and universal—of being young and wanting the world, even when the world doesn’t feel like yours to want. Greg Marshall was raised in Salt Lake City, Utah. A National Endowment for the Arts Fellow in Prose, Marshall is a graduate of the Michener Center for Writers. His work has appeared in The Best American Essays and been supported by MacDowell and the Corporation of Yaddo. Leg is his first book.
SELLING POINTS WIDE–RANGING NETWORK: Marshall’s friends and supporters include David Sedaris, Elizabeth McCracken, Lauren Hough, Leslie Jamison, Chloé Cooper Jones, and many more. AUTHOR BONA FIDES: Marshall has an MFA from the University of Texas’s Michener Center and an MA from Northwestern’s Medill School of Journalism, and is the recipient of fellowships from the National Education Association (NEA), Yaddow, and MacDowell. His work has been previously published in McSweeney’s, Electric Literature, Hobart, and Narratively, and has been anthologized in Best American. His writing is both critically acclaimed and sharp as well as funny and original, making for a compelling, smart, and entertaining read. VAST READERSHIP: Personal memoirs that grapple with identity —especially sexuality and disability—continue to attract audiences. This is also a story about family, illness, and perseverance, more broadly, that should have wide appeal. We can also tap into Cerebral Palsy and cancer survivor networks.
SPECIFICATIONS * 304 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE MEMOIR, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-6360-1 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-763-8
CRYPTOCURRENCY, CASINO CAPITALISM, AND THE GOLDEN AGE OF FRAUD BY BEN MCKENZIE AND JACOB SILVERMAN
From a famous actor and an experienced journalist, a wildly entertaining debunking of cryptocurrency, one of the greatest frauds in history and on course for a spectacular crash
SELLING POINTS UNCHARTED TERRITORY: With nods to The Big Short and Bad Blood, Easy Money will be the first book to take full stock of the rise and impending collapse of cryptocurrency and what it says about our current era of hucksterism and inequality. SUPERSTAR AUTHORS: McKenzie and Silverman have already received lots of attention for their anti–crypto journalism, which has appeared in Slate and the Washington Post. HOT STORY: The announcement of this book was covered by Variety, the A.V. Club, Bustle, and more, and McKenzie was profiled in The Cut and the New York Times. Expect major press coverage.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY
At the height of the pandemic, TV star Ben McKenzie (The O.C., Gotham) was the perfect mark for cryptocurrency: a dad stuck at home with some cash in his pocket, worried about his family, armed with only the vague notion that people were making heaps of money on something he—despite a degree in economics—didn’t entirely understand. Lured in by the promise of taking power from banks, possibly improving democracy, and sure, a touch of FOMO, McKenzie dove deep into blockchain, Bitcoin, and the various other coins and exchanges on which they are traded. But after scratching the surface, he had to ask, “Am I crazy, or is this all a total scam?” In Easy Money, McKenzie enlists the help of journalist Jacob Silverman for a caper and exposé that points in shock to the climactic final days of cryptocurrency now upon us. Weaving together stories of average traders and victims, colorful crypto “visionaries,” Hollywood’s biggest true believers, anti–crypto whistleblowers, and government agents searching for solutions at the precipice of a major crash, Easy Money is an on–the–ground look at a perfect storm of 2008 Housing Bubble–level irresponsibility and criminal fraud potentially ten times more devastating than Bernie Madoff.
BUSINESS, TRUE CRIME, NONFICTION, CURRENT EVENTS ISBN 978-1-4197-6639-8 US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-925-0
Ben McKenzie has been a fixture on TV for more than two decades, first capturing audiences in the pop culture phenomenon The O.C. Most recently, he played the lead role on Fox’s hit series Gotham, on which he also directed and wrote episodes. He recently appeared in Amazon’s political drama The Torture Report, and in 2020, he starred in Grand Horizons, which received a Tony Award nomination for Best New Play. McKenzie graduated magna cum laude from the University of Virginia with degrees in economics and foreign affairs. Jacob Silverman is a journalist writing about technology and national security for the New Republic. His work has appeared in the New York Times, Slate, the Los Angeles Times, BookForum, Politico, and many other publications. In April 2012, he was a three–day Jeopardy! champion. Both live in Brooklyn, New York.
All Hands on Deck
A MODERN-DAY HIGH SEAS ADVENTURE TO THE FAR SIDE OF THE WORLD BY WILL SOFRIN
A maritime adventure memoir that follows a crew of misfits hired to sail an 18th–century warship 5,000 miles to Hollywood Praise for All Hands on Deck “A thrilling account. . . . a tale filled with excitement, terror, love, and reconciliation.” —Tracy Edwards, trailblazing round the world sailor “An unbelievable ride. . . . Will Sofrin has lived the real experiences and survived to tell the tale.” —Dan Shotz, executive producer of the Emmy Award– winning Starz series Black Sails “All Hands on Deck will leave readers with a deep respect for the sea and the sailors who venture into unknown challenges.” —Jay Coogan, president of IYRS School of Technology & Trades
SELLING POINTS BIG AUDIENCE: A gripping nautical adventure from an experienced sailor—perfect for the big audience of die–hard fans of Patrick O’Brian’s novels. CULT CLASSIC FILM:Master and Commander made $200 million, received ten Academy Award nominations, including for Best Picture, and won Best Cinematography and Best Sound Editing. It has endured, becoming a much–loved film with new fans every year. BACK IN VOGUE: A new adaptation of the Aubrey–Maturin novels is in the works from 20th Century, first announced in June 2021. CONNECTED AUTHOR: Sofrin is well–connected to sailing clubs and organizations, and has already secured endorsements and support from major figures in this world, including the San Diego Maritime Museum, where the ship is today.
SPECIFICATIONS * Photographs throughout In the late 1990s, Patrick O’Brian’s multimillion–copy–selling historical novel series—the Aubrey–Maturin series, which was set during the Napoleonic Wars—seemed destined for film. With Russell Crowe as Jack Aubrey and Paul Bettany as Stephen Maturin, the production only needed a ship that could stand in for Lucky Jack’s HMS Surprise, with historical accuracy paramount. The filmmakers found the Rose, a replica of an 18th–century ship that would work perfectly. Only there was one problem: the Rose was in Newport, Rhode Island, not in Southern California, where they would be filming. Enter a ragtag crew of thirty oddballs who stepped up for the task, including Will Sofrin, at the time a 21–year– old wooden–boat builder and yacht racer, who joined as the ship’s carpenter. All Hands on Deck is Sofrin’s memoir of the epic adventure delivering the Rose to Hollywood. It’s a story of reinvention, of hard work on the high seas, of love, and of survival. The Rose was an example of the most cutting– edge technology of her era, but in the 21st century, barely anyone had experience sailing it. The crew effectively went back in time, brought to life the old ways of a forgotten world, and barely lived to tell the tale. Just a few days in, a terrifying hurricane–strength storm nearly sank the Rose, and later, a rogue wave caused a nearly fatal dismasting. And the ups and downs weren’t limited to the waves—with the crew split into factions, making peace between warring camps became necessary, too, as did avoiding pirates and braving the temptations of shore leave. All Hands on Deck is a gripping story of an unforgettable journey and a must–read for fans who adore O’Brian’s novels and the dramatic film adaptation of Master and Commander.
* 272 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL NONFICTION, MEMOIR, TRAVEL, HISTORY ISBN 978-1-4197-6706-7 US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £20.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-962-5
Will Sofrin is a master shipwright who has taught naval architecture at MIT and has built boats for Billy Joel and Estée Lauder. As a former professional sailor and licensed captain, he has tracked more than 30,000 blue–water miles. In 2014, he relocated to Los Angeles and launched a design firm that specializes in luxury residential development. He continues to race sailboats and explores the coast of California with his wife and six–year–old daughter. This is his first book.
RIGHTS: North American English
THE STORY OF NINE FAMOUS WOMEN IN THE TABLOID 2000S BY SARAH DITUM
A scathing reexamination of the lives of nine female celebrities in the 2000s, and the sexist, exploitative culture that took them down
SELLING POINTS CAPTIVATING STARS: Toxic tells the stories of nine women— Britney Spears, Paris Hilton, Janet Jackson, Amy Winehouse, Whitney Houston, Kim Kardashian, Aaliyah, Chyna, and Jennifer Aniston. By focusing on multiple prominent figures from this time, Ditum weaves together a deeply critical narrative about the larger mechanisms of sexism, racism, and exploitation that were ubiquitous in 2000s celebrity culture. TIMELY SUBJECT: In the wake of #FreeBritney and #MeToo, we’re in a moment of thinking critically about how we treat female celebrities. Toxic takes that conversation further than its gone before, highlighting subjects who were tabloid obsessions in the aughts, and many of whom are still suffering the effects of that exploitation today, some 20 years later.
Welcome to celebrity culture in the early aughts: the reign of Perez Hilton, celebrity sex tapes, and dueling tabloids fed by paparazzi who were willing to do anything to get the shot. It was a time when the Internet was still the Wild West, and when slut–shaming, fat–shaming, and revenge porn were all considered perfectly legitimate. Celebrity was seen as a commodity to be consumed, and for the famous women of this era, they were never as popular—or as vulnerable —as when they were in crisis. Toxic tells the stories of nine women who defined the hell of celebrity in the 2000s and explores how they were devoured by fame, how they attempted to control their own narratives, and how they succeeded or (more often) failed. These women come from all walks of fame—pop music, acting, reality TV, and WWE wrestling. Some of them you think you know already, and others will be less familiar, but Toxic reveals these women neither as pure victims nor as conniving strategists, but as complex individuals trying to navigate celebrity while under attack from a vicious and fast– changing media. Their portrayal has shaped the way that all women—famous or otherwise—are viewed today, and their experiences preempted the now–universal condition, especially thanks to social media, of living under the public gaze. In this book, Ditum brings readers back to a time before second chances and redemption arcs, and traces the ripple effects that came in the wake of spending a decade vilifying our idols. We’ll see how these women’s stories intersect with the birth of YouTube, the rise of Internet pornography, and the emergence of Donald Trump as a political force. It’s time to come to terms with how those cultural events shaped the way we see ourselves, our bodies, our relationships, our aspirations, and our presence in the wider world. We are all products of the toxic decade. Sarah Ditum is a freelance writer and literary reviewer who contributes to the Times, the Guardian, the Observer, the Spectator, Mail on Sunday, and Unherd. She writes a monthly column on pop music for Critic magazine and is also a contributor to Graydon Carter’s Airmail. Ditum is featured regularly on radio and TV as a commenter, with appearances on Woman’s Hour, The Today Programme, and Newsnight, among others. She has recently completed extensive broadcast interviews on Britney Spears’s conservatorship and written for the Sunday Times on Spears’s rise and fall. She lives in London.
EXPERT AUTHOR: Ditum contributes regularly to the Times, the Guardian, the Spectator,Mail on Sunday, and more. She has become the go–to source in the UK for breaking news at the intersection of #MeToo and celebrity culture and appears regularly on the BBC to discuss this topic.
SPECIFICATIONS * 304 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY POP CULTURE, WOMEN'S HISTORY, CURRENT EVENTS, ENTERTAINMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-6311-3 US $27.00 CAN $34.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-745-4
A MEMOIR OF FIGHTING FIRE BY CLARE FRANK
A captivating memoir of trailblazing and firefighting from a pioneering woman in a male–dominated field Praise for Burnt “Evocative . . . A must–read.” —Erin Brockovich
GREAT VOICE: Frank is an inspirational woman with a wicked sense of humor. She is one of a kind, and her story is a joy to read. ACCOMPLISHED AUTHOR: Frank served as California’s first and only female chief of fire protection. Cal Fire is the largest fire department in California and the third largest in the United States (after the US Forest Service and NYFD). CURRENT EVENTS: Fire, especially in California, continues to dominate the news every summer. This is an issue that is not going away, and Frank is uniquely qualified to write about it.
SPECIFICATIONS * 336 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY MEMOIR ISBN 978-1-4197-6390-8 When Clare Frank was 17 years old, she became a firefighter in Northern California. Clare was five foot two and officially too young to join the service—she left her birthdate blank on her paperwork, hoping no one would notice. And she didn’t look like her peers, who sported an Adam’s apple and a mustache. But her brother was a firefighter and loved it, so she thought she’d try it out, too. Very soon, she knew she had found her calling. Burnt is Clare’s inspiring, richly detailed, and open–hearted account of an extraordinary life in fire. It chronicles the transformation of a young adult determined to prove her mettle into a scarred and sensitive veteran, grappling with the weight of her duties as chief of fire protection—one of the highest–ranking women in Cal Fire history—while record– setting fires engulf her home state. Mentors and managing, funerals and scandal, pickup basketball, car crashes, and always fire—no one has written about this world, from this perspective, like Clare Frank. She masterfully mixes irreverence and awe, taking readers inside station houses, on daily calls, and along on wildfire campaigns where antics and dark humor balance terrifying risk, trauma, and a sense of almost holy responsibility. Burnt: A Memoir of Fighting Fire is an unforgettable memoir from an American original.
US $27.00 CAN $34.00 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-783-6
Clare Frank started firefighting in California at 17 and was promoted up the ranks, becoming the state’s first and only female chief of fire protection. Along the way, she earned a BS in fire administration, an MFA in creative writing, and a JD. She has lectured at colleges, universities, and state and national fire conferences, and lives near Lake Tahoe with her husband and two dogs. This is her first book.
RIGHTS: North America
The Rooster House
MY UKRAINIAN FAMILY STORY, A MEMOIR BY VICTORIA BELIM
A timely and deeply moving memoir of the author’s Ukrainian family history, interwoven with the country’s tumultuous story
SELLING POINTS TIMELY SUBJECT: As Russia continues to invade Ukraine, the human cost of the two countries’ fraught history could not be more relevant. EXCEPTIONAL WRITING: Belim layers her personal history and the story of Ukraine over the last century with travel, compelling portrayals of Ukrainians, and touching explorations of family. HIGHLY SOUGHT–AFTER: Sold in a seven–way UK auction and was already sold into ten additional territories.
SPECIFICATIONS * 288 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE MEMOIR, NONFICTION, HISTORY ISBN 978-1-4197-6785-2 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
In 2014, the landmarks of Victoria Belim’s personal geography were plunged into tumult at the hands of Russia. Her hometown Kyiv was gripped by protests and violent suppression. Crimea, where she’d once been sent to school to avoid radiation from the nuclear disaster at Chernobyl, was invaded. Kharkiv, where her grandmother Valentina studied economics and fell in love; Donetsk, where her father once worked; and Mariupol, where she and her mother bought a cherry tree for Valentina’s garden all became battlegrounds. A naturalized American citizen then living in Brussels, Belim felt she had to go back. She had to spend time with her aging grandmother and her cousin Dima. She had to unravel a family mystery spanning several generations. And she needed to understand how her country’s tragic history of communist revolution, civil war, famine, world war, totalitarianism, and fraught independence had changed the course of their lives. The Rooster House is a beautifully written memoir of a family, a country’s past, and its dangerous present. It is about parents and children, true believers and victims, gardens and art, secrets and tragedy. Compulsively readable, deeply moving, and at times laugh–out–loud funny, it is a stunning debut book by an experienced, expressive, and gifted writer.
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-018-6
Born in Ukraine, Victoria Belim grew up in Chicago and now lives in Brussels, Belgium. A writer, journalist, translator, and fragrance specialist, Belim speaks 18 languages. Since 2010, she has been writing for the Financial Times’s How to Spend It magazine. Her work has also appeared in the New York Times Magazine, Elle, and Marie Claire, as well as on her own website, boisdejasmin.com.
RIGHTS: World English
LIFE IN FIRST PERSON BY JOHN ROMERO
The inspiring, long–awaited autobiography of video game designer and DOOM cocreator John Romero
DEDICATED FOLLOWING: Romero has legions of fans that flock to him for signings at cons across the world. He boasts a healthy 181,000 Twitter followers —with whom he has incredibly high engagement—and more than one million gamers have downloaded his latest DOOM mod, SIGIL. NEVER–BEFORE–TOLD STORIES: Sharing rare insights into his childhood, the early days of id’s founding, and the creation of DOOM, Quake, and Wolfenstein 3–D, Romero will reveal, in his own words, the true story of the rock–star era of ’90s video game development. MAJOR LEGACY: Romero is the cocreator of DOOM, one of the most popular video game franchises of all time and is credited with creating gaming’s most popular genre, the first– person shooter. He is a true innovator who has pushed the boundaries of gaming for decades and has continued to do so at his own studio, Romero Games.
Doom Guy: Life in First Person is the long–awaited autobiography of John Romero, gaming’s original rock star and the cocreator of DOOM, Quake, and Wolfenstein—some of the most recognizable and important titles in video game history. Credited with the invention of the first–person shooter, a genre that continues dominate the market today, he is gaming royalty. Told in remarkable detail, a byproduct of his hyperthymesia, Romero recounts his storied career—from his early days submitting Apple II code to computer magazines and sneaking computers out of the back door of his day job to do programming projects at night in his garage to a high–profile falling out with his id Software cofounder John Carmack, as well as his continued role in the gaming industry today as the managing director of Romero Games Ltd. His story is truly one of a self–made man, founding multiple companies after a childhood filled with violence and abuse drove him to video game design where he could create new worlds and places to escape to. An alcoholic father, a racist grandfather who did not approve of Romero’s parents’ mixed–race coupling, and a grandmother who once ran a brothel in Mexico combine for an illuminating story his youth—a story that has never before been revealed. After years in the gaming spotlight, Romero is now telling his story—the whole story—in his own words. Computer and video game legend John Romero has designed and published more than 130 games since his first sale at the age of 16. A teenage programming prodigy, his major achievements include coinventing a series of revolutionary computer games–DOOM, Quake, Wolfenstein 3–D, and Commander Keen–that launched the industry’s most popular genre, the first–person shooter. He lives in Galway, Ireland.
MEDIA INTEREST: Romero is still an active, high–profile creator, and his future projects will garner major attention.
SPECIFICATIONS * 288 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY BIOGRAPHY, COMPUTERS, GAMES, TECHNOLOGY & ENGINEERING ISBN 978-1-4197-5811-9 US $27.00 CAN $34.00 UK £20.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-536-8
RIGHTS: North America
THE STORY OF THE MODERN WORLD IN A TRILLION PARTICLES BY JAY OWENS
Combining history and science, a sweeping look at the smallest substance and the biggest challenges facing people and the planet
SELLING POINTS BIG IDEA BOOK: Mixes a captivating microscopic subject like Ed Yong’s I Contain Multitudes and Mark Miodownik’s Stuff Matters with the literary nature writing of Robert Macfarlane and the advocacy of Naomi Klein and David Wallace– Wells. HIGH PRAISE: Dust has already gotten big support from Robert Macfarlane (“unmistakably a major book in the making”) and Warren Ellis (“at once classical and utterly fresh”). EXCEPTIONAL WRITING: Owens deftly blends writing on travel, history, science, and technology to trace the story of human progress and foresee our future. TIMELY SUBJECT: Dust and our ecological future is front–page news that will only become more prominent.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm Four–and–a–half billion years ago, Planet Earth was formed from a vast spinning nebula of cosmic dust, the detritus left over from the birth of the sun. Within the next 100 years, human life on swathes of the Earth’s surface will end in a haze of heat, drought, and, again, dust. Dust is a legacy of 20th–century progress and a profound threat to life in the 21st century. And yet dust is something we hardly ever consider—it is so small and so mundane as to be beyond the threshold of thought. Jay Owen’s Dust sparks curiosity and corrects that oversight. This is a book on humanity, the Earth, and what we’ve done to it over the last century. It moves from the sunlit orange groves of a thirsty Los Angeles at the birth of the “automotive city,” to Oklahoma and its Dust Bowl migrants. Owens takes readers to NASA and the Jet Propulsion Lab where spacecraft are built in “clean rooms” and to the Aral Sea, Chernobyl, and the Greenland Ice Sheet, to help us better understand our legacy and the challenges we face in the years ahead. This is a smart, beautifully written book that builds big ideas from the smallest particles.
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY NATURE, NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6416-5 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-809-3
Jay Owens is a writer and researcher based in London. Owens studied social anthropology at the LSE and geography at University College London. She is research director at the audience–insight platform Pulsar, which helps major media and technology companies understand the present state of things online. Her research has received coverage in the Guardian, Vice, and advertising press, and she regularly speaks at design, media, and arts conferences and events. Her writing on media, technology, and place has also been published by Quartz, Medium, Roads & Kingdoms, and ICON magazine. She can be found online as @hautepop and at www.jayowens.me.
RIGHTS: North America
HOW CARS MAKE LIFE WORSE AND WHAT TO DO ABOUT IT BY DANIEL KNOWLES
A high–octane polemic against cars—which are ruining the world, while making us unhappy and unhealthy—from a talented young writer at the Economist
SELLING POINTS TIMELY SUBJECT: The pandemic changed our relationship to cars. The movement to reclaim public space from them is gaining momentum and road deaths are at record highs, but until Carmageddon, there has never been a forceful book to bring all the threads together. BESTSELLING APPROACH: Think of Carmageddon as Christopher Hitchens’s God Is Not Great or Jonathan Safran Foer’s Eating Animals mixed with Tom Vanderbilt’s Traffic. This is a razor– sharp book for the vocal minority who hate cars and dream of a better way to live. TALENTED AUTHOR: Knowles, who is British but lives in Chicago, is a talented journalist and entertaining writer with great connections. This is a book to both take seriously and enjoy.
SPECIFICATIONS * 256 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket The automobile was one of the most miraculous inventions of the 20th century. It promised freedom, style, and utility. But sometimes, rather than improving our lives technology just makes everything worse. Over the past century cars have filled the air with toxic pollutants and fueled climate change. Cars have stolen public space and made our cities uglier, dirtier, less useful, and more unequal. Cars have caused tens of millions of deaths and injuries. They have wasted our time and our money. In Carmageddon, journalist Daniel Knowles outlines the rise of the automobile and the costs we all bear as a result. Weaving together history, economics, and reportage, Knowles traces the forces and decisions that normalized cars and cemented our reliance on them. He takes readers around the world to show the ways car use has impacted people’s lives—from Nairobi, where few people own a car but the city is still cloaked in smog, to Houston, where the Katy Freeway has a mind–boggling 26 lanes and there are 30 parking spaces for every resident, enough land to fit Paris ten times. With these negatives, Knowles shows that there are better ways to live, looking at Amsterdam, Copenhagen, Tokyo, and New York City.
PUB MONTH: MARCH NONFICTION, POLITICAL SCIENCE, TRANSPORTATION, ENVIRONMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-5880-5 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-537-5
Daniel Knowles is the Midwest correspondent for the Economist. Previously he worked as the paper’s Mumbai and Nairobi bureau chiefs, as well as a reporter in the Washington, DC bureau and in London. He has covered stories about everything from the wars in South Sudan and Afghanistan to the drug trade in Colombia to the growing sobriety of modern teenagers in the rich world, but prefers writing about cities, transportation, and social transformation. Knowles studied history and economics at Pembroke College, Oxford University. He lives in Chicago.
RIGHTS: North American English
THE 40,000-YEAR STORY OF ANIMALS AND US BY KEGGIE CAREW
From an award–winning nature writer, true stories of our shared planet, all its inhabitants, and the fascinating ways they connect in the net of life
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING WRITER: Carew is an acclaimed, Costa Award–winning author who writes about animals with passion and sparkling insight. DOCUMENTARIAN STYLE: Similar to a David Attenborough series, Beastly covers a wide host of creature characters, reveling in their special skills and attributes as well as human’s most telling interactions with them. LITERARY NATURE READERS: Appeals to readers of literary books on nature, such as Helen Macdonald’s H is for Hawk, Charles Foster’s Being a Beast, and James Rebanks’s The Shepherd’s Life.
SPECIFICATIONS * 40 black-and-white illustrations * 400 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY NATURE, NONFICTION Animals have shaped our minds, our lives, our land, and our civilization. Humanity would not have gotten very far without them—making use of their labor for transportation, agriculture, and pollination; their protection from predators; and their bodies for food and to make clothing, music, and art. And over the last two centuries, humans have made unprecedented advances in science, technology, behavior, and beliefs. Yet how is it that we continue to destroy the animal world and lump its magnificence under the sterile concept of biodiversity? In Beastly, author Keggie Carew seeks to re–enchant readers with the wild world, reframing our understanding of what it is like to be an animal and what our role is as humans. She throws readers headlong into the mind–blowing, heart–thumping, glittering pageant of life, and goes in search of our most revealing encounters with the animal world throughout the centuries. How did we domesticate animals and why did we choose sheep, goats, cows, pigs, horses, and chickens? What does it mean when a gorilla tells a joke or a fish thinks? Why does a wren sing? Beastly is a gorgeously written, deeply researched, and intensely felt journey into the splendor and genius of animals and the long, complicated story of our interactions with them as humans.
ISBN 978-1-4197-6703-6 US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-961-8
Keggie Carew has lived in West Cork, Barcelona, Texas, Auckland, and London. Before writing, her career was in contemporary art. She is the author of Dadland, which won the 2016 Costa Biography Award, and Quicksand Tales. She lives in Wiltshire, England, where, with her husband, Jonathan Thomson, she established the Underhill Wood Nature Reserve.
RIGHTS: World English
How Golf Can Save Your Life BY DREW MILLARD
A charming and heartfelt exploration of golf and how it became a healing balm of radical self–care for one man on the brink of a nervous breakdown
SELLING POINTS STRONG PUBLISHING CATEGORY: Golf books that are unique and have gift appeal sell —Fifty Places to Play Golf Before You Die: Golf Experts Share the World’s Greatest Destinations has sold nearly 200,000 copies. ENGAGED AND CURIOUS AUDIENCE: According to research from the National Golf Foundation, 6.1 million people between the ages of 18 and 24 are active golfers; 4.1 million go to driving ranges or indoor golf simulators; and 5.3 million more members of that same age group are “very interested in taking up the game.”
At its core, golf is about developing new skills, honing them through practice, and then contemplating the moment and figuring out which skill fits the circumstances. It’s like therapy, just minus the therapist and plus a lot more cool gear. Golf offers a prism through which to view the world, and it can genuinely help people live better and more fulfilling lives. Author Drew Millard writes from experience: When his life fell apart, golf gave him the tools to get his shit together. Rooted in personality, accessibility, and a freewheeling spirit, How Golf Can Save Your Life is a celebration of the sport and an examination of all it can bring: the pleasures, benefits, personal growth, and friendships, as well as an appreciation for the land, ourselves, and our time. In this book, Millard charts new territory for the sport by making a strong case for golf as an exercise in self–care. A book with equal appeal for die–hard golfers, the once–a–year crowd, lapsed players, and the golf–curious readers, How Golf Can Save Your Life will inspire those who pick it up as much as it will inform them. Golf saved Millard’s life, and he wants it to save yours, too. Drew Millard is a writer from North Carolina. His work has appeared in VICE, GQ, The Nation, The Believer, and the New York Times Sunday Magazine. He lives in Philadelphia and has a handicap that hovers between ten and 14.
GOLF IS AT A TURNING POINT: Golf was on the decline . . . until COVID, when people realized that it was a way to safely see friends, commune with nature, get out of the house, and participate in an engaging activity that allowed them to really slow down and be present. With this new outlook on the sport, participation is on the rise, and this book explores these tremendous personal benefits.
SPECIFICATIONS * 240 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: MAY SPORTS, INSPIRATION, HUMOR ISBN 978-1-4197-5757-0 US $26.00 CAN $33.00 UK £20.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-444-6
It Was All a Dream
BIGGIE AND THE WORLD THAT MADE HIM BY JUSTIN TINSLEY
Celebrated in hardcover, a deeply reported and richly textured biography of Christopher Wallace—now in paperback! Praise for It Was All a Dream “Revelatory.” —Rolling Stone “A deeply reported saga of the ephemeral, yet colorful life of The Notorious B.I.G.” —USA Today “There’s no telling where he would have gone, but this book does a fine job of tracing how far he managed to go.” —Los Angeles Times “This is more than a biography, it’s a snapshot of both the record industry and America itself at crucial junctures for both.” —Vulture, “The 18 Best Books of the Year (So Far)” “If you care about Black people, cities, music, culture, and/or the late great Christopher Wallace, this is mandatory reading for you.” —Christina Greer, New York Amsterdam News “It Was All a Dream is a full measure of the man himself, going beyond coverage of his shocking, mysterious murder . . . it’s an important book, offering a full–fledged portrait of the late Christopher Wallace.” —Nitish Pahwa, Slate The Notorious B.I.G. was one of the most charismatic and talented artists of the 1990s. Born Christopher Wallace and raised in Clinton Hill/Bed–Stuy, Brooklyn, Biggie lived an almost archetypal rap life: young trouble, drug dealing, guns, prison, a giant hit record, the wealth and international superstardom that came with it, then an early violent death. Biggie released his first record, Ready to Die, in 1994, when he was only 22. Less than three years later, he was killed just days before the planned release of his second record, Life After Death. Journalist Justin Tinsley’s It Was All a Dream is a fresh, insightful telling of the life beyond the legend. It is based on extensive interviews with those who knew and loved Biggie, including neighbors, friends, DJs, party promoters, and journalists. And it places Biggie’s life in context, both within the history of rap but also the wider cultural and political forces that shaped him, including Caribbean immigration, the Reagan era disinvestment in public education, street life, the war on drugs, mass incarceration, and the booming, creative, and influential 1990s music industry. This is the story of where Biggie came from, the forces that shaped him, and the legacy he has left behind.
BIG BUZZ:It Was All a Dream received stellar publicity from USA Today, the Los Angeles Times, the Washington Post, Rolling Stone Music Now podcast, Slate, Billboard, Literary Hub, ESPN’s Daily Show podcast, CNN, and many more. BIG SUBJECT: Biggie is as popular as ever. Nearly 25 years after his death, he has 12.7 million monthly listeners on Spotify, and in 2021, he was the subject of a popular Netflix documentary. The 30th anniversary of his debut album’s release is in 2024. BIG AUTHOR: Tinsley’s star is growing. He is a widely read journalist, the host of a popular 30 for 30 podcast series on Nipsey Hussle, and is a frequent guest on TV, including as a weekly guest on ESPN’s Around the Horn.
SPECIFICATIONS * 352 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY BIOGRAPHY, POP CULTURE, AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-5032-8 US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £11.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-104-9
Justin Tinsley is a senior sports and culture reporter with ESPN’s Andscape who writes on the intersection of sports, race, and culture. He is a regular panelist on ESPN’s daily sports debate talk show Around the Horn and is the creator and host of The King of Crenshaw, a 30 for 30 podcast on the late rapper, entrepreneur, philanthropist, and activist Nipsey Hussle. A graduate of Hampton University and Georgetown University, he lives in Washington, DC.
My Greatest Save
THE BRAVE, BARRIER-BREAKING JOURNEY OF A WORLD CHAMPION GOALKEEPER BY BRIANA SCURRY WITH WAYNE COFFEY; FOREWORD BY ROBIN ROBERTS
A deeply moving and painfully honest memoir from the trailblazing, World Cup– winning, Olympic gold medalist, and US Women’s soccer goalie Briana Scurry Praise for My Greatest Save “A triumphant sports memoir.” —Booklist “My Greatest Save is a moving story of resilience and triumph. It helped me get to know Bri—and myself— better.” —Abby Wambach “Everybody knows Bri was one of the greatest keepers in the history of women’s soccer. When you read My Greatest Save, you will find out that her heart and courage were every bit the equal of her ball– stopping skills.” —Mia Hamm “With candor, she shares her story of triumph over tragedy.” —USA Today
Briana Scurry was a pioneer on the US Women’s National Team. She won gold in Atlanta in 1996, the first time women’s soccer was ever played in the Olympics. She was a key part of the fabled “99ers,” making an epic save in the decisive penalty–kick shootout in the final. Scurry captured her second Olympic gold in 2004, cementing her status as one of the premier players in the world. She was the only Black player on the team, and she was also the first player to be openly gay. It was a singularly amazing ride, one that Scurry handled with her trademark generosity and class—qualities that made her one of the most popular players ever to wear a US jersey. But Scurry’s storybook career ended in 2010 when a knee to the head left her with severe head trauma. She was labeled “temporarily totally disabled,” and the reality was even worse. She spiraled into depression, debt, and endured such pain that she closed out her closest friends and soccer soulmates. She pawned her gold medals. She walked to the edge of a waterfall and contemplated suicide. It seemed like the only way out until Scurry made her greatest save of all. A memoir of startling candor, My Greatest Save is a story of triumph, tragedy, and redemption from a woman who has broken through barriers her entire life. Briana Scurry is one of the greatest players of the US Women's National Soccer team. Her epic contributions to her sport and her country are recognized in a permanent exhibit in the Smithsonian’s National Museum of African American History and Culture. Wayne Coffey is the author or coauthor of more than 30 books, including bestsellers The Closer (with Mariano Rivera) and When Nobody Was Watching (with Carli Lloyd).
SELLING POINTS LEGENDARY ATHLETE: Scurry was a key part of the 1999 US Women’s National soccer team. She is the only female goalkeeper and the only Black woman in the US Soccer Hall of Fame. MAJOR PUBLICITY: Multiple national network television appearances are already confirmed, and Scurry will have an extensive speaking schedule on publication. AUTHOR PLATFORM: Scurry is the subject of a documentary on CBS and Paramount+ scheduled to air in late 2021 or early 2022, and she will be appearing on CBS as a soccer analyst starting in January 2022. KEY ANNIVERSARY: June 23, 2022, will be the 50th Anniversary of Title IX, a moment Scurry can speak to––she is featured prominently in the National Museum of African American History and Culture’s Title IX exhibit.
SPECIFICATIONS * 288 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JUNE SPORTS, MEMOIR, AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-6660-2 US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £11.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-548-1
RIGHTS: World English
HOW AN UNDERGROUND NETWORK OF NERDS, FEMINISTS, MISFITS, GENIUSES, BIKERS, RESPECTED AUTHOR: Doherty POTHEADS, PRINTERS, INTELLECTUALS, AND ART SCHOOL REBELS REVOLUTIONIZED is a journalist and author who has spent years documenting ART AND INVENTED COMIX subversive subcultures and BY BRIAN DOHERTY
A complete narrative history of the weird and wonderful world of Underground Comix—now in paperback! Praise for Dirty Pictures “Doherty’s book is a welcome addition to an under– analyzed legacy of the free–spirited 1960s.” —San Francisco Chronicle “A free–wheeling, frank account of the rise and fall of the underground comic scene.” —Kirkus Reviews “Comix fans and artists should make room on their shelves for this one.” —Publishers Weekly “Indispensable.” —Shelf Awareness, starred review “Riveting.” —Boing Boing “Simply the best and most comprehensive look at underground comics published to date.” —Smash Pages
In the 1950s, comics meant POW! BAM! superheroes, family–friendly gags, and Sunday funnies, but in the 1960s, inspired by these strips and the satire of MAD magazine, a new generation of creators set out to subvert the medium, and with it, American culture. Their “comix,” spelled that way to distinguish the work from their dime–store contemporaries, presented tales of taboo sex, casual drug use, and a transgressive view of society. Embraced by hippies and legions of future creatives, this subgenre of comic books and strips often ran afoul of the law, but that would not stop them from casting cultural ripples for decades to come, eventually moving the entire comics form beyond the gutter and into fine–art galleries. Author Brian Doherty weaves together the stories of R. Crumb, Art Spiegelman, Trina Robbins, Spain Rodriguez, Harvey Pekar, and Howard Cruse, among many others, detailing the complete narrative history of this movement. Through dozens of new interviews and archival research, Doherty chronicles the scenes that sprang up around the country in the 1960s and ’70s, beginning with the artists’ origin stories and following them through success and strife, and concluding with an examination of these creators’ legacies, Dirty Pictures is the essential exploration of a truly American art form that recontextualized the way people thought about war, race, sex, gender, and expression. Brian Doherty is a senior editor at Reason magazine and is the author of This Is Burning Man: The Rise of a New American Underground (Little, Brown, 2004). His reporting, essays, and reviews have appeared in the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, the Washington Post, Mother Jones, and Fantagraphics’s The Best American Comics Criticism, among others. He has also served as a judge for the comics industry’s Eisner Awards.
contributing to comics criticism. He has served as a judge for the Eisner Awards, and his writing has appeared in the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, the Washington Post, Mother Jones, USA Today, Slate, and Salon.
UNIQUE IN THE MARKET: Dirty Pictures is the first and only narrative history of Underground Comix and the first book to discuss the breadth of comics creators in such detail. BUILT–IN FAN BASE: R. Crumb, Spain Rodriguez, Trina Robbins, Art Spiegelman, and the other creators included in this history have legions of fans who have followed their work for decades. STRONG CATEGORY: Narrative books on comics have a robust readership with titles such as Marvel Comics: The Untold Story, Comic Book Nation, The Ten–Cent Plague, and Why Comics?: From Underground to Everywhere garnering attention both critically and from the comics fandom at large.
SPECIFICATIONS * 448 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JUNE ART, HISTORY, COMIC ART, COMICS ISBN 978-1-4197-5047-2 US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-110-0
RIGHTS: World English
Didn't We Almost Have It All
IN DEFENSE OF WHITNEY HOUSTON
BY GERRICK KENNEDY; FOREWORD BY BRANDY
A candid exploration of the genius, shame, and celebrity of Whitney Houston a decade after her passing Praise for Didn’t W e Almost Have It
* “In this stirring work, journalist Kennedy reexamines ‘all that Whitney was and all that she was never able to be’ . . . This is a must–read for fans.” —Publishers Weekly “A collection of . . . powerful meditations on Whitney’s life and the culture that failed her.” —Washington Post
INTERVIEWS: Kennedy has interviewed family members, friends, mentors, and musicians who were in Houston’s orbit for most of her life, including Gary Houston (her brother), LA Reid, Clive Davis, Jennifer Hudson, Missy Elliott, and Rickey Minor, among others. These sources have allowed him to craft an intimate and revelatory portrait of the singer that the world is still missing. ENDURING FIGURE: This book comes in the wake of two widely discussed documentaries about Houston’s life, Whitney: Can I Be Me? and Whitney, showing the hunger for exhumations of the pop titan’s life and career. RAVE REVIEWS: This book received incredible praise reviews from numerous big names and publications including Publishers Weekly, the Washington Post, Kirkus Reviews, InStyle, and more.
On February 11, 2012, Whitney Houston was found submerged in the bathtub of her suite at the Beverly Hilton Hotel. In the decade since, the world has mourned her death amid new revelations about her relationship to her Blackness, her sexuality, and her addictions. Didn’t We Almost Have It All is author Gerrick Kennedy’s exploration of the duality of Whitney’s life as both a woman in the spotlight and someone who often had to hide who she was. This is the story of Whitney’s life, her whole life, told with both grace and honesty. Long before that fateful day in 2012, Whitney split the world wide open with her voice. Hers was a once–in–a– generation talent forged in Newark, NJ, and blessed with the grace of the church and the wisdom of a long lineage of famous gospel singers. She redefined “The Star–Spangled Banner.” She became a box–office powerhouse, a queen of the pop charts, and an international superstar. But all the while, she was forced to rein in who she was amid constant accusations that her music wasn’t Black enough, original enough, honest enough. Kennedy deftly peels back the layers of Whitney’s complex story to get to the truth at the core of what drove her, what inspired her, and what haunted her. He pulls the narrative apart into the key elements that informed her life— growing up in the famed Drinkard family; the two romantic relationships that shaped the entirety of her adult life, with Robyn Crawford and Bobby Brown; her fraught relationship to her own Blackness and the ways in which she was judged by the Black community; her drug and alcohol addiction; and, finally, the shame that she carried in her heart, which informed every facet of her life. Drawing on hundreds of sources, Kennedy takes readers back to a world in which someone like Whitney simply could not be, and explains in excruciating detail the ways in which her fame did not and could not protect her. In the time since her passing, the world and the way we view celebrity have changed dramatically. A sweeping look at Whitney’s life, Didn’t We Almost Have It All contextualizes her struggles against the backdrop of tabloid culture, audience consumption, mental health stigmas, and racial divisions in America. It explores exactly how and why we lost a beloved icon far too soon. Gerrick Kennedy is an award–winning journalist, cultural critic, and author based in Los Angeles. Kennedy is the author of Parental Discretion Is Advised: The Rise of N.W.A and the Dawn of Gangsta Rap. His writing has appeared in GQ, WSJ. Magazine, NPR Music, Spin, Playboy, Teen Vogue, Shondaland, Cultured Magazine, Men’s Health, and the Los Angeles Times.
BELOVED ARTIST: Houston’s crystalline approach to pop music changed the face of the genre in a way no other artist was able to do. She became the archetype for the modern diva, with vocal skills that were a technical marvel and captivating performances that made her an instant phenomenon with cross–cultural, intergenerational appeal, and she was the first Black woman to garner heavy rotation on MTV. Fans to this day are still fascinated by her talent and grieving her death.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL BIOGRAPHY, MUSIC, POP CULTURE, AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-5297-1 US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-047-9
RIGHTS: United States
THE HIDDEN CULTURE, HISTORY, AND SCIENCE OF BISEXUALITY BY JULIA SHAW
A provocative and eye–opening book on the science and history of bisexuality—now in paperback! Praise for Bi “Well–researched, cogent and compelling . . . Shaw is always an engaging guide.” ––Independent (UK) “The book opens up conversations that might just lead to more visibility, understanding and empathy for all people, however they define themselves. If those conversations could become the latest big thing, we’d all benefit.” ––Guardian (UK) “Bi is a lively roller–coaster ride through all things bisexual. A must–have for every queer bookcase.” ––Meg–John Barker, author of Queer: A Graphic History “Julia draws on her own experiences to deliver an honest look at the hidden culture of bisexuality.” —She Reads, “Best Nonfiction Books and Memoirs Coming in 2022” “An accessible, often insightful consideration of a misunderstood sexual identity. . . . The largely informal and always lively style of Shaw’s writing helps make her case. She is persuasive in her insistence that bisexuality is an important and overlooked dimension of the human story.” —Kirkus Reviews “Forthright and empowering, this is a call for understanding and supporting bisexuality.” ––Booklist Despite all the welcome changes that have happened in our culture and laws over the past few decades in regards to sexuality, the subject remains one of the most influential but least understood aspects of our lives. For psychologist and bestselling author Julia Shaw, this is both professional and personal—Shaw studies the science of sexuality and she herself is proudly and vocally bisexual. It’s an admission, she writes, that usually causes people’s pupils to dilate, their cheeks to flush, and their questions to start flowing. Ask people to name famous bisexual actors, politicians, writers, or scientists, and they draw a blank. Despite statistics that show bisexuality is more common than homosexuality, bisexuality is often invisible. In BI: The Hidden Culture, History, and Science of Bisexuality, Shaw probes the science and culture of attraction beyond the binary. From the invention of heterosexuality to the history of the Kinsey scale, as well as asylum seekers trying to defend their bisexuality in a court of law, there is so much more to explore than most have ever realized. Drawing on her own original research—and her own experiences—this is a personal and scientific manifesto; it’s an exploration of the complexities of the human sexual experience and a declaration of love and respect for the nonconformists among us.
SELLING POINTS A HIT IN HARDCOVER: The hardcover edition of Bi has been released in Germany and the UK with great reception, and we are drumming up lots of attention for the US edition. This book will have strong academic and backlist potential. BROAD INTEREST: An expansive work of popular science pushing beyond binary ideas of attraction, whether straight or gay. This will appeal to a wide range of readers interested in LGBTQ+ subjects. NEW GROUND: There is increasing attention on the varieties of sexual orientations, but very little has been published for a commercial audience about bisexuality specifically. The book draws on new, original research by Shaw. EXPERT AUTHOR: Shaw is the founder of the Bisexual Research Group, has a master’s in queer history, and is bisexual. She is also the cohost of the popular new BBC podcast Bad People.
SPECIFICATIONS * 240 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JUNE ISBN 978-1-4197-4979-7 US $17.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-909-8
Dr. Julia Shaw is a criminal psychologist at University College London, and part of Queer Politics at Princeton University, which works for LGBTQ+ equality, democracy, and civil rights. She is actively involved in bisexual research, and is the founder of the international Bisexual Research Group. Dr. Shaw also has a hit BBC podcast, Bad People, where together with her cohost she uses research to examine some of society’s most pressing issues. She is the author of Evil, which was a bestseller in Canada and Germany, and The Memory Illusion, which was published in 20 languages. She lives in London.
RIGHTS: World English
THE DEER HUNTER, HEAVEN'S GATE, AND THE PRICE OF A VISION BY CHARLES ELTON
The first biography of the acclaimed and derided filmmaker Michael Cimino—and a reevaluation of the infamous film that destroyed his career—now in paperback! Praise for Cimino “Revelatory.” —The New Yorker “Assiduously researched and fascinating.” —Wall Street Journal “While Elton’s book first appears structured as a conventional biography, it ultimately plays more like a mystery novel, as the author interrogates various witnesses in search of the Rosebud that offers a key to Cimino’s hidden life.” —Hollywood Reporter “A compelling account of an elusive life.” —Julie Salamon, author of The Devil’s Candy
SELLING POINTS EXCELLENT REVIEWS: The hardcover edition of Cimino received stellar reviews from The New Yorker, the Wall Street Journal, Airmail, El Pais, Hollywood Reporter, and more. LEGENDARY SUBJECT: Cimino’s brilliant films and spectacular flameout career are the stuff of movie business legend, but have never been written about with this depth. STRONG CATEGORY: Narrative histories of the film industry, analysis of famous films, and biographies of directors are of enduring appeal to readers, and Cimino is a great fit for course adoption and backlist category sales.
SPECIFICATIONS * 352 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH BIOGRAPHY, FILM ISBN 978-1-4197-4712-0 The director Michael Cimino (1939–2016) is famous for two films: the intense, powerful, and enduring Vietnam movie The Deer Hunter, which won Best Picture at the Academy Awards in 1979 and also won Cimino Best Director, and Heaven’s Gate, the most notorious bomb of all time. Originally budgeted at $11 million, Cimino’s sprawling western went off the rails in Montana. The picture grew longer and longer, and the budget ballooned to over $40 million. When it was finally released, Heaven’s Gate failed so completely with reviewers and at the box office that it put legendary studio United Artists out of business and marked the end of Hollywood’s auteur era. Or so the conventional wisdom goes. Charles Elton delves deeply into the making and aftermath of the movie and presents a surprisingly different view to that of Steven Bach, one of the executives responsible for Heaven’s Gate, who wrote a scathing book about the film and solidified the widely held view that Cimino wounded the movie industry beyond repair. Elton’s Cimino is a richly detailed biography that offers a revisionist history of a lightning rod filmmaker. Based on extensive interviews with Cimino’s peers and collaborators and enemies and friends, most of whom have never spoken before, it unravels the enigmas and falsehoods, many perpetrated by the director himself, which surround his life, and sheds new light on his extraordinary career. This is a story of the making of art, the business of Hollywood, and the costs of ambition, both financial and personal.
US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-992-0
Charles Elton was a director of the Curtis Brown agency, representing film directors and screenwriters in London and Los Angeles. He was an independent TV producer before becoming an executive producer of drama at ITV in England, where he has been responsible for many award– winning shows. He is the author of two novels.
Playing Through the Pain
KEN CAMINITI AND THE STEROIDS CONFESSION THAT CHANGED BASEBALL FOREVER BY DAN GOOD
The powerful story of an essential baseball life Praise for Playing Through the Pain “This is a must–read for baseball fans.” ―Publishers Weekly, starred review “As compelling as it is heartbreaking.” —Bob Tewksbury, All–Star pitcher, mental skills coach, and author of Ninety Percent Mental “I couldn’t put it down.” —Peter Golenbock, author of The Bronx Zoo, Bums, Wrigleyville, and Valentine’s Way “An effective portrayal of a man whose courageous willingness to blow the whistle on steroids helped clean up the game.” —Brad Balukjian, author of The Wax Pack
SELLING POINTS THE STORY AT THE HEART OF 1990s BASEBALL: This is the first biography of Ken Caminiti. You can’t tell the story of the 1990s without talking about Caminiti, but his story has been largely forgotten. Millennial baseball fans recall his on–the– field triumphs fondly and will run to this book. BASED ON MORE THAN 400 INTERVIEWS: The author has interviewed more than 400 people from every stage of Caminiti’s life to put together a kaleidoscopic portrait of an incredibly positive and tragic life. TOTALLY JUICED: In 2002, a year after his retirement, Caminiti admitted that he had used steroids during his 1996 MVP season in a cover story for Sports Illustrated. He was the first player to discuss this publicly, and it created a media firestorm.
SPECIFICATIONS * 384 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm In Playing Through the Pain: Ken Caminiti and the Steroids Confession That Changed Baseball Forever, writer Dan Good seeks to make sense of MLB MVP Ken Caminiti’s fascinating, troubled life. Good began researching Caminiti in 2012 and conducted his first interviews for his biography in 2013. Since then, he’s interviewed nearly 400 people, providing him with an exclusive and exhaustive view into Caminiti’s addictions, use of steroids, baseball successes, and inner turmoil. Decades later, the full truth about Major League Baseball’s steroids era remains elusive, and the story of Caminiti, the player who opened the lid on performance–enhancing drugs in baseball has never been properly told. A gritty third baseman known for his diving stops, cannon arm, and switch–hit power, Caminiti voluntarily admitted in a 2002 Sports Illustrated cover story that he used steroids during his career, including his 1996 MVP season, and guessed that half of the players were using performance–enhancing drugs. “I’ve made a ton of mistakes,” he said. “I don’t think using steroids is one of them.” Good’s on–the–record sources include Caminiti’s steroids supplier, who has never come forward, discussing in detail his efforts to set up drug programs for Caminiti and dozens of other MLB players during the late 1990s; people who attended rehab with Caminiti and revealed the secret inner trauma that fueled his addictions; hundreds of Caminiti’s baseball teammates and coaches, from Little League to the major leagues, who adored and respected him while struggling to understand how to help him amid a culture that cultivated substance abuse; childhood friends who were drawn to his daring personality, warmth, and athleticism; and the teenager at the center of Caminiti’s October 2004 trip to New York City during which he overdosed and died.
* Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL SPORTS, BIOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-5364-0 US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £11.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-256-5
Dan Good became a book writer and ghostwriter after spending more than a decade as a journalist, most recently running the national breaking news desk for the New York Daily News. A Pennsylvania native, Good fell in love with baseball as a child during the 1990s after his father introduced him to baseball cards and a simulation table game called APBA (pronounced APP–Bah) in which each roll of the dice matched a player’s predicted outcome on the field. He lives in New York.
RIGHTS: World English
Seventeen and Oh
MIAMI, 1972, AND THE NFL'S ONLY PERFECT SEASON BY MARSHALL JON FISHER
The definitive chronicle of the 1972 Miami Dolphins, the only undefeated team in NFL history—from an award–winning literary sportswriter—now in paperback! Praise for Seventeen and Oh “A terrific read.” —Robert Lipsyte “Brilliantly crafted. . . . Highly recommend it for any NFL fan.” —All Sports Book Reviews “An ambitious book . . . Mr. Fisher . . . unspools his football epic with verve and studs it with engaging detail.” —Wall Street Journal
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING WRITER: Fisher received the inaugural PEN/ESPN Award for Literary Sportswriting for his historical tennis narrative A Terrible Splendor. Here he brings to life the complicated backdrop to the Miami Dolphins’ perfect season. COMPELLING READ: Even though the season’s results are known ahead of time, this is a suspenseful, entertaining football story. WIDE READERSHIP: This story will speak to older fans as well as the legions of football fans too young to remember the undefeated team. DEFINITIVE ACCOUNT: Fisher goes deep into every game of the season and key events before and after, with thorough portraits of key players, coaches, executives, and more. This is the last word on an epic season.
SPECIFICATIONS * 416 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm The 1972 Miami Dolphins had something to prove. Losers in the previous Super Bowl, a ragtag bunch of overlooked, underappreciated, or just plain old players, they were led by Don Shula, a genius young coach obsessed with obliterating the reputation that he couldn’t win the big game. And as the Dolphins headed into only their seventh season, all eyes were on Miami. For the last time, a city was hosting both national political conventions, and the backdrop to this season of redemption would be turbulent: the culture wars, the Nixon reelection campaign, the strange, unfolding saga of Watergate, and the war in Vietnam. Generational and cultural divides abounded on the team as well. There were long–haired, bell–bottomed party animals such as Jim “Mad Dog” Mandich, as well as the stylish Marv Fleming and Curtis Johnson, with his supernova afro, playing alongside conservative, straight–laced men like the quarterbacks: Bob Griese and the crew–cut savior, 38– year–old backup Earl Morrall. Larry Csonka and Jim Kiick, nicknamed “Butch and Sundance,” had to make way for a third running back, the outspoken and flamboyant Mercury Morris. But unlike the fractious society around them, this racially and culturally diverse group found a way to meld seamlessly into a team. The perfect team. Marshall Jon Fisher’s Seventeen and Oh is a compelling, fast–paced account of a season unlike any other.
* Paperback PUB MONTH: JULY SPORTS, HISTORY ISBN 978-1-4197-4851-6 US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £11.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-005-9
Marshall Jon Fisher’s work has appeared in the Atlantic, Harper’s, and other magazines, and has been collected in Best American Essays. His 2009 book A Terrible Splendor was published to great acclaim, winning the PEN/ESPN Award for Literary Sports Writing. A feature film based on the book is in development with Marc Platt Productions and the Ink Factory, slated for release in 2022. Fisher grew up in Miami and lives in the Berkshires.
MY LIFE AT THE EDGE OF STARDOM BY MARY LYNN RAJSKUB
A debut collection of hilarious essays and endearing missteps on the road to becoming fame–ish—now in paperback! Praise for FAME–ISH “I never knew I needed to know this much about the incredible Mary Lynn Rajskub, but after reading her hilarious, insightful memoir, I think I need to know even more.” —Judd Apatow “Man, oh man, there is no one in the world like Mary Lynn Rajskub.” —Sarah Silverman
SUCCESSFUL CATEGORY: Fame–ish joins an illustrious list of humourous essay collections written by famously funny women in show business, including Chelsea Handler, Whitney Cummings, Ellie Kemper, and Amanda Seales. PROMOTABLE AUTHOR: Rajskub has more than 150,000 Twitter followers and 62,000 Instagram followers, including Jimmy Fallon, Ellen DeGeneres, Justin Bieber, Fred Armisen, and many other Hollywood A–listers. FANTASTIC PRESS: This book was favorably reviewed by big– name comedians and entertainment personalities including Judd Apatow, Sarah Silverman, Iliza Shlesinger, Bill Burr, and Fred Armisen.
SPECIFICATIONS * 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY It’s not easy being kind of famous. Fortune. Younger men. Exclusive invites. Being mistaken for different actresses who are slightly prettier and more famous than you. It’s all part of the gig, and Mary Lynn Rajskub is a pro. Hilarious and self– deprecating, FAME–ISH is Mary Lynn Rajskub’s debut collection of riotously funny essays. Smart, satirical, and relatable, this book gives new meaning to the word icon as Mary Lynn navigates the entertainment world against the backdrop of her own quirky idiosyncrasies. She describes what it’s like to make out with Tom Cruise, be a waitress at Denny’s, and find your life’s purpose in 300 indecipherable, not–easy–steps—all in a day’s work. Mary Lynn is honest about her experiences with bisexuality, her college years as a slug, and the bright lights of stardom, ultimately giving the people what they want: an endearing, hilarious look at what it’s like to almost make a name for yourself in Hollywood.
HUMOR, POP CULTURE, MEMOIR, AUTOBIOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-5480-7 US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-299-2
Mary Lynn Rajskub is an actress, comedian, and writer, best known for playing Chloe on the Fox drama 24 and Gail the Snail from It’s Always Sunny in Philadelphia. She has also been in Safety Not Guaranteed, Little Miss Sunshine, Legally Blonde 2, Julie and Julia, Grey’s Anatomy, and many other popular movies and TV shows. Rajskub performs stand–up comedy across the country. She lives in Los Angeles.
From Grand Slam Romance • Written by Emma Oosterhous; Illustrated by Ollie Hicks
BY RICK PARKER
From noted cartoonist Rick Parker comes his long–awaited graphic novel memoir about his time in the United States Army, when he was drafted to serve during the Vietnam War Praise for Drafted “Rick Parker’s remarkable graphic novel Drafted is a painfully honest, funny, and often troubling account of his time in the U.S. Army during the Vietnam War. Engaging, insightful and wonderfully drawn . . . a fascinating read.” —Derf Backerf, My Friend Dahmer, Trashed, and Kent State “Rick Parker went through basic training a few years before I did, but man, everything in his graphic novel rings true, and clear. This is observational graphic storytelling at its best. If you've never been in the service, this will be an eye–opener, and if you are a vet, this will trigger some long–forgotten memories.” —Larry Hama, G.I.Joe, The ’Nam, and Vietnam Veteran “Parker brings all of his expertise to bear; all of his humor, empathy, and humanity, and his sense of right and wrong. Drafted is his magnum opus.” —James Romberger, 7 Miles a Second
Drafted is a graphic novel memoir by Rick Parker, an inexperienced, introverted, and overly protected teenager growing up in Savannah, Georgia, in the 1950s. After flunking out of college his freshman year, he gets drafted into the United States Army and soon discovers how unheroic he actually is when faced with a life–or–death situation. Parker was lucky, and was stationed in Fort Still, Oklahoma, unlike the 58,220 soldiers who served overseas in Vietnam and never returned, but the horrors of war still permeated his tour of duty. Coming to the realization that he is not cut out for a military career, Parker pursues his dream of becoming an artist. In telling this story, he writes about how the Vietnam War was the last war in the United States that used the draft; how the draft affects those who serve; and how we as Americans think of war. As an established comics creator, Parker also covers how being an artist helped him survive his time in the US Army. A compelling and unique graphic novel memoir, perfect for fans of Joe Sacco, Derf Backderf, Thi Bui, and Brian Fies, Drafted is sure to garner interest from Parker’s dedicated followers and new fans alike— already proven by the response to the award–winning short film Rick Parker, I’m Afraid.
ESTABLISHED CREATOR: Parker is a 45–year veteran of the comics industry. Drafted is the first graphic novel he has both written and illustrated. RELEVANT TOPIC: Fewer and fewer people are enlisting in the military these days. Given recent discussions in the media around the draft and how Americans think of the Vietnam War and our ongoing military involvement overseas, this is the perfect book for classroom discussion. HUMOROUS APPROACH: The darker themes and topics are balanced with moments of humor, showcasing Parker’s unique voice. MOVIE ADAPTATION: In 2021, the short film Rick Parker, I’m Afraid was released and won first place at Sundance Collab, a digital space for independent artists from all over the world. It was director Shannon Meserve’s first film, and she is currently expanding it into a feature documentary.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 240 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 235mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-4197-6159-1 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-660-0
Rick Parker is a cartoonist best known for his work as the artist of the MTV Beavis and Butt–Head comic book series published by Marvel Comics. He is also the illustrator of the Ghoulunatics and a series of parody comics for Papercutz, which includes titles such as Diary of a Stinky Dead Kid, Harry Potty and the Deathly Boring, Breaking Down (a Twilight Saga parody), Percy Jerkson and the Ovolactovegetarians, The Hunger Pains, and The Farting Dead. He lives in Falmouth, Maine.
RIGHTS: World English
THE WEAPON THAT CHANGED THE WORLD BY ALCANTE AND LF BOLLEÉ, ILLUSTRATED BY DENIS RODIER
From the Big Bang to Hiroshima, the incredible story of the most disastrous weapon ever invented
SELLING POINTS CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED: More than 20 years in the making,The Bomb is the definitive history of the creation of the atomic bomb and those who helped make it, launch it, and its aftermath. It has been translated into 14 languages, received critical acclaim in France, and was hailed as a classic and one of the most essential graphic novels of the year when it was first published in 2020. It has also received eight awards in the last two years, including the Québec BD’s Bédéis–Causa 2021 Award, the Prix de la critique ACBD 2020 Award from the Comic Book Critics and Reporters Association, and the Prix Cases d’Histoire Award for best historical graphic novel of 2020. STUNNING VISUALS: Exhaustively researched, this story comes to life with Rodier’s intricately detailed illustrations. Our edition includes a gray wash to add depth to Rodier’s artwork.
On August 6, 1945, at 8:15 in the morning, an explosive charge of more than 15 kilotons fell on the city of Hiroshima. Tens of thousands of people were pulverized, and everything within four square miles was instantly destroyed. A deluge of flames and ash had just caused Japan’s greatest trauma and changed the course of modern warfare and life on Earth forever. The world was horrified by the existence of the bomb—the first weapon of mass destruction. But how could such an appalling tool be invented? To answer this question, Alcante, Laurent–Frédéric Bollée, and Denis Rodier return to the origins of its main component, uranium, and shed light on the scientific discoveries around this element and its uses both civilian and military. Sifting through the history, from Katanga to Japan, through Germany, Norway, the USSR, and New Mexico,The Bomb is a succession of incredible but true stories. Alcante, Bollée, and Rodier have created an exhaustive and definitive work of nonfiction that details the stories of the unsung players as well as the remarkable men and women who are at the crux of its history and the events that followed. Alcante has been fascinated by comic strips since he was young. Nevertheless he began by studying economic sciences, followed by academic research; in 1995, he won a scenario competition and had his first story published in Spirou, a weekly magazine. In 2002, Alcante started to regularly publish semi–realistic, semi–fantastic short stories that prefigured Pandora Box, his very first series. He lives and works in France. Laurent–Frédéric Bollée has been a successful journalist and writer for more than 20 years. Alongside his media work for various television and radio networks, he has also published nearly 40 graphic novels, including a volume in the XIII Mystery collection (part of the internationally acclaimed XIII saga). Long fascinated by Australia, Bollée began writing Terra Australis in December 2007, a 500–page historical masterpiece, which was published by SelfMadeHero in 2014. Bollée lives and works in Versailles, France. Denis Rodier began his illustration career in 1986, which led him, two years later, to the world of comics. Among his first work was a Batman story in Detective Comics (1988), and his portfolio includes other world– famous characters such as Wonder Woman and Captain America. In addition to his work for DC Comics and Marvel Comics, Rodier has also worked for Milestone Media, Dark Horse, Malibu Comics, and Image Comics. However, it is his work on Superman that has garnered Rodier his greatest acclaim. From 1991 and 1997, he was an inker on Action Comics and The Adventures of Superman, most notably on the award–winning, seminal “Death of Superman” storyline. Rodier lives and works in Canada.
WORLD–FAMOUS CREATORS: Alcante and Bollée are comics legends in France, and Rodier is a beloved creator in the United States, having established himself in the early 1990s as one of the artists on the “Death of Superman” storyline. He has more than 90,000 followers on Instagram (denis_rodier). CANADIAN ARTIST: Rodier is French–Canadian and a big name in the Canadian comics market, as well as a perennial guest at TCAF.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black and white illustrations throughout * 448 pages * WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 187mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JULY GRAPHIC NOVELS, HISTORY, NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5209-4 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-530-6
RIGHTS: World English
PANEL BY PANEL
Spider-Man: Panel by Panel
BY MARVEL ENTERTAINMENT, STAN LEE, STEVE DITKO, AND JACK KIRBY; DESIGNED Y 60th ANNIVERSARY: First there BY CHIP KIDD; COMMENTARIES BY TOM BREVOORT, MARK EVANIER, SARA DUKE, was Fantastic Four No. 1: Panel by Panel. Now, timed for the 60th AND CHIP KIDD; PHOTOGRAPHED BY GEOFF SPEAR
Timed for the 60th anniversary of Spider–Man and includes two complete stories plus the original art from the Library of Congress!
anniversary of Spider–Man, award–winning designer Chip Kidd and photographer Geoff Spear deconstruct the iconic issues of Amazing Fantasy no. 15 and The Amazing Spider–Man no. 1 by Stan Lee and Steve Ditko, with cover art by Jack Kirby. The volume includes text by Kidd, Marvel editor Tom Brevoort, historian Mark Evanier, and Library of Congress curator Sara Duke. MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics, having celebrated its 80th anniversary in 2020, is one of the most recognizable brands worldwide.
Spider–Man first swung onto the comic book pages in August 1962 with the publication of Amazing Fantasy no. 15, created by Stan Lee and Steve Ditko and with cover art by Jack Kirby, which was soon followed by The Amazing Spider–Man no. 1 in March 1963. Sixty years after the comics' publication, award–winning graphic designer Chip Kidd reimagines the iconic first stories using original vintage copies of both comic books to present these classic tales in a whole new way. Perfect for both lifelong fans and the latest generation of Marvel enthusiasts, the book also includes text by Chip Kidd, Marvel editor Tom Brevoort, historian Mark Evanier (Kirby: King of Comics), and Library of Congress curator Sara Duke. Stunningly photographed by award–winning photographer Geoff Spear, Amazing Fantasy no. 15 and Amazing Spider–Man no. 1 are showcased as you’ve never seen them before—oversized and up–close. This is a panel–by–panel exploration of both entire issues that captures every single detail and nuance of Lee and Ditko’s groundbreaking story, making it a must–have for every comic book collection. Stan Lee (1922–2018) was a writer, editor, comic book creator, and the former president and chairman of Marvel Comics. Steve Ditko (1927–2018) was one of the most influential American comic book artists of all time, and the co–creator of Spider–Man. Jack Kirby (1917–94) created or co– created some of comic books’ most popular characters. Chip Kidd is a graphic designer and writer and editor at large for Pantheon. A three–time Eisner Award winner, he has written and designed more than a dozen books on comics. Geoff Spear is an award–winning photographer. Tom Brevoort is an executive editor and VP of publishing at Marvel Comics. Mark Evanier is a writer and historian and author of the award–winning Kirby: King of Comics. Sara Duke is a curator of Popular and Applied Graphic Arts in the Prints and Photographs division of the Library of Congress.
NOT ONE BUT TWO COMPLETE STORIES: In Spider–Man: Panel by Panel, Kidd and Spear examine both comic books, as well as the original art for Amazing Fantasy no. 15 from the Library of Congress. These bonus pages are included in their entirety along with close–up details and handwritten notes between Lee and Ditko from the margins of the pages.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 384 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-4197-6401-1 US $60.00 CAN $75.00 UK £45.00
CARTON QTY: 6
© 2022 MARVEL
Marvel Value Stamps A VISUAL HISTORY
BY MARVEL ENTERTAINMENT; TEXT BY ROY THOMAS
The story of the most inspired comic book promotional campaign, collected here for the first time
RIGHTS: World English, with exclusions SELLING POINTS RARE MATERIAL: A complete collection of the original Marvel Value Stamps are near impossible to find and have never been reprinted, making this the essential book for collectors and longtime Marvel fans. RESPECTED AUTHOR: Roy Thomas was Stan Lee’s editor in chief when the Marvel Value Stamps were published. Thomas has since become Marvel’s official historian, authoring two definitive history books for Taschen—75 Years of Marvel Comics: From the Golden Age to the Silver Screen (2014) and The Stan Lee Story (2018).
In 1974 Marvel Comics publisher Stan Lee devised an ingenious promotional campaign—Marvel Value Stamps, which appeared on the letters pages of their monthly comics. Readers could cut out all 100 of these super hero and super villain stamps and place them in a special mail– order booklet. Once complete, these stamp books could then be redeemed for special discounts and exclusive merchandise. The program was so successful, a second set was released in 1975. And now, for the first time, these original stamp books, stamps, and all of the surrounding ephemera and source material are collected into one must–have volume for collectors and fans, along with text from Marvel Comics historian Roy Thomas and an all–new cover by Alex Ross. Roy Thomas has been a comic book writer and editor since 1965, primarily for Marvel Comics and DC Comics. Inducted into the Will Eisner Comic Book Hall of Fame in 2011, he currently edits Alter Ego magazine, writes the online Tarzan strips, and the occasional comic book. Thomas is also the author of two definitive histories for Taschen–75 Years of Marvel Comics: From the Golden Age to the Silver Screen and The Stan Lee Story. He lives in rural South Carolina.
VALUE PACKAGE: At 368 full– color pages priced at $24.99, Marvel Value Stamps is the type of book that Abrams ComicArts is known for—an extensively researched and detailed look at the ingenious promotional campaign that led readers to buy Marvel comics in unprecedented numbers. Every aspect of these sought–after stamps and their creation are reproduced in one affordable volume.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 400 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH COMICS ISBN 978-1-4197-4344-3 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
CARTON QTY: 10
© 2022 MARVEL
RIGHTS: World English
Black & White
THE RISE AND FALL OF BOBBY FISCHER BY JULIAN VOLOJ, ILLUSTRATED BY WAGNER WILLIAN
A graphic novel biography following the life of Bobby Fischer, from chess wunderkind and national hero to his eventual spiral into madness and infamy
SELLING POINTS CHESS IN VOGUE: Chess is having a big cultural moment with Netflix’s The Queen’s Gambit and the 2020 film Critical Thinking starring John Leguizamo. POP CULTURE LEGEND: Interest in Fischer has proven to have real staying power over time. He became world famous in the 1970s, then infamous, only to remain a pop culture figure of interest long after his death in 2008. STRONG CATEGORY: A great addition to the other graphic biographies and memoirs on the ComicArts list, including My Friend Dahmer, The Imitation Game, Becoming Andy Warhol, and Nobody’s Fool.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black and white illustrations throughout * 176 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL The life of Bobby Fischer (1943–2008) had many unexpected moves— from his solitary childhood to his stratospheric accomplishments in the world of competitive chess, and eventually, his decent into mental illness and disgrace. Black & White begins in Brooklyn, where Fischer was born and raised by a single mother. By the time he was a teen, he had established himself as a loner and dropped out of school. But none of that mattered; he had found his true calling—chess. In 1972, Fischer played what many consider “the game of the century” against the Soviet Union’s chess champion Boris Spassky at the height of the Cold War. Later, Fischer became the youngest–ever US Chess Champion and the game’s youngest grandmaster. Never before had chess received such international attention. Fischer, whose sole focus in life up until then was chess, reached the Olympus of chess at 29, and then . . . he disappeared. Suffering from mental illness, the chess genius became increasingly paranoid, lost in anti–Semitic conspiracy theories—despite the fact that he himself was Jewish—and died as a fugitive in Iceland. With Black & White, author Julian Voloj and illustrator Wagner Willian have crafted a fascinating work that reveals Fischer’s history while also contextualizing his lasting impact on pop culture. Black & White is the first– ever graphic novel to tell Fischer’s story and examine his legacy.
GRAPHIC NOVELS, COMICS ISBN 978-1-4197-5986-4 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99
CARTON QTY: 18 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-593-1
Julian Voloj is a New York–based writer whose work has been published in the New York Times, Rolling Stone, the Washington Post, and many other national and international publications. Born to Colombian parents in Germany, where he studied literature and linguistics, Voloj moved to New York in 2004. His fascination for forgotten heroes and hidden figures stems from his own family history and has been a leitmotif in his nonfiction graphic novels. Wagner Willian is a comics artist, visual artist, writer, and editor. He has won the main awards in the Brazilian market, such as Prêmio Jabuti, HQMIX, and Troféu Grampo de Ouro, and has been published in France, Portugal, Germany, Spain, the Czech Republic, and Poland. He lives in São Paulo.
GRAND SLAM ROMANCE
Grand Slam Romance (Grand Slam Romance Book 1) BY EMMA OOSTERHOUS AND OLLIE HICKS
A queer graphic novel where the balls are fast, the smooches are spicy, and the girls . . . magical
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS QUEER ROMANCE FOR ADULTS: Perfect for adult readers who grew up on manga and books like Heartstopper; Fence!; and Check, Please! but are looking for a story with more mature themes FIRST SURELY SERIES:Grand Slam Romance: Book 1 is the first volume in the first series on the Surely Books imprint. There are at least two more volumes in the works. LGBTQIA+ CREATORS: Hicks and Oosterhous are a powerhouse queer creative team focused on hugely entertaining storytelling with a diverse cast of characters. SOFTBALL SPOTLIGHT: Softball is one of the most popular sports in the United States. An estimated 40 million Americans will play at least one softball game annually, and softball’s largest sanction body, the Amateur Softball Associate of America (ASA) has more than 3.5 million registered players.
In this queer graphic novel that’s equal parts romance, softball, and magical girl drama, Mickey Monsoon and Astra Maxima are best friends . . . and maybe more. That is, until Astra unceremoniously dumps Mickey to become a softball wunderkind at a private girl’s school in Switzerland. Years later, Mickey is the hotshot pitcher for the Belle City Broads, and their team is poised to sweep the league this season. But Micky is thrown off their game when Astra shows up to catch for the Gaiety Gals, the Broads’ fiercest rival. Astra is flirty, arrogant, and reckless on the field—everything the rule–abiding Mickey hates. Astra thinks Mickey’s cute and wants to fool around, even despite their rocky history and the trail of jilted softballers that Astra leaves in her wake. Too bad the only thing Mickey wants is vengeance for their broken heart and wounded pride! But even they have to admit—Astra is a certified babe. And that’s not all: Astra isn’t just a softball superstar, she’s a full–fledged magical girl. The only way for Mickey to defeat Astra is to betray the Broads and join the Danger Dames, a secret elite team, and start dating Astra’s ex! OK, that last bit wasn’t part of the plan . . . Mickey’s rapidly getting in too deep, but is she just in trouble or is she actually in love? Full of wet mitts, hard hits, and a bevy of softball–playing babes, Grand Slam Romance: Book 1 is a flawless home run that is sure to knock readers out of the park. Ollie Hicks is a Black British comics creator and editor who lives in the UK and has Jamaican heritage. They have a PhD in comics studies–focused on 20th–century British and American girls’ comics–from the University of Dundee, which is gently gathering dust. They like to write funny gay stories with their funny gay wife, Emma Oosterhous. Grand Slam Romance is their debut graphic novel. Emma Oosterhous is a cartoonist, animal enthusiast, and lesbian from Colorado. In 2018, she earned a Marshall Scholarship and then an MDes in comics and graphic novels from the University of Dundee. She now lives in the UK, where she makes comics with her wife, Ollie Hicks. Grand Slam Romance is her debut graphic novel.
ABRAMS COMICARTS - SURELY
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 240 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY GRAPHIC NOVELS, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, SPORTS ISBN 978-1-4197-5801-0 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-478-1
The Last Count of Monte Cristo BY AYIZE JAMA-EVERETT, ILLUSTRATED BY TRISTAN ROACH
An Afrofuturist retelling of Alexandre Dumas’s classic 19th century novel The Count of Monte Cristo
SELLING POINTS AFROFUTURISM SHINES: Abrams Megascope continues to redefine the genre with the success of After the Rain, Hardears, and Black Star. NEW GENRES: The Last Count of Monte Cristo highlights two emerging literary genres—climate fiction and solar–punk—which predict the problems of the future but also presents their solutions. ADAPTATION SUCCESS: Graphic novel adaptions, such as Kindred, Parable of the Sower, and Dune, have been critically and commercially successful for ComicArts. REDEFINING LEGACY: With recent revelations of Alexandre Dumas’s Afro–Caribbean ancestry, The Last Count of Monte Cristo seeks to bring new light and culture to a classic tale.
The Last Count of Monte Cristo is a bold retelling of Alexandre Dumas’s classic tale of love, betrayal, revenge, and redemption. This speculative update pushes the narrative into a future hundreds of years after the polar ice caps have melted and submerged our planet into a new era of technology and culture. In this futuristic reinterpretation, author Ayize Jama–Everett and illustrator Tristan Roach revisit the original inspiration of the story—Dumas’s own father. A greatly respected general during the French Revolution, Dumas was one of the highest–ranking officers of African descent in a Western army in history. Like the protagonist of his son’s story, General Dumas was betrayed and spent years in prison before getting a chance to return to France. The Last Count of Monte Cristo is a radical and powerful graphic novel update that reclaims the cultural heritage of Dumas’s tale and suggests the terrible future that could threaten the human race if we continue to destroy our planet. Ayize Jama–Everett has traveled extensively in Africa, New Hampshire, Northern California, and Mexico. He holds an MA in clinical psychology, divinity, and creative writing. He has taught at the Graduate Theological Union and California College of the Arts, and was a school therapist for ten years in Oakland. He believes the narratives of our times dictate the realities of the future, so he’s invested in working in subversive notions like family of choice, striving when not chosen to survive, and irrational optimism into his work. He lives in Harlem. Tristan Roach is based in Barbados and holds a BFA in graphic design. He is the owner and creative director of BounceHouse Creative Studio, which utilizes mediums such as graphic design, animation, and illustration. Roach is one of the founding members of Beyond Publishing Caribbean and has worked on indie titles and his own, including Spirit Bear. His work in comics has earned him a Gold Angel Award, among others.
ABRAMS COMICARTS - MEGASCOPE
19TH–CENTURY CLASSIC: According to Bookscan, The Count of Monte Cristo has sold more than 900,000 copies across formats, solidifying its place as one of the bestselling adventure and literary classics since its publication in 1846.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 160 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL GRAPHIC NOVELS, FICTION, ENVIRONMENT, AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-4550-8 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-933-3
From Gather • By Janet Flecher; Photographs by Meg Smith
The Hog Island Book of Fish & Seafood BY JOHN ASH; PHOTOGRAPHY BY ASHLEY LIMA
A sustainability–minded, comprehensive cookbook on fish and seafood and the many ways to prepare them for novices and experts alike, from James Beard Award–winning chef and author John Ash
SELLING POINTS BELOVED INSTITUTION: Hog Island Oyster Co. has five restaurants in the San Francisco Bay Area and is adding more. It is also opening another oyster hatchery, a testament to its continued popularity. ESTABLISHED AUTHOR: John Ash is a prolific author, cooking– show host, and a two–time James Beard Award winner, lending him a considerable platform. COMPREHENSIVE COOKBOOK: Along with more than 200 recipes, The Hog Island Book of Fish & Seafood also features helpful notes, tips, and pairings, as well as beautiful photographs and illustrations. SUSTAINABILITY SAVVY: As more consumers begin turning toward alternative food sources in the face of climate change, the demand for sustainably grown seafood has grown exponentially.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color photographs throughout The Hog Island Book of Fish & Seafood takes a comprehensive dive into the world of cooking with salt– and freshwater treasures—shellfish, crustaceans, finned fish, and many more. A valuable resource for all things seafood for both home and professional cooks, the cookbook demystifies this immense world with easily accomplished recipes from a wide variety of cuisines. Featuring favorites from the kitchens of Hog Island Oyster Bars, every conceivable method for preparing mouthwatering recipes is represented: baking, braising, steaming, roasting, deep–frying, grilling, broiling, poaching, pan–frying, marinating, curing, smoking, and pickling, as well as serving raw. With more than 200 recipes, this authoritative compendium is proof that seafood is not only delicious but also one of the easiest and most versatile proteins to prepare. John Ash is a restaurateur, cookbook author, and two–time James Beard Award winner. He previously cohosted the Good Food Hour radio show on KSRO for 35 years, and he has hosted two shows on the Food Network. Ash regularly contributes to the Santa Rosa Press Democrat and has written for magazines such as Fine Cooking and Eating Well. In 2014, Ash was honored by the Monterey Bay Aquarium as the Sustainable Seafood Educator of the Year. He lives in Santa Rosa, California. Ashley Lima is an art director and photographer based in the San Francisco Bay Area.
* 336 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-1-951836-87-0 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-960-1
CASUAL COOKING FROM WINE COUNTRY GARDENS BY JANET FLETCHER; PHOTOGRAPHS BY MEG SMITH
A Wine Country cookbook that celebrates sustainable, garden–to–table dining
SELLING POINTS WELL–KNOWN WINERIES: A number of popular California wineries and their respective culinary gardens are featured throughout the book. PAIRING POINTERS: The author, wineries, and chefs featured in Gather offer tips for pairing, gleaned from years of experience in the food and wine world. ESTABLISHED AUTHOR: Janet Fletcher has written over thirty cookbooks and won three James Beard Awards, lending her a substantial platform.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color photographs throughout * 240 pages * WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-1-949480-26-9 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
Some of the tastiest California cooking today comes from wineries with edible gardens, and now you can take a visual tour of these magical culinary green spaces, peek inside the winery kitchens that reap the harvest, and bring sun–ripened flavors into your own home kitchen. Gather: Casual Cooking from Wine Country Gardens showcases some of California’s most ambitious wineries’ culinary gardens and the fresh, wine– friendly dishes they inspire, all vividly captured by three–time James Beard Award–winner Janet Fletcher. Bring the garden to the plate California– style with Heirloom Tomato and Peach Salad with Burrata or Golden Beet Gazpacho. Enjoy a glass of Sauvignon Blanc alongside Crostini with Garden Carrots, Goat Cheese, and Dukkah; or savor a platter of crisp spring vegetables with Caramelized Spring Onion Dip. To show off a fine California red wine, try Spring Lamb Chops Scottadito with Charred Tomato and Black Olive Tapenade or Slow–Roasted Beef Short Ribs with Broccoli di Cicco and Farro. The book’s garden–inspired desserts include luscious finales such as Blood Orange Crème Brûlée, Cheesecake with Blueberry Gelée, and Lemon Verbena Apricots with Olive Oil–Sea Salt Ice Cream. In more than 60 delicious recipes, Gather delivers the finest of California’s wine country to your door, demonstrating the creative ways that wineries use their garden bounty to please their guests and complement their wines.
CARTON QTY: 8 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-058-2
Janet Fletcher is the author of over 30 books on food and beverage, including Wine Country Table, Cheese & Wine, Fresh from the Farmers Market, and Sur La Table’s Eating Local: Recipes Inspired by America’s Farmers. Fletcher publishes the weekly Planet Cheese blog and is the cheese columnist for Specialty Food and SOMM Journal magazines. Her journalistic work has earned her three James Beard Awards and the IACP Bert Greene Award, and her food writing has appeared in numerous national publications, including the New York Times, Saveur, Fine Cooking, and Food & Wine. She lives and works in the Napa Valley.
RIGHTS: World English
Artistic California BY EMMA ACKER; PRODUCED BY THE FINE ARTS MUSEUMS OF SAN FRANCISCO
A collection of visual art, including works from many luminaries, that celebrates California’s landscapes and culture
Sunshine, surfing, and Hollywood. Agriculture, earthquakes, and gold. From its topography to its glamour, California looms large in the world’s imagination. Artists have been drawn to the state’s iconic beauty for generations, capturing its luminous light and recording its coastline, cityscapes, agricultural life, mountain ranges, and more in mediums ranging from photography and oil paint to woodcuts and xerographic prints. Featuring more than fifty artworks dating from the late 1800s to the early 2000s, all drawn from the collection of the Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco, Artistic California celebrates the sites and experiences of our extraordinary state through the eyes of artists. Many luminaries of the California art world are featured here, such as David Park, Richard Diebenkorn, and Imogen Cunningham, as well as lesser known artists, resulting in an exceptional array of viewpoints, expressions of personal meaning, and cultural values. With an introductory essay by curator Emma Acker exploring the roots of California’s art tradition, its themes, and the ethnic perspectives that have played an essential role in California art, this volume creates an indelible portrait of our monumental state. Emma Acker is an associate curator of American art at the Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco. The Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco, comprising the de Young in Golden Gate Park and the Legion of Honor in Lincoln Park, are the largest public arts institution in San Francisco.
SELLING POINTS PERFECT FOR ART LOVERS: Features a diverse array of works from artists like David Hockney, Wayne Thiebaud, Imogen Cunningham, and many others. STRONG PRESENCE: The Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco are West Coast institutions— together, the de Young and the Legion of Honor get 1.5 million visitors from around the world annually. Online, the museums have 226,000 followers on Twitter, more than 169,000 Instagram followers, and more than 107,000 followers on Facebook. GIFT APPEAL: A blend of art, history, and celebration of the Golden State makes for a supremely giftable book.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color photographs throughout * 112 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE ART ISBN 978-1-949480-41-2 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
From Picky Panda • By Jackie Huang
A COLLECTOR'S CLASSIC BOARD BOOK
Star Wars: Return of the Jedi (A Collector's Classic Board Book) BY LUCASFILM LTD; ILLUSTRATED BY AL WILLIAMSON
An epic retelling of Return of the Jedi for Star Wars fans of all ages, with classic art from comics icon Al Williamson
RIGHTS: World English SELLING POINTS MILESTONE ANNIVERSARY: The Force is strong in 2023, which marks the 40th anniversary of the theatrical release of Return of the Jedi. Publication is timed right before Star Wars Day (May 4, 2023), the franchise’s most popular annual celebration. NOSTALGIA HOOK: With a text that pays homage to the original film and celebrated art from the 1980s Star Wars comics, this book is a must–have for collectors. GIFT APPEAL: High–end and beautifully designed, with bold colors, four gatefolds, spot gloss on the cover, and a horizontal trim to evoke a cinematic feel. ALL AGES: Perfect for both diehard adult fans and little ones who are being introduced to the Star Wars universe. PROVEN FORMAT: Inspired by the popular format of the My Mighty Marvel First Book series (nearly 100,000 copies sold!).
SPECIFICATIONS Experience the original movie like never before! Follow the adventures of favorite characters during some of the most memorable moments in Star Wars history: from Luke Skywalker, Princess Leia, and Han Solo’s escape from Jabba the Hutt; to Luke’s showdown with Darth Vader; to the climactic Battle of Endor, where the fate of the galaxy hangs in the balance. With art from comics legend Al Williamson, gatefolds, and a cinematic feel, this collector’s board book is the perfect gift no matter your generation, for both lifelong Star Wars fans and the littlest Padawans. Born in 1931 in New York City, Al Williamson was a legendary comics artist. Over a career that lasted more than 50 years, he worked for nearly every major comics publisher, specializing in adventure, Western, and science fiction stories. He is best known for his beloved work on Flash Gordon, Secret Agent Corrigan, and Star Wars, including the 1980s comics adaptation of Return of the Jedi. His many awards include the Inkwell Awards’ Sinnott Hall of Fame and the Eisner Awards’ Hall of Fame. Although he passed away in 2020, his style influenced countless artists and his legacy lives on through his popular works.
* Full-color illustrations throughout * 30 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 6" - 152mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: APRIL BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6787-6 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
AN ABRAMS EXTEND-A-BOOK
All Aboard! The Sesame Street Subway (An Abrams Extend-a-Book) BY NICHOLE MARA; ILLUSTRATED BY ANDREW KOLB
Hop aboard the subway with Abby Cadabby, Elmo, Big Bird, and more of your favorite Sesame Street friends in this accordion–fold board book, with die–cut windows to peek through and flaps to lift on every page
RIGHTS: World English SELLING POINTS ENDURING BRAND: Over its 52 seasons (and counting!), Sesame Street has earned 200 Emmy Awards and 11 Grammy Awards. The program has over 22 million subscribers on YouTube and nearly 2 million followers on Twitter. EVERGREEN SUBJECT: Trains and all things transportation are perennially popular with the 0–3 age group. ADDED PLAY VALUE: More than just a vehicle book, All Aboard! The Sesame Street Subway also includes seek–and–find and counting elements, as well as other basic concepts.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 8 pages * WIDTH: 11" - 279mm * HEIGHT: 6" - 152mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, CHILDREN'S All aboard! While reading a simple story about riding the subway, fold this book out to explore each car inside and out—and meet your favorite Sesame Street residents along the way, from Abby Cadabby to Elmo to The Count to Big Bird and more! Each page has a flap to lift for added seek–and–find fun, and the back sides of the pages feature a running landscape of the street up above, with plenty of fun objects to discover from A to Z.
ISBN 978-1-4197-6655-8 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
CARTON QTY: 30
Illustrator Andrew Kolb first garnered attention with his illustrated version of David Bowie’s Space Oddity. Since then, he has created illustrations for clients including Chickadee magazine, the Toronto Zoo, and Pixar. He is also the author of Edmund Unravels and the illustrator of All Aboard! Let’s Ride a Train, All Aboard! The Christmas Train, All Aboard! The Airport Train, and Disney All Aboard! Mickey’s Railway. He lives in Ontario, Canada.
A RUBE GOLDBERG BOOK
Baby Rube's Opposites (A Rube Goldberg Book) BY JENNIFER GEORGE; ILLUSTRATED BY VIN VOGEL
Learn all about opposites with Baby Rube Goldberg in this innovative accordion–fold board book
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS INNOVATIVE FORMAT: The accordion–fold pages of this book are a perfect match for the zany world of Rube Goldberg and they open up to reveal an invention that incorporates all 12 pairs of opposites featured in the book. STRONG TRACK: Abrams’ picture book Rube Goldberg’s Simple Normal Humdrum School Day is in its fifth printing and received the 2018 Parents’ Choice Gold Award. STEAM HOOK: Rube Goldberg is part of STEM/STEAM initiatives worldwide and curricula across the US. ADORABLE ART: Vin Vogel’s bright and silly illustrations are full of humorous details and are the perfect fit for the board book audience.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout; accordion fold * 24 pages * WIDTH: 7" - 178mm This inventive board book combines the hilarious hijinks of the Rube Goldberg brand with a unique and exciting format to explore the key concept of opposites in a whole new way. On one side of the accordion– fold pages, discover 12 pairs of opposites—from hot and cold to young and old and shallow and deep to awake and asleep. Turn the book over to discover Baby Rube Goldberg’s ingenious and out–of–the–box invention that includes all 12 sets of opposites and demonstrates a “simple” way to dunk a cookie in milk! Written by Jennifer George, Rube Goldberg’s granddaughter and the legacy director of Rube Goldberg, Inc., and featuring the brilliant illustrations of Vin Vogel, Baby Rube’s Opposites is chockful of silly surprises for the youngest aspiring inventors. Jennifer George, Rube’s granddaughter and the chief creative officer of the Rube Goldberg Institute (RGI), oversees all aspects of her grandfather’s estate. Jennifer has conceived and developed a new generation of cultural events and educational projects available at rubegoldberg.org. She is the author of Rube Goldberg’s Simple Normal Humdrum School Day, Rube Goldberg’s Simple Normal Definitely Different Day Off, Rube Goldberg and His Amazing Machines, and The Art of Rube Goldberg. She lives in New York City. Vin Vogel is a Brazilian author–illustrator and the creator of A Home for Leo and the Yeti series. He has illustrated over 50 books, including the latest Too Much Slime! by Frances Gilbert; Naughty NinjaTakes a Bath by Todd Tarpley; and Maddi’s Fridge by Lois Brandt, which won a number of awards and has been translated into five languages. He lives in Rio de Janeiro with two cats and a dog.
* HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm * Casebound Board Book PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 3 and up BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY ISBN 978-1-4197-5949-9 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 26 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-576-4
AN ABRAMS BLOCK BOOK
Bugblock (An Abrams Block Book) BY CHRISTOPHER FRANCESCHELLI; ART BY PESKI STUDIO
Learn all about insects in this buzz–worthy addition to the bestselling Abrams Block Book series
RIGHTS: World English SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING SERIES: The Abrams Block Book series continues to grow with more than 1.5 million copies sold. PERENNIAL SUBJECT: Board book readers will love learning all about these incredible buzzing, biting, flying creatures. ORIGINAL ART STYLE: Renowned British illustrator and designer Peski Studio once again brings a fresh edge to a popular category. HIGH–VALUE PACKAGE: 84 board pages including 11 gatefold flaps in a small–trim block creates an inviting, chunky package perfect for little hands.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 84 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm * HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm * Casebound Board Book PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES up to 3 In this follow–up to Alphablock, Countablock, Dinoblock, Cityblock, Buildablock, Farmblock, Loveblock, Sharkblock, and Spaceblock, readers will learn about all the things that make bugs incredible—from spider crickets that can jump 60 times their own length to Chinese stick insects that can grow to be over two feet long to caterpillars that transform into stunning butterflies. In keeping with the rest of the series, Bugblock features the charming art of British design team Peski Studio, pages with die–cuts readers can peek through, and special flaps that unfold to reveal hidden details.
BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY ISBN 978-1-4197-6062-4 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 20
Christopher Franceschelli is a seasoned publisher, editor, and creator of children’s books. He currently runs Chronicle’s Handprint imprint and the SmartInk packaging company. A born–and–raised New Yorker, Franceschelli lives with his family in Brooklyn. David Partington is an illustrator based in Bristol, UK. His influences range from mid–century design to Saturday morning cartoons. As part of Peski Studio, he enjoys screen printing, a process that often informs his approach to illustration. Partington’s work can be seen in kids’ books, food packaging, and jumbo floor puzzles around the world. He especially enjoys creating characters, drawing friendly robots, and sending them on incredible adventures.
Go Green! Energy
MY FIRST PULL-THE-TAB ECO BOOK BY PINTACHAN
Push, pull, slide . . . and help protect our planet by learning all about renewable energy in this interactive board book from the Go Green! series
SELLING POINTS KEY TOPIC: Taking care of planet Earth has never been more important, and the Go Green! series gives young ones an early introduction to eco awareness by highlighting simple actions we can all do at home. DEVELOPMENTAL: With tabs to push, pull, and slide, this interactive board book helps define fine motor skills. HANDS–ON FORMAT: Go Green! Energy, the follow–up to Go Green! Home, features vibrant art and an interactive element on every spread, making this a great option for the youngest of readers. ENVIRONMENTAL: The book’s message of green living is carried through into the design, as Go Green! Energy is printed on FSC recycled stock.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 8 pages * WIDTH: 7 7/8" - 187mm * HEIGHT: 7 7/8" - 200mm The Go Green! series gives young ones an early introduction to eco awareness, and in this interactive board book, they can learn how we make green energy from sunshine, wind, and water. With tabs to slide and a wheel to spin, going green has never been so much fun! Big eyes, lots of smiles, bright colors, and plenty of fun– Spanish artist Pintachan creates lively and whimsical imagery that’s charming because it’s so simple. He is a licorice lover, enthusiast of old sci–fi movies, and collector of children’s books. His clients include Hachette, Scholastic, and Abrams Appleseed (Go Green! Home as well as Happy Halloween! and Wake Up, Santa! in the Changing Faces series). Learn more at pintachan.com.
* Board Book PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-6102-7 US $9.99
CARTON QTY: 24
A MAIL DUCK SPECIAL DELIVERY
Mail Duck Helps a Friend (A Mail Duck Special Delivery) A BOOK OF COLORS AND SURPRISES BY ERICA SIROTICH
Follow along with Mail Duck and his neighborhood friends as they deliver colorful packages in this utterly charming lift–the–flap book about kindness and colors
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS INTERACTIVE FEATURES: Features 16 flaps to lift and a final gatefold surprise. PERFECT FOR RE–READING: Sirotich’s art is packed with quirky, charming details that will be fun to uncover with every read. LIGHTLY EDUCATIONAL: Reinforces the concept of colors; each animal friend in the neighborhood has a favorite, and the book ends with a spectacular rainbow finale. YOU’VE GOT MAIL: Kids love receiving mail, and will delight in peeking under the flaps to see what each new envelope contains.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 20 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES up to 3 Mail Quail is feeling under the weather—but Mail Duck and all of his neighborhood friends have surprises in store to help her get well soon! Ruby knits a red hat to keep Mail Quail’s head cozy and warm, and Jade brews minty green tea to settle her tummy. Lift the flaps on every spread to discover what colorful surprise each friend has in store, all leading up to the rainbow grand finale. With plenty of sweet and silly details for young readers to find, this follow–up to Mail Duck is an engaging and entertaining board book perfect for repeat reads. Erica Sirotich has written and illustrated four books for children and illustrated several others. Her board book Mail Duck received a starred Kirkus review (“delivers delight, and toddlers will clamor for more”), and appeared on several Best Books lists (Parents magazine, Amazon, and The Children’s Book Review). Sirotich has received illustration awards from Highlights magazine and Communication Arts. She loves animals, coffee, books, and adding to her collections of rocks, stamps, and Japanese kokeshi. She lives in Buffalo, New York, with her husband and daughter.
BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY ISBN 978-1-4197-6564-3 US $10.99 CAN $13.99 UK £7.99
CARTON QTY: 36 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-881-9
I Am Ready for School! BY STEPHEN KRENSKY; ILLUSTRATED BY SARA GILLINGHAM
Prepare your little one for their first day of preschool or kindergarten with this uplifting board book from the Empowerment series!
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS SUCCESSFUL SERIES: The first five books in the Empowerment series have sold over 275,000 copies combined! ENCOURAGING MESSAGE: An uplifting, rhyming text gently prepares and reassures young ones who are getting ready to start school. APPEALING ILLUSTRATIONS: Gillingham’s retro–fresh style and four–color spot treatment appeals to children and adults alike.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 12 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-4197-6168-3 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 56 I fit just right in every chair. With toys and books for me to share. Reassuring rhyming text introduces preschoolers to their first day of school where a welcoming teacher, a cheery classroom, and new friends await! The Empowerment series addresses the small victories of growing up and starting to embrace the world on their own terms with encouraging text and retro–fresh illustrations. Celebrate the milestones of toddlerhood with the whole series.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-665-5
Stephen Krensky started writing stories for children while in college and has been happily doing it ever since. He has now written more than 130 fiction and nonfiction children’s books, including novels, picture books, easy readers, and biographies. Among his favorites are the five earlier books in the Empowerment series–Now I Am Big!, I Can Do It Myself!, I Know a Lot!, I Am So Brave!, and I Like to Share! Krensky and his wife, Joan, raised two sons in Lexington, Massachusetts, where they are still living happily ever after. Sara Gillingham is an award–winning children’s book author and illustrator, art director, and designer who has helped publish many bestselling books. Gillingham has written and illustrated more than 25 titles for children, including Snuggle the Baby, All Better Baby!, Love Is a Truck, Love Is a Tutu, Love Is a Ball, and the Empowerment series. She lives in Vancouver with her family.
RIGHTS: North America
WHEN YOU ADOPT
When You Adopt a Starwhal BY MATILDA ROSE; ILLUSTRATED BY TIM BUDGEN
A fun–filled story about kindness and sharing, starring a magical narwhal— now in board book!
SELLING POINTS TRENDY SUBJECT: Narwhals + magic equals a super trendy animal mash–up. APPEALING PACKAGE: Besides an adorable narwhal, the cover will feature foil for maximum shelf appeal. MESSAGE OF KINDNESS: Millie the Mermaid learns that sharing the magic of Starwhal is far more enjoyable than keeping it to herself.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 30 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 6 1/2" - 165mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 4 to 8 BOARD BOOK, PICTURE BOOK, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-6548-3 US $8.99 CAN $11.99
CARTON QTY: 52 Everyone in Fairyland knows that Mrs. Paws is the perfect pet matchmaker! She has flying piglets, baby griffins, and even pugicorns. She has a knack of knowing what pets are right for each princess, prince, or mermaid! Millie the Mermaid loves her new pet, Starwhal, who is an adorable narwhal with the power to turn anything sparkly and shimmery! But is there enough Starwhal magic for everyone in Coral Cove?
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-149-0
Matilda Rose is the author of the When You Adopt series, which includes Pugicorn, La–La–Llama, Pandarina,and more fun–filled adventures set in a fairy tale world featuring different magical pets. With important messages about sharing, kindness, trying your best, and being yourself, the When You Adopt books combine sparkle, fun, and heart. Rose lives in London. Tim Budgen is a freelance illustrator and art teacher. He’s illustrated Pugicorn and the When You Adopt series, the Lizzie and Lucky series by Megan Rix, 20 Dinosaurs at Bedtime by Mark Sperring, and many more amazing children’s books. For much of his life he has been scribbling down ideas and can usually be found with a pencil in one hand and a sketchbook in the other. He lives by the sea on Hayling Island, England, with his wife, Julia.
A HELLO!LUCKY BOOK
Go Get 'Em, Tiger! (A Hello!Lucky Book) A HELLO!LUCKY BOOK; STORY BY SABRINA MOYLE; PICTURES BY EUNICE MOYLE
From the superstar creators of My Mom Is Magical! and My Dad Is Amazing! comes this perfect celebration for every milestone—now in board book!
SELLING POINTS STRIKING ILLUSTRATIONS: Beautifully designed and illustrated with a fifth color of ink throughout. SENSATIONAL SALES: More than a million combined sales for the Hello!Lucky program! STRONG FOLLOWING: Hello! Lucky has almost 80,000 followers on Instagram and nearly 70,000 followers on Pinterest. EVERGREEN CATEGORY: As the major successes of Oh, Baby, the Places You’ll Go! and The Wonderful Things You Will Be prove, board books about celebrating milestones are big sellers.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 30 pages * WIDTH: 7" - 178mm * HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES up to 3 Celebrate everything that makes you a rising star! From kindness and curiosity to playfulness and positivity, this book is a paw–some salute to anyone reaching a life milestone. The Hello!Lucky team brings their signature humor and colorful style to this inspirational book celebrating accomplishments big and small. It’s a purr–fect reminder that fierce and bold, young or old, you’re one cool cat! Hello!Lucky is all about using creativity to spread joy, fun, and kindness. Founded by sisters Eunice and Sabrina Moyle in 2003, Hello!Lucky is an award–winning letterpress greeting card and design studio working with dozens of partners to create products, including Abrams’ pun–derful children’s books: My Mom Is Magical!, My Dad Is Amazing!, Super Pooper and Whizz Kid: Potty Power!, Kindness Rules!, Christmas Is Awesome!, Go Get ’Em, Tiger!, Thanks a Ton!, Sloth and Smell the Roses, You Are Fantastic!, School Is Cool!, Bananas for You!, and Halloween Is a Treat!. They also offer bedding, ceramics, socks, stationery, custom photo albums, and more. Hello! Lucky is based in San Francisco.
BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-4336-8 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-744-5
Things I Know How to Do BY AMY SCHWARTZ
From award–winning author–illustrator Amy Schwartz comes this exuberant tribute to reaching milestones of all sizes—now in board book!
SELLING POINTS STELLAR AUTHOR– ILLUSTRATOR: Schwartz has been creating award–winning children’s books throughout her career. EMPOWERING MESSAGE: From closing drawers to opening doors, this picture book celebrates young ones’ accomplishments big and small. STRONG TRACK: Schwartz’s 100 Things books have sold over 75,000 copies across formats.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 22 pages * WIDTH: 7" - 178mm * HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, CHILDREN'S ISBN 978-1-4197-4327-6 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 36 Say when! Count to ten! Wear a tutu! Kiss a boo–boo! From beloved author–illustrator Amy Schwartz comes a tribute to growing independence, showcasing a collection of things little ones can do on their own. They’ll celebrate accomplishments big and small in this board book adaptation of 100 Things I Know How to Do.
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-793-3
Amy Schwartz has written a number of award–winning picture books. She has created two New York Times Best Illustrated Children’s Books of the Year and a Publishers Weekly Best Book of the Year. She has won the Christopher Award, the Charlotte Zolotow Award, and the National Jewish Book Award, among others. Schwartz was born and raised in California and now lives with her family in Brooklyn.
BY BLANCA GÓMEZ
A grandmother and grandchild nurse an injured bird together in this touching story about caring for all creatures, the wonder of nature, and letting go—now in board book!
NEW FORMAT: Gómez’s beautifully simple text and vibrant, accessible art style make this story a perfect fit for the board book crowd. CREATOR SUCCESS: The hardcover received a starred Kirkus review: “This little gem elicits a sense of deep–seated comfort and refuge for these uncertain times.” Gómez is also the illustrator behind Red House, Tree House, Little Bitty Brown Mouse (a Kirkus and Horn Book “Best”) as well as Besos for Baby (a TLA 2x2 Reading Selection). GRANDPARENT–GRANDCHILD STORY: The loving relationship between this granddaughter and grandmother is understated yet poignant, a relationship inspired by Gómez’s childhood. EMOTIONAL LAYERS: Bird House touches on themes such as respect for the natural world, doing the right thing, and hardest of all, learning to let go.
On a snowy day, a grandmother and grandchild find an injured bird. They take it home and care for it until it can fly around the living room. It is fantastic—just like everything at Abuela’s house! But a fantastic moment is also bittersweet, for the little bird’s recovery means that it’s time to let it fly free. Drawing inspiration from a formative childhood experience, Blanca Gómez crafts a deceptively simple story that is morally and emotionally resonant and brimming with love, wonder, and a deep respect for the natural world. Blanca Gómez was born in and resides in Madrid. When she was a kid, she spent a lot of time at her grandma’s. There she ate bread with olive oil for breakfast, ran away from the cat in the corridor, and bumped her head on the corner of the table quite often. So it makes sense that the first book she both wrote and illustrated talks about her grandma.
GIFT BOOK: Bird House has wonderful intergenerational appeal, and could be a great gift to be shared by grandparents; it’s also perfect for Earth Day or any occasion to examine and celebrate the natural world with children. SPANISH EDITION: As with the hardcover, we’re publishing English and Spanish editions of the board book simultaneously.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 24 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-4409-9 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-323-4
Un pájaro en casa (Bird House Spanish edition) BLANCA GÓMEZ
Una abuela y su nieta ayudan a un pájaro herido en esta conmovedora historia en español sobre el amor, la fascinación por la naturaleza, y sobre cómo dejar marchar, ahora en libro de cartón
SELLING POINTS CUENTO DE ABUELOS Y NIETOS: Insipirada por la bella relación de la infancia de Gomez. TEMAS CONMOVEDORES: Incluyendo respeto por nuestra naturaleza. REGALO IDEAL: Perfecto para Earth Day y compartir con los abuelos; con cubierta decorativa, el libro se sentirá como uno classico. ARTISTA ADMIRADA: Sus libros han sido nombrados Kirkus y Horn Book Best y un TLA 2x2 selección de lectura. EDICIÓN EN ESPANOL: La primera publicación de Abrams simultanea en inglés y espanol.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 24 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES up to 3 Un día de invierno una abuela y su nieta encuentran un pájaro herido. Lo recogen y lo llevan a casa para curarlo, hasta que es capaz de volar por el salón. Es maravilloso . . . ¡Todo es maravilloso en casa de la abuela! Pero un momento maravilloso también puede ser agridulce: el pájaro se ha recuperado y es hora de dejarlo volar libre. Inspirada en una experiencia de su infancia, la historia que crea Blanca Gómez es aparentemente simple, pero intensa moral y emocionalmente. Una historia llena de amor y fascinación, y de un profundo respeto por la naturaleza.
BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6592-6 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-323-4
Blanca Gómez nació en y vive en Madrid. De pequeña pasaba bastante tiempo en casa de su abuela, donde desayunaba pan con aceite, corría delante del gato por el pasillo, y muy a menudo se daba en la cabeza con el pico de la mesa. Es bastante lógico que su primer libro trate sobre ella.
One Springy, Singy Day BY RENÉE KURILLA
A joyful ode to toddlerdom that follows a group of little ones though one buzzy, busy day in spring—now in board book!
SELLING POINTS GREAT READ–ALOUD: The story’s bouncing, rhyming text is perfect for read–alouds. Kirkus called it “a book young children will love listening to over and over.” BRIGHT ART STYLE: Kurilla’s inviting illustrations bring energy and sweetness to every page. SEASONAL HOOK: Perfectly timed for springtime celebrations.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 28 pages * WIDTH: 7" - 178mm * HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-4573-7 US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-938-8 Renée Kurilla, the author–illustrator of Flower Garden and illustrator of Chicks Rule! and Chicks Rock!, brings her bright and commercial style to this playful young picture book, the first book she both wrote and illustrated. One Springy, Singy Day is a vibrant, joyful story that follows a diverse cast of young children as they play throughout their day. Inspired by Kurilla’s own “busy bee” two–year–old, this love note from parent to child illustrates the wondrous and boisterous adventure of raising a springy, singy, squeezy toddler. Renée Kurilla has illustrated several books for children including Chicks Rule! and Chicks Rock! by Sudipta Bardhan–Quallen, Right This Very Minute by Lisl Detlefsen, My Pet Slime by Courtney Sheinmel, and Ada Lace by Emily Calandrelli. She is also the author–illustrator of Flower Garden. She lives in the woods just south of Boston where she and her husband spend a good portion of time chasing around a sweet, little toddler (who is most likely chasing the cat). Kurilla can otherwise be found with her nose in a book, drawing, or attempting an ill–fated headstand. One Springy, Singy Day was the first book Kurilla both wrote and illustrated. Learn more about her at kurillastration.com.
Día de Muertos: Números A DAY OF THE DEAD COUNTING BOOK BY DUNCAN TONATIUH
Count up to ten in this bilingual picture book celebrating Día de Muertos / Day of the Dead from award–winning author–illustrator Duncan Tonatiuh
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING CREATOR: Tonatiuh’s numerous accolades include the Sibert Award and multiple Pura Belpré Medals and Honors. STRONG SALES TRACK: Tonatiuh’s picture books with Abrams have sold more than 650,000 copies! NEEDED CONTENT: There are few bilingual books for the very young that celebrate Mexican culture, and we’d love to fill this gap and expand our list by teaming up with beloved house author Tonatiuh.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 24 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-6446-2 From award–winning and beloved author–illustrator Duncan Tonatiuh comes this celebratory bilingual picture book centering on a Día de Muertos ofrenda (Day of the Dead altar), constructed annually to honor the memory and welcome the spirit of a loved one. The book uses a counting structure, from one to ten, to focus on family members and their offerings, with a double–gatefold finale that opens to reveal the family gathered around the fully decorated ofrenda with all of their offerings. Included at the back of the book is a brief author’s note that lends additional context on the holiday.
US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 34 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-824-6
Duncan Tonatiuh (toh–nah–tee–YOU) is an award– winning author–illustrator whose numerous accolades include the Sibert Medal and the Pura Belpré Award. Duncan is both Mexican and American. His artwork is inspired by Mesoamerican art. His aim is to create images and stories that honor the past, but are relevant to today’s people, especially children. He grew up in and currently lives in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico, where he celebrates Día de Muertos with his wife and children every year. Learn more at duncantonatiuh.com.
LET'S PLAY OUTSIDE!
Sandy Toes: A Summer Adventure (A Let's Play Outside! Book) BY SHAUNTAY GRANT; ILLUSTRATED BY CANDICE BRADLEY
A celebration of Black joy and the simple pleasures of a day at the beach from acclaimed poet Shauntay Grant
SELLING POINTS NEEDED CONTENT: There are too few books—especially in the preschool space—centering on Black families’ everyday joys. ACCLAIMED AUTHOR: Grant is the award–winning author of several picture books and was Halifax’s former Poet Laureate. GORGEOUS ILLUSTRATIONS: Bradley’s lively, warm art style perfectly captures the everyday wonders of a day spent at the beach.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-6307-6 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
Follow along as a young boy spends the day at the beach with his family in this spare and poetic picture book from award–winning poet and picture book author Shauntay Grant. With a simple story—and simply stunning illustrations from Candice Bradley—this book is an ode to celebrating summer’s wonders big and small.
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-743-0
Shauntay Grant is an acclaimed poet and author of several picture books, including the forthcoming One Day, When I Wrap My Hair, and My Fade Is Fresh. Her picture book Africville won the 2019 Marilyn Baillie Picture Book Award and was a finalist for the 2018 Governor General’s Literary Awards, the 2019 Ruth and Sylvia Schwartz Children’s Book Awards, and the 2019 Lieutenant Governor of Nova Scotia Masterworks Arts Award. Grant is an assistant professor of creative writing at Dalhousie University, a member of the College of the Royal Society of Canada, and a former poet laureate of Halifax. She lives in Halifax, Nova Scotia. Learn more at shauntaygrant.com. Candice Bradley was born in the San Francisco Bay Area. Her fondest childhood memories are of drawing and dancing to Disney classics. She dreamt of either becoming a ballerina at Juilliard or an animator at Cal Arts. Although circumstances would prevent her from pursuing either, she didn’t stop there. To fund her own education, she decided to offer services as an illustrator, and thus began her journey as a picture book artist. Bradley’s hope as an illustrator is to support the movement of writers redeeming the narrative for minorities and people of color. She lives in Atlanta, Georgia, with her family. Learn more at bycandicebradley.com.
Picky Panda (With Fun Flaps to Lift) BY JACKIE HUANG
Celebrate the joys of fresh perspectives and unexpected beauty in this touching lift–the–flap picture book from paper engineer Jackie Huang
SELLING POINTS UNIVERSAL SUBJECT: We all like things “just so,” but this book reminds readers to remain flexible and open to the world around them. FRESH AND UNIQUE ART STYLE: Huang’s expressive, 3D art style offers plenty of kid appeal. INTERACTIVE ELEMENT: Nine flaps within the book can be flipped first one way and then another to change a reader’s perspective and to show Mr. Panda’s point of view.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES up to 5 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY ISBN 978-1-4197-6279-6 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
Persnickety Mr. Panda likes his world to be just so. His decisions are always easy: yes or no; good or bad; right or wrong; black or white . . . until one day when the gift of a red flower changes everything. Touching, clever, and with a great message about remaining flexible and open to the beauty in the world, this lift–the–flap picture book is an innovative and heartwarming story sure to resonate with readers. Author–illustrator Jackie Huang brings her utterly unique layered and cut–paper art style to this project, making Picky Panda even more of a standout on bookshelves.
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-729-4
Jackie Huang moved to Los Angeles after high school to attend the University of Southern California’s School of Cinematic Arts. Shortly after graduating, she returned to school to study illustration at ArtCenter College of Design. There she found a new way of storytelling through her love of paper art and pop–ups. Whether it’s through an unusual story twist or a pop–up unfolding, Huang believes in the magic of transforming the ordinary into something extraordinary. Huang lives with her family in Los Angeles. This is her first picture book. Learn more at jackiehuang.com.
One, Two, Grandpa Loves You WORDS BY SHELLY BECKER; PICTURES BY DAN YACCARINO
A joyful ode to the special bond between grandfathers and their grandchildren, from acclaimed creators Shelly Becker and Dan Yaccarino
SELLING POINTS STELLAR ILLUSTRATOR: Yaccarino, an acclaimed picture book artist, has won awards such as the BolognaRagazzi Award and the Parents’ Choice Award, among others. He is also the designer behind the animated series The Backyardigans. RHYMING TEXT: Becker’s sweet text is set to the classic rhyme “One, Two, Buckle My Shoe.” FAMILY STORY: A heartwarming celebration of the special bond between grandparents and grandchildren. PERFECT PAIR: After celebrating grandmothers in One, Two, Grandma Loves You, it’s time for Grandpa’s turn in the spotlight in this sweet follow–up.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 24 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH One, two, Grandpa loves you. Three, four, rush to the door. Five, six, camping trip. Seven, eight, best travel mate. A girl and her grandfather strike out on an outdoor adventure in this heartfelt rhyming picture book from acclaimed creators Shelly Becker and Dan Yaccarino. Shelly Becker is the author of One, Two, Grandma Loves You, which School Library Journal called “a pure, cadenced classic” in a starred review. Her other books include Even Superheroes Get Scared, Even Superheroes Make Mistakes, and Even Superheroes Have Bad Days (a 2018 Blue Spruce Award Nominee that Kirkus Reviews called “an action–packed romp”). Becker lives in Toronto, Canada, and enjoys camping and spending time in nature with loved ones–especially her four grandchildren. Learn moreshellybeckerbooks.com Dan Yaccarino is the internationally acclaimed author and illustrator of more than 50 books for children, most notably Doug Unplugged, Unlovable, The Fantastic Undersea Life of Jacques Cousteau, and Every Friday. Yaccarino created and produced the animated series Doug Unplugs, Oswald, and Willa’s Wild Life. He is also the designer behind the animated series The Backyardigans. Yaccarino’s work has been recognized with many awards, including the Bologna Ragazzi Award, the New York Times 10 Best Illustrated, ALA Notable, and the Parents’ Choice Award. Learn more at danyaccarino.com.
AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6508-7 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-847-5
We Might See
BY CHARLIE MYLIE
In the tradition of Richard Scarry, this cleverly conceived first–words picture book is sure to satisfy the youngest readers
FIRST WORDS: This picture book introduces the youngest readers to vocabulary–building first words on every spread. HIGH–CONTRAST ART: Mylie has created high–contrast artwork that will satisfy the littlest readers and their caregivers who are on the hunt for this kind of book. He has also integrated pops of color that make each spread even more striking. ELEVATED FORMAT: We Might See will be printed on a heavy stock, with spot gloss and debossing on the jacket. It’s perfect for gift tables! DAY IN THE LIFE: The gentle day–in–the–life narrative imagines a child and caregiver on a walk in their neighborhood. It encourages outdoor play and looking more closely at the magic of one’s own backyard.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm Walking outside, we might see Places we pass, things going fast Across the street, there might be Sounds in our ears, music to hear Against this lively rhyming narrative text, readers will find a splash of first words on each spread, inviting little ones to identify things they might see in their own backyards. And some unexpected things, too! Spreads are thoughtfully organized to give readers time with different types of words. One spread is full of onomatopoeia. Another full of color words. Another still invites readers to think about scale—big things and small ones. The high–contrast art is married beautifully with lots of detail on each page, giving the youngest readers lots to find and a friendly environment in which to discover something new on every read.
* HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES up to 5 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5894-2 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
CARTON QTY: 44 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-556-6
Charlie Mylie is an author and illustrator living the dream in Kansas City, Missouri. It’s only occurring to him now that his interdisciplinary art degree from Kansas City Art Institute might have actually helped in making children’s books. His wife and toddler, however, have had a significant, obvious impact on his work and life, while the cat has contributed nothing. Mylie wants to keep exploring, for as long as he is allowed, how words and pictures–together–help us making sense of this confounding world.
From Hidden Hope • By Elisa Boxer; Illustrated by Amy June Bates
RIGHTS: World English
Party Hearty Kitty-Corn WRITTEN BY SHANNON HALE; ILLUSTRATED BY LEUYEN PHAM
From the bestselling Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn creators, Shannon Hale and LeUyen Pham, comes another heartwarming and hilarious Kitty and Unicorn story about feeling like a “third wheel”—and the enduring magic of true friendship
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING SERIES: Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn and Pretty Perfect Kitty–Corn were both New York Times and Indiebound bestsellers. SUPERSTAR DUO: The New York Times bestselling team behind megahits such as the Princess in Black series, Best Friends, and Real Friends, Newbery honoree Shannon Hale and Caldecott honoree LeUyen Pham are two of the biggest names in children’s books today. UPLIFTING MESSAGE: When their relationship is tested, Kitty and Unicorn realize that they’ll never run out of love for each other. RELATABLE KID DYNAMICS: Kitty’s insecurities over feeling left out reflects the challenges of friendship that kids often face.
Kitty has a grand idea. “Let’s throw a kitty–corn party!” But when newcomer Puppy messes up Kitty’s perfectly laid plans and steals Unicorn’s attention and affection, Kitty is NOT pleased. When jealousy takes hold, can Unicorn help Kitty see that nothing will ever threaten a friendship as strong as theirs? The magical, bestselling team of Shannon Hale and LeUyen Pham reunite for another heart–bursting story featuring an utterly adorable kitty–corn pair—plus Puppy, too! ARF!—reassuring readers that true friends never run out of love for each other. LeUyen Pham and Shannon Hale are the team behind the bestselling picture books Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn and Pretty Perfect Kitty–Corn, the bestselling graphic novels Real Friends, Best Friends,and Friends Forever, and, with Dean Hale, the early chapter book series The Princess in Black. They’ve made a bunch of other books, too. They are both: moms of kids who love parties, wives to husbands who give them homemade cards, honor award winners (Caldecott and Newbery), caretakers of cats, and believers in unicorns. Pham lives in Los Angeles, Hale lives in Utah, and although they also have friends close to home, their best friend hearts are always entwined.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
ON–TREND: This incredibly commercial mashup brilliantly combines unicorns with cats— and now dogs!—all very hot topics with evergreen appeal and irresistible cuteness. DAZZLING PACKAGE: The book will feature both foil and glitter on the cover, and a large trim size.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 48 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5095-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-130-8
My Powerful Hair BY CAROLE LINDSTROM; ILLUSTRATED BY STEPH LITTLEBIRD
From the award–winning and bestselling author of We Are Water Protectors comes an empowering picture book about family history, self–expression, and reclaiming your identity
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING, BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Lindstrom is the author of We Are Water Protectors, which was a Caldecott Medal winner, a New York Times bestseller, a Jane Addams Peace Prize winner, and a Kirkus Prize finalist, among numerous other accolades. PERSONAL STORY: This book is influenced by Lindstrom’s grandmother, who was forced to keep her hair short at a residential Indian boarding school. After uncovering this generational trauma, Lindstrom was inspired to grow her hair for the strength, power, and resilience that it holds. INDIGENOUS PRIDE: This story from Lindstrom (Ojibwe and Anishinaabe/Métis) and Littlebird (a member of Oregon’s Grand Ronde Confederated Tribe) highlights the historical oppression of many Indigenous peoples by the United States government, while celebrating Indigenous joy today.
Our ancestors say our hair is our memories, our source of strength and power, a celebration of our lives. Mom never had long hair—she was told it was too wild. Grandma couldn’t have long hair—hers was taken from her. But one young girl can’t wait to grow her hair long: for herself, for her family, for her connection to her culture and the Earth, and to honor the strength and resilience of those who came before her. From Carole Lindstrom, author of the New York Times bestseller and Caldecott Medal winner We Are Water Protectors, and debut illustrator Steph Littlebird comes an empowering and healing celebration of hair and its significance across Indigenous cultures. Carole Lindstrom is a New York Times–bestselling and award–winning author of literature for young people, including of the Caldecott Medal–winning We Are Water Protectors. She is Anishinaabe/Métis and an enrolled citizen of the Turtle Mountain Band of Ojibwe. She is honored to write books that allow her to shine a light on her beautiful people and their strength and resilience. Her tribal homelands are in Belcourt, North Dakota, but she was born and raised in Nebraska and currently makes her home in Maryland. Steph Littlebird is an Indigenous artist, writer, curator, and a member of Oregon’s Confederated Tribes of Grand Ronde. Her work combines traditional aesthetics with contemporary materials and subject matter to forge connections between our collective past and imminent future. Littlebird received national recognition as curator of This IS Kalapuyan Land (2020) an exhibition at the Five Oaks Museum in Portland, which was featured by ArtNews and PBS NewsHour. She currently lives in Las Vegas.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
EMPOWERING: A universal story of dignity, self–acceptance, and family in the spirit of Hair Love and Eyes that Kiss at the Corners. ARTIST TO WATCH: Littlebird is a rising star. This is her debut picture book.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 48 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5943-7 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-574-0
SENSING YOUR WORLD
Can You See It? BY SUSAN VERDE; ILLUSTRATED BY JULIANA PERDOMO
From bestselling author Susan Verde comes a new series exploring the five senses through a mindfulness perspective, highlighting how they allow us to appreciate the world around us
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Verde is the author of the bestselling I Am series (more than 1.5 million copies sold!), illustrated by Peter Reynolds, including the #1 New York Times bestseller I Am Human. MINDFULNESS ANGLE: Encouraging readers to be present and not just look but also see—each other, nature, our world—this topic is a natural fit for Verde, a yoga and mindfulness instructor, and echoes themes of her beloved I Am series. FRESH TWIST ON THE GENRE: While there are five senses books aplenty, here we introduce a deeper five senses, with a focus on how our perception of the world affects our minds and hearts. RISING–STAR ILLUSTRATOR: The vibrant, sweet, and youthful style of Perdomo (El Cucuy Is Scared, Too!) is perfectly suited for little ones.
When I am busy— moving through my day, watching where I go— looking shows me what is right in front of my eyes. But when I slow down— find stillness, and notice with patience and curiosity— I can see. Seeing shows me more . . . Gracefully written by Susan Verde, bestselling author of the I Am books, and winsomely illustrated by Juliana Perdomo, the Sensing Your World series teaches little ones to experience the world around them more deeply, using the five senses to find joy, connection, and beauty in the small, everyday moments. Can You See It? encourages us to look closer to see deeper: not just with our eyes, but with our whole hearts. Susan Verde is the bestselling author of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, and The Museum, all illustrated by Peter H. Reynolds, as well as the Feel–Good Fairy Tales books, illustrated by Jay Fleck, and Rock ’n’ Roll Soul, illustrated by Matthew Cordell. She teaches yoga and mindfulness to children and lives with her three children in East Hampton, New York. Juliana Perdomo is a Colombian illustrator and writer, with a background as a psychologist and art therapist. Her work is joyful and heartfelt, folkish, and a bit retro with a Latin touch. Perdomo lives in Bogotá, Colombia, with her amazing son, Luca, her rocker partner, Iván, and a funny old dog named Menta.
GIFTY PACKAGE: A small, square, eight–by–eight trim size and $15.99 price point set this book up as a gift purchase comparable to the I Am books. SERIES LAUNCH: Book 1 focuses on seeing, while Book 2 (Spring 2024) will focus on listening, with the possibility of more books to follow.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6163-8 US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-663-1
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The Carpet: An Afghan Family Story BY DEZH AZAAD; ILLUSTRATED BY NAN CAO
This poignant story, about an Afghan refugee child and the family carpet that connects them to home, inspires readers to live and learn in love, not fear
SELLING POINTS PERSONAL STORY: Based on the author’s experience as an Afghan refugee, and the family carpet that carries a piece of home for so many Persian families. Azaad has written this story in order to share his truth. ANTI–PREJUDICE MESSAGE: During a time when many people express hatred toward ethnicities and nationalities unfamiliar to them, Azaad reminds readers to “learn in love, not fear,” as he says exquisitely in his author’s note. TIMELY: With the humanitarian crisis ongoing in Afghanistan, this picture book helps kids unpack current events with compassion, making the plight of Afghan refugees immediate and relatable, and offering comfort for displaced children.
We sip our tea and talk together, Ruby cushions of goose feather. The carpet is for sitting. The Carpet follows a day in the life of an Afghan refugee child, where every moment revolves around love, family, and the carpet that connects them to home. The carpet is the centerpiece of family life, where meals, stories, laughs, and memories are shared. This moving story, inspired by the author’s life, celebrates what makes a home—no matter where you are. Dezh Azaad is an Afghan writer who’s been a refugee his whole life. He lives in Germany, where he teaches Persian to refugee children and leads seminars for teens and young adults on social change, race, and the climate crisis. Azaad loves tinkering with electronics and cooking meals that take five hours to make and five minutes to eat. Visit him online at dezhazaad.com. Nan Cao is a New York–based illustrator. Her work is inspired by surrealistic imagery and her daily life in the big city. When she is not drawing, Cao loves to hang out with the squirrels in the park, daydream under the sun, or get lost in her book collection. She has worked with clients such as Johns Hopkins Magazine, Anorak Magazine, Link NYC, Bulletin Magazine, Spectrum, and Washingtonian magazine. Cao holds an MFA in illustration as visual essay from the School of Visual Arts. Her work has been recognized by American Illustration, Society of Illustrators, Communication Arts, AOI, 3x3, and Creative Quarterly.
EXCITING DEBUTS: Azaad’s text is poetic, emotional, and nuanced, and a second picture book with him is forthcoming. Cao makes an equally impressive picture book debut with her striking, graphic art style. INTIMATE STORY: Honest but warm, urgent but never didactic, Azaad makes the topics of emigration and war very human by grounding his story in the intimate experience of one family and their love for each other. BEAUTIFUL PACKAGE: An intricate case will show the detailed patterns of the family’s carpet up close.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6361-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-764-5
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The Yellow Handkerchief (El pañuelo amarillo) BY DONNA BARBA HIGUERA; ILLUSTRATED BY CYNTHIA ALONSO
A child confronts conflicting feelings of embarrassment and love for her Mexican abuela in this moving, personal story from Newbery– and Pura Belpré Award– winning author Donna Barba Higuera
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Higuera won the 2022 Newbery Medal and Pura Belpré Award for her middle–grade novel The Last Cuentista. PERSONAL CONNECTION: This book is inspired by Higuera’s own feelings of embarrassment, and love, towards her grandmother as a child. BICULTURAL IDENTITY: From her Spanish–speaking household to the food her family eats, the narrator initially has conflicted feelings about her family and heritage, feelings which will resonate with any child who’s felt like an outsider. Perfect for fans of Watercress. INTERGENERATIONAL STORY: When the yellow handkerchief prompts the narrator to see her abuela in a new light, she comes to appreciate her grandmother’s hard work, strength, and colorful stories.
My abuela wears an old yellow handkerchief that her grandmother gave to her. I don’t like the yellow handkerchief. When a young girl feels ashamed of her family for being “different” and subconsciously blames her abuela, she gradually grows to not only accept but also love the yellow handkerchief that represents a language and culture that once brought embarrassment. Inspired by the personal experiences of award–winning author Donna Barba Higuera and expressively illustrated by Cynthia Alonso, The Yellow Handkerchief is a lyrical, honest, and intimate intergenerational story about embracing who we are, where we come from, and the people who shape us. Donna Barba Higuera grew up dodging dust devils in the oil fields of central California. She was a daydreamer, constantly blending life experiences and folklore into stories. Now she weaves them into picture books and novels. Higuera currently lives in the Pacific Northwest with her husband, four children, three dogs, and two frogs. El Cucuy Is Scared, Too! was her debut picture book, and she is also the author of the middle–grade novels The Last Cuentista, winner of the Newbery Medal and Pura Belpré Award, and Lupe Wong Won’t Dance, winner of a Pura Belpré Honor, the Sid Fleischman Award for Humor, and a Pacific Northwest Booksellers Award. Cynthia Alonso is an illustrator and graphic designer from Buenos Aires, Argentina. She is currently living in Berlin working worldwide on fiction and nonfiction children books, surface design, and editorial illustration. Her debut picture book in the United States, Aquarium, was published by Chronicle Books.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
EMOTIONAL ART: Alonso’s vibrant illustrations are full of life, depth, and tenderness. BILINGUAL TEXT: Spanish and English are woven seamlessly together throughout.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6014-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-607-5
Naming Ceremony BY SEINA WEDLICK, ILLUSTRATED BY JENIN MOHAMMED
A sweet sibling story all about making family traditions your own—perfect for fans of Alma and How She Got Her Name and Welcome to the Party
SELLING POINTS SISTER STORY: The real heart of this story is a big sister’s anticipation of her new role and excitement in ensuring her baby sister feels loved and cared for. GLOBAL TRADITION: The naming ceremony tradition is celebrated in a number of different cultures. The family in this book is Nigerian, and a West African naming ceremony is celebrated in the story. Many readers will recognize their own family rituals in this joyful tradition! A note in the back matter offers an introduction to those who may be unfamiliar. RISING STAR ILLUSTRATOR: Mohammed is a highly sought– after new talent whose star is on the rise. She has a number of picture books forthcoming and is one to watch!
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * Hardcover with jacket Today’s the day! It’s Baby Sister’s naming ceremony, and big sister Amira could not be more excited. She has the perfect name picked out . . . or, at least, she hopes it’s the perfect name. One by one, friends and family arrive. As Amira greets them, she asks what name they have brought to give to Baby Sister. Each is more beautiful than the last—Shakira, Akahana, Uhwe. And each has its own special meaning—thankful, red flower, moonlight. Amira knows that Baby Sister will love these names. But will she love the name Amira has chosen? Is it special enough? A story about rich traditions and the unique bond between sisters, Naming Ceremony celebrates multigenerational family and Black joy. Seina Wedlick originally hails from Nigeria but now makes her home in California. A woman of many talents, Wedlick has worked in Silicon Valley for Microsoft, Apple, and Amazon as a technical project manager, and has a master’s in creative writing from Johns Hopkins University. When not writing or working on special projects, Welick can be found spending time with her husband and two young children, who each received over 30 names from family and friends in their own naming ceremonies. Jenin Mohammed was born and raised in Miramar, Florida. She comes from African American and Caribbean ancestry. Thanks to her Christian/Muslim upbringing, she is on a never–ending quest to find halal versions of her favorite southern dishes. Mohammed’s interests include creating henna art, freestyle rapping (very badly), and pen–tapping offbeat.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-5626-9 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-379-1
A PRESENT-DAY LAKOTA STORY BY S. D. NELSON
A young girl spends the summer at her grandmother’s home in Standing Rock Reservation in this heartwarming family story from acclaimed author–artist S. D. Nelson
SELLING POINTS STRONG SALES TRACK: Nelson’s previous books have received numerous starred reviews and accolades, including a Carter G. Woodson Award, an American Indian Library Association Honor Book Award, the Spur Award from Western Writers of America, and a Texas Bluebonnet Master List selection. More than 100,000 copies of his books are currently in print. CONTEMPORARY NATIVE VOICES: More stories that highlight not just Indigenous history but that depict the daily lives of Native families today, like this one, are needed in children’s books. INTERGENERATIONAL STORY: Grandmother and granddaughter have a particularly close, tender relationship in this warm story about a girl visiting extended family.
Now that Clara is almost in third grade, she’s finally old enough to spend her first summer away from home visiting her grandma, Unci, and her cousin at their home in Standing Rock Reservation. To welcome her visit, Uncle Louie brings an extra–special surprise in his pickup truck: the tipi that’s been passed down through their family for generations. The girls learn how to stack the poles and wrap the canvas covering around them, how to paint spirit pictures on its walls, and how the circle of the tipi tells its own story, reminding us to how to live in the great Circle of Life. Over long days spent playing outside, doing beadwork together, telling stories, singing songs, and sleeping under the stars, the tipi brings the family closer together. As summer draws to an end, goodbye comes all too soon, but Clara will always cling to the memories of summer days and starry nights . . . and Grandma’s tipi. S. D. Nelson is a member of the Standing Rock Sioux Tribe in the Dakotas. He is the award–winning author and illustrator of a number of books, including Crazy Horse and Custer, Red Cloud, Sitting Bull, Black Elk’s Vision (winner of the Western Writers of America Spur Storyteller Award and named a Chicago Public Library Best of the Best), and many more. He lives in Flagstaff, Arizona.
AUTHOR’S NOTE: Nelson explains the historical and contemporary use of tipis as well as their cultural meaning. For many Indigenous peoples, the tipi is a proud statement that they are still here, and a way to honor their traditions. SEASONAL HOOK: An atmospheric read that’s perfect for any summertime promotions.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-3192-1 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-059-9
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The Courage of the Little Hummingbird A TALE TOLD AROUND THE WORLD
BY LEAH HENDERSON; ILLUSTRATED BY MAGALY MORALES
A freshly retold animal fable about heroism, hope, and community, from award–winning creators Leah Henderson and Magaly Morales
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Henderson’s picture book A Day for Rememberin’ was a Junior Library Guild selection and received two starred reviews. Her middle–grade novel One Shadow on the Wall was a Children’s Africana Book Award notable and a Bank Street Children’s Best Book of the Year. LUSHLY ILLUSTRATED: Rich, vibrant artwork from Morales brings the forest to life. INSPIRING MESSAGE: For anyone who’s felt overwhelmed by challenges or doubted whether they could make a difference, this uplifting tale encourages doing all you can to make the world a better place, one step at a time. FABLES & FOLKLORE: A fresh, animal–centered addition to the body of kids’ folklore books, which are often popular but mostly Euro–centric; this legend is believed to have originated among the Quechua people in modern–day Ecuador.
Across oceans, lands, and skies In whispers, shouts, and in many different languages the story of the little hummingbird of the Great Forest can always be heard The story of the little hummingbird has been told around the world in many forms and across many cultures, believed to have originated among the Indigenous Quecha people of modern–day Ecuador. In this spin on the globally popular legend, when a disastrous forest fire threatens the Great Forest, the hummingbird must inspire all the animals to work together to save their homes. Lyrically told by Leah Henderson and vividly illustrated by Magaly Morales, this tale of bravery against seemingly insurmountable odds and a community working together to overcome adversity is a reminder that no challenge is too great, and that even the smallest of us can make a world of difference. Includes an author’s note, as well as back matter on the origins of the folktale and facts about hummingbirds. Leah Henderson is the author of A Day for Rememberin’, Together We March, Daddy Speaks Love, and Your Voice, Your Vote. Her middle–grade novels include The Magic in Changing Your Stars, a SCBWI Golden Kite Awards finalist, and One Shadow on the Wall, a Bank Street Best Children’s Book of the Year. Henderson holds an MFA in writing and is on faculty in Spalding University’s School of Creative and Professional Writing. Magaly Morales is the illustrator of the picture books What Can You Do with a Paleta?, a Tomás Rivera Mexican American Children’s Book Award winner, as well as Chavela and the Magic Bubble, A Piñata in a Pine Tree, and Pura’s Cuentos. She was born in Xalapa, Veracruz, Mexico.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
BACK MATTER: Includes an author’s note discussing the fable that Henderson grew up with, info on where the animals depicted live, and facts about hummingbirds.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustration throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm * HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5455-5 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-284-8
The Good Hair Day BY CHRISTIAN TRIMMER; ILLUSTRATED BY J YANG
A boy dreams of long hair in this sweet story about self–expression and embracing our most authentic selves
SELLING POINTS PUBLISHING PRO: Trimmer’s books have a lovely mix of commercial appeal, winning humor, and deeper themes. Trimmer is also the former editorial director of Henry Holt BYR and the current head of the relaunched MTV Books. UP–AND–COMING ILLUSTRATOR: Yang has a bright, energetic art style, with a knack for visual humor and characters who feel real. DEFYING STEREOTYPES: More books that challenge rigid gender norms are desperately needed, especially stories that deal with expectations surrounding boys and masculinity. INCLUSIVE STORY: Promotes self–acceptance and respect for others, with a message that no child should be ashamed of how they wish to present themselves to the world. Noah’s family and community are thoughtfully depicted with a wide range of ethnicities, genders, and physical abilities.
Noah has a special day coming up, and he has a very long wish list. But there’s one thing missing from it, the thing he wants more than anything else in the world: long, beautiful, wavy hair. Noah understands that his hair will grow if he just doesn’t get a haircut. But almost all the boys that Noah knows have short hair, and he’s heard people say mean things about men with long hair. So, he just doesn’t think he’s allowed to ask. When a fresh trim brings Noah to his lowest point, it turns out his caring family has been paying closer attention than he thinks—and they have an idea that will show Noah it’s okay to be his gorgeous self. This heartfelt, witty, encouraging story from Christian Trimmer and J Yang will empower kids to share their true selves with the world. Christian Trimmer is a children’s book editor and writer who once dreamed of having long hair. He is the author of The Little Things, Snow Pony and the Seven Miniature Ponies, and Teddy’s Favorite Toy, among others. He lives in Hillsdale, New York, with his partner. J Yang is a trans illustrator. Sometimes he has hair.
PERSONAL SUBJECT: Written for his younger self, this story is inspired by the author’s own wish for long hair as a child. BACK MATTER: Includes discussion prompts, written by a child psychologist, to inspire conversations with young readers about themes explored in the book.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-4588-1 US $18.99 CAN $23.00 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-693-8
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The Fairest in the Land BY LESLÉA NEWMAN; ILLUSTRATED BY JOSHUA HEINSZ
A heartwarming, inclusive story about self–expression and friendship, from Stonewall Honor–winning author Lesléa Newman
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Newman’s books have won two National Jewish Book Awards, a Sydney Taylor Body–of–Work Award, four Sydney Taylor Awards and Honors, and two Stonewall Book Award honors, among many other accolades. GROUNDBREAKING LGBTQ+ AUTHOR: Newman paved the way in kids’ books on lesbian and gay families, including the landmark and bestselling Heather Has Two Mommies, one of the earliest pioneer books in LGBTQ children’s literature. LGTBQ+ REPRESENTATION: When Newman learned that her books have been read at Drag Queen Story Hours (learn more at dragqueenstoryhour.org), she wrote this book about kids who don’t fit into the gender binary. SUBTLE MESSAGE: The story challenges gender norms and gives its child characters space to explore their identities freely, while also keeping the tone light and fun.
When it comes to playing dress–up, best friends Annabelle and Benjamin both want to be the bride, the ballerina, and the princess. Can they both be the fairest in the land? In this spirited and inclusive story about expressing our true selves with pride, two friends ultimately realize that they can both be their authentic selves—and that having two princesses means twice the fun. Lesléa Newman is the author of over 70 books for children and adults. She has received many awards, including two Stonewall Book Awards honors, the National Jewish Book Award (Gittel’s Journey), fellowships from the National Endowment for the Arts, the Massachusetts Book Award, a Sydney Taylor Book Award and Honor, the Highlights for Children Fiction Writing Award, and the James Baldwin Award for Cultural Achievement, among many others. Nine of her books have been Lambda Literary Award finalists. She is also a popular guest lecturer at college campuses across the country, and currently she is a faculty mentor at Spalding University’s School of Creative and Professional Writing. Joshua Heinsz is an internationally published illustrator, writer, and designer specializing in markets for children and a focus on character design for animation. His picture books include Except When They Don’t by Laura Gehl, A Paintbrush for Paco by Tracey Kyle, and Frog Boots by Jill Esbaum. He is a graduate of the MFA in illustration practice program at MICA, and he has a love for bright and whimsical imagery with a flair for the fantastical and an air of nostalgia.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
SUPPORTIVE FRIENDSHIP: Depicts a sweet relationship between two friends who uplift each other. AUTHENTIC KID DYNAMICS: An ode to imaginative play that also realistically captures the tug–of– war dynamics that can happen between kids.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5709-9 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-423-1
Summer Is for Cousins BY RAJANI LAROCCA, ILLUSTRATED BY ABHI ALWAR
From Newbery Honor author Rajani LaRocca comes a celebration of extended family and summertime fun
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: LaRocca’s work is consistently well reviewed, and she received a Newbery Honor in 2022 for her middle–grade novel–in–verse Red, White, and Whole. SUMMERTIME FUN: Joyful, thoughtful illustrations from rising–star illustrator Alwar show an Indian American family indulging in summer fun. Many of the characters and scenes are based on Alwar’s own family photos! COUSIN LOVE: The heart of the story explores the nuance of relationships between cousins, which is very resonant for kid readers but not often explored in picture books.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 4 to 8 Summer is for cousins. Mom and Dad, Two uncles, two aunties, Thatha and Pati, Seven cousins, All of us are together. Ravi can’t wait to spend summer vacation at the lake house with his family—especially his cousins! Summer vacation is for days at the beach, long hikes, paddleboarding, and—of course—ice cream. Ravi and his oldest cousin, Dhruv, had the same favorite flavor last year, but everything feels different now. Dhruv’s much taller and his voice is deeper. Ravi’s worried that Dhruv won’t be interested in spending time with him, the little cousin. The ice cream shop doesn’t even have their favorite flavor this year. But on the last night of vacation, the cousins decide to make dinner, and Ravi’s in charge of dessert. He only has one special thing in mind! This picture book all about summertime fun celebrates the resilient bond between extended family members.
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, KIDS AAPI HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-5733-4 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-433-0
Rajani LaRocca is a physician and an author of books for young readers, such as Midsummer’s Mayhem and Seven Golden Rings. She won a Newbery Honor in 2022 for her novel Red, White, and Whole. She was born in Bangalore, India, and immigrated to the United States when she was very young. She now lives in eastern Massachusetts with her family. You can find her online at rajanilarocca.com. Abhi Alwar is an Indian American illustrator and designer based in NYC. She is the illustrator of Hamsters Make Terrible Roommates, written by Cheryl Klein.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
Pa, Me, and Our Sidewalk Pantry BY TONI BUZZEO, ILLUSTRATED BY ZARA GONZÁLEZ HOANG
A kind and generous grandparent–grandchild duo nourish their neighborhood in this new picture book from critically acclaimed author Toni Buzzeo
SELLING POINTS MULTIGENERATIONAL STORY: This picture book follows a grandfather and grandchild, as they build a sidewalk pantry to accompany the sidewalk library. It’s a great pick for Father’s Day, Grandparent’s Day, or all year long! STAR AUTHOR: Buzzeo’s One Cool Friend received a Caldecott Honor in 2013, and her Guess– the–Job books like Whose Tools? and Whose Truck? are bestsellers on the Appleseed list. GENEROSITY AND JOY: This story celebrates the power of mutual aid and direct action when neighbors are in need. It encourages creativity when responding to crises and offers readers opportunities for action in a back matter note. DIY ANGLE: Pa and Jelly Bean work together to build the sidewalk pantry from scraps in Pa’s garage. It’s sure to inspire DIY–inclined caregivers to get the little ones in their lives involved in their next project.
Pa and his grandchild, Jelly Bean, have a sidewalk library filled with stories. Anyone can bring donations or take something to read. Jelly Bean loves the sidewalk library! But what about when their neighbors might need something more than books? Together, Pa and Jelly Bean build a sidewalk pantry right next to the sidewalk library. They get donations from neighbors who have a lot to give, and leave the doors open for those who may not have enough. This charming multigenerational story from award–winning author Toni Buzzeo and rising–star illustrator Zara González Hoang celebrates community, generosity, and creative problem solving. Toni Buzzeo is the author of the Caldecott Honor Book and New York Times bestseller One Cool Friend and many other books for children. She lives in Arlington, Massachusetts. Zara González Hoang is the illustrator of several picture books. She grew up in a little bungalow in the frozen tundra of Minnesota. Surrounded by snow, she spent her days dreaming, doodling, and listening to the colorful stories of her dad’s life growing up in Puerto Rico while navigating her place as a Puerto Rican Jew in a sea of Scandinavians. (She’s still figuring that out.) These days, she lives outside of Washington, DC, with her husband, their kids, and a curly coated corgi named Ziggy. Learn more about her at zaralikestodraw.com.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-4937-7 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-933-5
Growl BY JEN CORACE
Celebrate generosity, resourcefulness, and midnight snacks in this unexpected bedtime story from acclaimed artist Jen Corace
SELLING POINTS CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED ILLUSTRATOR: Corace’s work consistently garners starred reviews and other accolades. Growl is her author–illustrated debut! EVERGREEN THEMES: Growl explores themes of generosity, resourcefulness, and working together—perennial themes in the picture book space. BEDTIME BOOK: With a protagonist on the hunt for a midnight snack, this read is a sweet romp that’s perfect for bedtime or anytime.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5748-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £14.99
GROOOOOOWL! A grumbling tummy sends a little girl downstairs for a midnight snack. She decides to make toast, but gets stuck on what to top it with. Butter and jam? Peanut butter and bananas? Cinnamon sugar? The possibilities are endless! Before she can make a choice, new faces arrive. A cat wanders in. Two bunnies hop onto the scene. An elephant’s trunk snakes in from the kitchen window! The girl makes a special treat for each hungry visitor, but when it’s her turn, she discovers the bread bag is empty! This unexpected bedtime story from critically acclaimed illustrator Jen Corace celebrates the power of generosity, new friends, and a really good midnight snack.
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-440-8
Jen Corace is the award–winning illustrator of many books for young readers, including the beloved Little Pea/Oink/Hoot series by Amy Krouse Rosenthal and Telephone by Mac Barnett. Corace lives and works in Providence, Rhode Island.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The Pumpernickel-Daffodil BY GALIA BERNSTEIN
A misfit pup faces his first competitive dog show in this heartwarming and hilarious tale about family, friendship, and being yourself, from the author–illustrator of I Am a Cat
SELLING POINTS BLUE–RIBBON SUCCESS: Bernstein’s I Am a Cat received three starred reviews and was translated into 15 languages, while Leyla was named a Junior Library Guild selection and translated into six languages, in addition to receiving a starred review. CALLING ALL DOG LOVERS: There’s always an audience for books featuring adorable pups, and fans of the world–famous Westminster Kennel Club Dog Show will especially flock to this. VISUAL HUMOR: Bernstein has a flair for making her characters full of life (particularly animals), and she’s best–in–show at illustrating physical comedy and hilariously true–to–life expressions. FULL OF HEART: At its core, the story shows the bond that forms between two misfits who find each other, and a sweet ending has both families accepting their children for exactly who they are.
Wodehouse Chili Pepper Pumpernickel the Third has an important family: His mother is the famous Mathilda Lily–Rose Daffodil, and his father is the celebrated Wodehouse Chili Pepper Pumpernickel the Second. It’s a family of champions, blue–ribbon winners, and Bests in Show galore, and all of them agree that one day, he will be the best of them all! After all, he IS a Pumpernickel–Daffodil . . . But when he gets his own human, neither feels so sure that they’re blue–ribbon material. Will they be top dog at their first competition? From acclaimed author–illustrator Galia Bernstein comes a charming and hilarious story that celebrates kindred spirits and forging your own path. Galia Bernstein was born and raised in Israel. She started her career as a designer and illustrator for the Israeli Army’s magazine. She later studied illustration at Parsons School of Design at the New School and now works as a full–time freelance illustrator. She is the author–illustrator of I Am a Cat and Leyla. She lives in Brooklyn.
EMOTIONAL THEMES: A fun and fresh twist on the be– yourself identity story that also lightly explores the pressure of perfectionism and family expectations.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5945-1 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-575-7
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The Midnight Babies BY ISABEL GREENBERG
In this fantastical bedtime adventure, babies from far and wide join forces to defy their ultimate nighttime nemesis: sleep!
SELLING POINTS FRESH BEDTIME BOOK: The story’s epic quest and twist ending offer a fresh spin on a perennially popular genre, relatable for any parents struggling to get their little ones to fall asleep. GREAT READ–ALOUD: With a mythic, poetic feel and a climactic journey, this grandly told bedtime read will absorb the attention of little ones . . . right before they nod off. LAUGH–OUT–LOUD: With quirky, irreverent humor reminiscent of Kate Beaton. DISTINCTIVE ART: Greenberg’s playful, bold style brings this fantasy realm to life and visually sets this apart from other bedtime books. (The Wide–Awake Baby character is based off of her own wide–awake baby!)
The babies have come from far and wide, crawling and walking and toddling and tumbling. These are the can’t–sleep babies, the won’t–sleep babies, the itchy– feet babies, the just–one–more–story–please babies. “Sleep! Sleep! Anywhere but Sleep!!!” sing the babies. And the quest of the Midnight Babies begins! Babies arise! In an epic quest to stay awake, the Midnight Babies must overcome sleepy temptation: battling the forces of Slumberland, venturing through the Forest of Nightlights and the Sea of Stories, voyaging through the Garden of Lullabies to the Rockabye River, and even through the dreaded Land of Nodoff. But can they resist their greatest challenge: the Cuddle? Bestselling author–illustrator Isabel Greenberg turns bedtime on its head with a hilarious, delightful odyssey that will resonate with wide–eyed little ones and sleep–deprived parents alike! Isabel Greenberg is an award–winning illustrator, comic artist, and writer. She illustrated the picture book A Hundred Billion Trillion Stars, which won the Mathical Book Prize, was named a Boston Globe Horn Book Award honor, and “best of the year” by Amazon, Space.com, and the Planetary Society, and has over 60,000 copies in print, along with Power Up and The Ocean in Your Bathtub. Her graphic novels, including the New York Times bestseller The Encyclopedia of Early Earth, have received starred reviews, won the Best Book Award at the British Comic Awards, and won the Jonathan Cape/Observer/Comica Graphic Short Story Prize, among other praise. Greenberg has worked with a variety of clients, including the Guardian, Nobrow Press, The National Trust, and the New York Times. She lives in London and enjoys illustrating all things historical. This is her first author–illustrated picture book.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
TALENTED CREATOR: Greenberg is a New York Times bestselling graphic novelist; the artist behind the Tales of Great Goddesses series on the Amulet list (Gaia and Athena, which garnered a starred review); and on ComicArts, the graphic novel Glass Town, which received two starred reviews. This is her first picture book as author and illustrator.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5954-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-577-1
A HISTORY OF OUR BEST FRIENDS BY LITA JUDGE
This illustrated history of dogs, from award–winning author–illustrator Lita Judge, explores how humans’ partnership with dogs changed our lives and theirs
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING CREATOR: Judge’s many accolades include the International Literary Association Children’s Book Award; ALA and NCTE Notables; the Jane Addams Honor; and numerous Best Book lists and starred reviews. KID–FRIENDLY: Filled with doggy facts (with some humor thrown in), Dogs blends world history with science and a commercial, kid–perfect hook. UNIQUE IN THE MARKET: While there are plenty of photographic and encyclopedic books about dogs, there’s nothing illustrated and history–focused like this. PERFECT FOR THE CLASSROOM: Using archaeological evidence, historical records, and a scientific undercurrent to tell the story of dogs, this survey is perfect for classroom learning.
Of all the animals on the planet, dogs have the widest range of roles in our daily lives. They’re protectors, helpers, lifesavers—but most of all, they’re family. And they’ve taken a fascinating journey to get to this point. Long ago, early wolves evolved from fierce predators into trusted partners. They became dogs! While we know dogs to be lovable and full of personality, they have also historically improved our lives in many practical ways, like guarding livestock to help humans form the first settlements, cleaning out infectious wounds, and finding food. Covering over 50,000 years of history, from cave–dwelling to the present day, Dogs chronicles fascinating scientific details and the history of how dogs learned to live cooperatively alongside humans. In this beautifully illustrated and thoroughly researched book, award– winning author and illustrator Lita Judge explores how our lives are intertwined with dogs’—and that’s what makes them our best friends. Lita Judge is the award–winning author–illustrator of many children’s books, including The Wisdom of Trees, Born in the Wild, Flight School, Red Sled, and her illustrated young adult novel, Mary’s Monster, as well as the illustrator of Forty Winks: A Bedtime Adventure, written by Kelly DiPucchio. She lives with her husband, three cats, and a parrot in New Hampshire.
THOUGHTFUL BACK MATTER: An author’s note emphasizes our ethical duty to treat dogs humanely and offers tips to help them, from rescuing to supporting nonprofits. A list of dog breeds, famous dogs, and an extensive timeline are also included. STUNNING ART: With her signature watercolor–and–pencil style, Judge expressively draws over 100 unique dogs, each full of personality.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 56 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5544-6 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-355-5
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
The High Line A PARK TO LOOK UP TO
BY VICTORIA TENTLER-KRYLOV
An illustrated history of New York City’s internationally famous High Line, one of the world’s most innovative and inspiring public parks
SELLING POINTS GLOBAL APPEAL: With over 8 million visitors annually, the award–winning High Line is known and admired worldwide as a testament to innovation, art, and nature. It has motivated cities around the world to repurpose urban relics and build beautiful community parks. UNIQUE NONFICTION: Like Jen Thermes’s Manhattan, The High Line is a fascinating, beautifully illustrated history of both a place and its people, those who shaped it and those whose lives have been transformed by it. GIFTY PACKAGE: Tentler– Krylov’s exquisite, lush watercolors give the book a sophisticated, artful feel, perfect for museums and gift stores.
Imagine a very different New York City—one whose streets are filled with horses and buggies and people on foot. Now imagine the block–long freight trains that shared the same roads delivering goods to the westside factories. How did New York solve the problem of trains barreling through busy city streets? They built a train track above all the hustle and bustle, and the High Line was born. Once trains were no longer needed to transport goods, the High Line sat abandoned, ready for demolition. But the City had other ideas. The High Line opened as a 1.45–mile–long park in 2009. It quickly became an iconic, must–see attraction and a marvel of landscape architecture, admired worldwide for its history, beauty, and creative union of urban design with greenspace. As the High Line became a global inspiration, longtime residents of the neighborhood surrounding it also advocated to keep the park feeling like home. Packed with facts and gorgeously illustrated, The High Line: A Park to Look Up To is the story of an innovative idea and the people who made it possible—from the ingenuity of those who first built it for the needs of industry, to those who reimagined it as a community space for art, recreation, and the preservation of nature. Victoria Tentler–Krylov is a trained and practicing architect turned children’s book author illustrator. She grew up in Saint Petersburg, Russia, and studied architecture and urban design at Cooper Union and Columbia University. Her inspiration is fueled by urban landscapes but also by fantasy, possibility, and imagination. Building Zaha: The Story of Architect Zaha Hadid was her author–illustrated debut, and her illustrated picture books include We Are a Garden, The Cyclops of Central Park, Just Read!, and Peter Pan: A Modern Retelling. She lives with her family just outside Boston, Massachusetts.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
INFORMATIVE BACK MATTER: Includes a timeline of the High Line and a nuanced author’s note that discusses the park’s complicated history of gentrification, as well as how the park’s organizers today strive to learn from the mistakes of the past by creating a more inclusive High Line that serves its local communities.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK, JUVENILE NONFICTION, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5670-2 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 26 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-403-3
Bridges BY MARC MAJEWSKI
Explore bridges around the world—and how they unite us—in this gorgeously illustrated nonfiction picture book
SELLING POINTS BROAD APPEAL: For curious kids who love books about transportation, engineering, architecture, and nature, with a fun around–the–world element. ARTFUL NONFICTION: Gorgeously illustrated and meditative yet packed with back matter facts in the vein of Bees: A Honeyed History, Trees: A Rooted History, Snow Birds, and Before Music. UPLIFTING MESSAGE: The theme of unity shines through in this celebration of human connection. RISING TALENT: Majewski is an author–illustrator to watch. His exquisitely painted illustrations, imbued with a deep respect for the environment, will transport readers and invoke wonder.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 48 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket Bridges can be high or low, long or short, straight or curvy. Some are designed to blend in, while others stand out. But each one tells a story: a reminder of our history, a testament to ingenuity and engineering, an invitation to imagine the possibilities of the future. Literally and symbolically, bridges connect us—to new places, new cultures, and new people. With poetic text and sweeping illustrations, Marc Majewski delivers a unique, accessible look at bridges all around the world: from San Francisco’s incredible Golden Gate to the Victoria Falls Bridge connecting Zambia and Zimbabwe to England’s Tower Bridge and Japan’s Akashi– Kaikyo Bridge and many in between. Both informational and thought– provoking, Bridges shows how these awe–inspiring structures unite the manmade and natural worlds, and how they bring humanity together.
PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-5681-8 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-408-8
Marc Majewski is a French illustrator and picture book maker based in Berlin. As a child, Majewski spent all his time drawing, writing stories, and dressing up. Things haven’t changed much since. Majewski loves painting landscapes and scenes from the natural world. He is the author of several books, including Does Earth Feel? and Butterfly Child.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
WHERE PIGMENTS AND DYES COME FROM BY ANNETTE BAY PIMENTEL, ILLUSTRATED BY MADISON SAFER
From an award–winning author, an oversize nonfiction picture book exploring pigments and dyes made from natural sources—across time and around the world
SELLING POINTS HOW IT’S MADE: Books about how things are made and how they work are perennial favorites. GLOBAL VIEW: This picture book takes a wide view, featuring artists, makers, pigments, and dyes from all over the world. Readers will certainly discover something new in these pages! BONUS ACTIVITIES: The back matter includes a note on color organization and a few art projects to try making your own dyes at home. WINNING FORMAT: In an oversize trim such as Bees: A Honeyed History, this book is sure to make a statement on bookstore tables and window displays. Inside, kid readers will find lots of details to pore over. FABULOUS FOLLOW–UP: Pubbing just one year after Before Music, these companion titles complement each other beautifully.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 88 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 14 1/2" - 368mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 8 to 12 Colors don’t come out of nothing. They always start somewhere . . . With something . . . With someone. Discover how color is harnessed from nature in this survey of dyes and pigments from around the world. Organized by color—from yellow to purple to red and more—Before Colors marries a lyrical core text with tons of informational material for curious readers. In the narrative text, readers will encounter markers and artists as they source and process materials, transforming the most unexpected things into vibrant pigments and dyes. The sidebars offer much more to discover, including extensive lists of specific shades, short bios of colorful characters, and more. Annette Bay Pimentel is the author of several nonfiction picture books, including the Schneider Family Book Award honor book All the Way to the Top, Pura’s Cuentos,and Before Music. She lives in Moscow, Idaho. Madison Safer (she/her) is a queer illustrator whose work is inspired by Russian folk art, Jewish paper cuttings, quilt patterns, and the quiet woods of New England. She received her bachelor of fine arts in illustration studies from Montserrat College of Art.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, KIDS NONFICTION, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-4197-5706-8 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
CARTON QTY: 12 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-421-7
HOW A TOY AND A HERO SAVED LIVES DURING THE HOLOCAUST BY ELISA BOXER; ILLUSTRATED BY AMY JUNE BATES
The remarkable true story of how a toy duck smuggled forged identity papers for Jewish refugees during WWII
SELLING POINTS INCREDIBLE TRUE STORY: The toy duck that saved over 200 lives still exists, residing in Jerusalem’s Yad Vashem museum, Israel’s official memorial to the victims of the Holocaust. ESSENTIAL HISTORY: Amid recent anti–Semitism and Holocaust denial, this story recognizes the suffering and survival of the Jewish people. POWERFUL BACK MATTER: As discussed in her author’s note, Boxer, a Jewish journalist, interviewed Holocaust survivors as part of her research. Photos of the actual toy and forged identity papers are included. INSPIRING THEMES: The story honors both the strength of the Jewish spirit and those who fought back against hate, and the toy duck featured is a symbol of light in the darkest of times. ACCLAIMED ILLUSTRATOR: Bates’s work is beloved by booksellers and librarians and often garners starred reviews.
During World War II, families all across Europe huddled together in basements, attics, and closets as Nazi soldiers rounded up anyone Jewish. The Star of David, a symbol of faith and pride, became a tool of hate when the Nazis forced Jewish people to carry papers stamped with that star, so that it was clear who to capture. But many brave souls dared to help them. Jewish teenager Jacqueline Gauthier, a member of the French Resistance who had to conceal her identity, was one who risked her life in secret workshops, forging papers with new names and without stars in order to help others escape. But how to get these life–saving papers to families in hiding? An ordinary wooden toy duck held the answer, a hidden compartment: hope in a hollow. Written by award–winning journalist Elisa Boxer and movingly illustrated by the acclaimed Amy June Bates, Hope in a Hollow celebrates the triumph of freedom and the human spirit, a story of everyday heroism, resilience, and finding hope in unexpected places. Elisa Boxer is the author of the picture book Covered in Color as well as an Emmy Award–winning journalist and columnist. She has reported for newspapers, magazines, and TV stations, and has a passion for telling stories about people finding the courage to create change. Boxer lives with her family in Maine. Amy Bates is the illustrator of many books for children, including The Boy and the Sea, Gittel’s Journey, Minette’s Feast, and The Dog Who Belonged to No One. She lives in Carlisle, Pennsylvania.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
TALENTED AUTHOR: Boxer is a well–connected award winner in the journalism world and a thorough researcher with a compelling, kid–friendly voice.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 48 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5000-7 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-089-9
Who's Got Mail?
THE HISTORY OF MAIL IN AMERICA BY LINDA BARRETT OSBORNE
A fascinating history of the U.S. Post Office for kids, from acclaimed author Linda Barrett Osborne
SELLING POINTS AUTHOR TRACK: Osborne’s children’s nonfiction books have received high praise, including a YALSA Excellence in Nonfiction finalist accolade and starred reviews. CLASSROOM TIE–IN: The story of the Post Office is entwined with democracy, westward expansion, transportation, and the fight for equal rights in the United States, particularly among Black Americans and women. ENGAGING NONFICTION: Thorough back matter is included, and Osborne is a dedicated researcher who has a knack for making complex subjects entertaining for kids and easy to understand. ACCESSIBLE FORMAT: Full– color photographs, sidebars, and interesting facts throughout combine for an entertaining, kid– friendly design.
“In America, one of the first things done in a new State is to have the mail come.” —Alexis de Toqueville, 1835 Who’s Got Mail? is an intriguing and fact–filled look at how the mail has been delivered in the United States since before the Constitution was even signed. In the United States, the spread of the postal service went hand in hand with the spread of democracy and transportation. As settlement spread west, communication became even more important to let distant residents feel that they were American; no part of the country was too far away, no village or farm too small to have access to the post. Moreover, the Post Office has always been a public service—it was not originally designed to make a profit or act like a business, but to deliver letters, medical supplies, packages ordered online, and all the things that Americans need at a reasonable cost. Over the centuries, it has also been one of the largest employers in the United States, particularly as a means for African Americans and women to secure stable, middle–class jobs. Full of eccentric characters, great stories, and technological achievements, this fun middle–grade narrative nonfiction from author Linda Barrett Osborne celebrates one of the oldest and strongest institutions, and is a true testament to the spirit of American democracy. Linda Barrett Osborne is the author of Guardians of Liberty, Traveling the Freedom Road, Miles to Go for Freedom, This Land Is Our Land, and Come On In, America. She was a senior writer–editor in the Library of Congress Publishing Office for 15 years. She lives in Washington, DC.
ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
TIMELY: With the postal service under fire and in the news recently, this history is a much– needed reminder of its role in shaping our country. KID–FRIENDLY TOPIC: Many kids love receiving letters and packages, and they’ll be intrigued by the exciting story behind everyday mail.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color photographs throughout * 240 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 10 to 14 KIDS NONFICTION, JUVENILE NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5896-6 US $22.99 CAN $28.99 UK £16.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-557-3
From Charmed Life (Wildseed Witch Book 2) • By Marti Dumas
A MIGHTY MARVEL TEAM-UP
Spider-Man: Animals Assemble! (A Mighty Marvel Team-Up) WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY MIKE MAIHACK
Spider–Man is the friendly neighborhood pet sitter in this all new graphic novel for early readers!
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics continues to be one of the most recognizable and biggest brands worldwide with Spider–Man being one of the most popular characters in their stable. EXCITING FORMAT: Graphic novels continue to experience tremendous growth, especially in the children’s market. Currently no early–reader graphic novels exist from Marvel, so Abrams will be filling an important gap in the market. ALL–STAR TALENT: Author– artist Mike Maihack is an incredible talent and has already had a successful young readers series with Cleopatra in Space. His accessible art style and humorous storytelling will appeal to both younger audiences and older fans of the brand.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 96 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Hardcover POB When the Avengers are assembled to contain a super threat in New York City, Spider–Man is given the most important job of all: to make sure all the Avengers’ super pets are safe! Spider–Man wants in on the bad guy fighting action, but with great power comes great pet sitting. Featuring fan favorite Avengers like Captain America, Captain Marvel, and Black Panther, this fun and funny original graphic novel sees the mighty web–slinger teaming up with the most unlikely of heroes to save the day! Mike Maihack is a cartoonist best known for his Cleopatra in Space graphic novels published by Scholastic’s Graphix. The six–book series has earned a Florida Book Award, a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Young Adult Readers selection, a starred review from School Library Journal and later produced as a children’s animated series by DreamWorks Television. Mike lives in Land o’ Lakes, Florida, with his wife, two boys, and two cats. More of his work can be found online at operationspacecat.com.
PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 6 to 9 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-4197-6480-6 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-060-5
© 2022 MARVEL
RIGHTS: World English
WE ARE THE SMURFS
We Are the Smurfs: Bright New Days! (We Are the Smurfs Book 3) BY PEYO
The Smurf–tacular tales continue in the third volume in this graphic novel series perfect for beginner readers!
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING TV SERIES: Since its launch last September, Nickelodeon’s The Smurfs animated series consistently ranks among the top five animated children’s series on cable in the US and won a New York Animation Film Award for Best Animated Series. MAJOR MOVIE ANNOUNCEMENT: An all–new Smurfs movie is in development with Paramount Animation and Nickelodeon Animation, set to release in theaters in December 2024. POPULAR BRAND: The Smurfs have been around for more than 60 years, and have more than 12 million likes on Facebook and 90 million views on their official YouTube channel.
Welcome back to Smurf Village in the third installment of this early reader comic series! With the help of Papa Smurf, Smurfette, Hefty Smurf, and Brainy Smurf, young readers will learn how to process big feelings such as impatience, rejection, and grief, while learning how to take better care of themselves, their communities, and the Earth around them. With three all–new, full–color stories, and back matter dedicated to helping children explore and better understand their emotions, this book is the perfect option for newly independent and reluctant readers alike. And with its zany humor and familiar blue faces, this new volume is perfect for Peyo comic fans old and new! Pierre Culliford, better known as Peyo, was a cartoonist born in Belgium in 1928 and creator of The Smurfs. In 1958, the Smurfs made their first appearance in Le Journal de Spirou and went on to become the world– famous characters we all know and love!
EMOTIONAL UNDERSTANDING: With stories that focus on social and emotional learning, the We Are the Smurfs series is perfect for small children who are beginning to understand big feelings such as fear, sadness, and taking care of one another. BOOMING CATEGORY: Early– reader graphic novels continue to experience tremendous growth in the children’s market with the success of the Fox & Rabbit series, Owly series, and InvestiGators series!
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 112 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 6 to 9 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-5541-5 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-353-1
BY MEGGIE RAMM
A new graphic novel series for emerging readers about accepting yourself and others from author–illustrator Meggie Ramm
GROWING FORMAT: Early graphic novels are on the rise with the success of Fox & Rabbit (over 31,000 gross sales across formats), InvestiGators (over 142,000 copies sold on Bookscan), and Pea, Bee, & Jay (over 16,000 copies sold across formats on Bookscan), with no signs of slowing down. STORY WITH HEART: Focusing on acceptance of yourself and others, Batcat teaches young readers an important lesson with simple panels, humor, and colorful art. NEW TALENT: With a current strip in the Sunday HaHa newsletter, and work featured in the New Yorker and Everyday Feminism, and as one–half of the comics podcast “Pop! Whiz! Bang!,” Ramm continues to grow in the comics community with their bold but simple style.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 96 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm Batcat loves being all alone in their home on Spooky Island. Up in their tree house, they pass the time playing video games and watching TV. But when Batcat suddenly finds themself haunted by an annoying, ice cream– stealing ghost, they visit the local Island Witch for a spell to remove their ghastly guest permanently! With their Ghost–B–Gone spell in hand, Batcat travels across Spooky Island to gather ingredients—to the Cavernous Caves where the bats tell them they’re too round to be a bat, and to the Whispering Cemetery where the cats will help only if they commit to being a true cat. But Batcat is neither and that’s what makes them special, right? From up–and–coming author Meggie Ramm comes a sweet and fun story about accepting yourself when you’re perfectly in–between here and there.
* HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 6 to 9 GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-4197-5657-3 US $13.99 CAN $17.99 UK £9.99
CARTON QTY: 34 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-396-8
Meggie Ramm (they/them) is a non–binary cartoonist from Michigan. They spent their twenties teaching comics to kids in Oakland, California, and it was the best job in the whole world. They’ve had work in the New Yorker, Everyday Feminism, and Silver Sprocket, and have a limerick–based comic strip called The Littlest Dungeon Guard distributed through Sunday HaHa. They love rhymes, reading gay sci–fi and fantasy, and comics.
A HELLO!LUCKY BOOK
Star Struck! (The Cosmic Adventures of Astrid and Stella Book #2 (A Hello!Lucky Book)) STORY BY SABRINA MOYLE, PICTURES BY EUNICE MOYLE
Blast off with Astrid and Stella in the graphic novel series from bestselling creators Hello!Lucky, perfect for fans of Narwhal and Jelly
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING TEAM: Sabrina and Eunice Moyle are the team behind Hello!Lucky. Their books have sold nearly one million copies across formats, and they boast nearly 78,000 followers on Instagram. HIGH–DEMAND FORMAT: Graphic novels for emerging readers are an in–demand category that’s only growing. With three easily digestible stories per book, this new series is sure to satisfy. EVERGREEN THEMES: Friendship, consent, teamwork, communication, and more make an appearance in the pages of this latest outing from the social– emotional learning pros behind Hello!Lucky.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 112 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH Fire up the turbo pumps and blast off with Astrid and Stella on their next adventure! Astrid and Stella are best friends and intergalactic heroes. But sometimes, even this dynamic duo needs a reset. After drifting into a dangerous force field powered by misunderstanding, it will take total teamwork to get back on track! Once they’ve recovered from that detour, a run–in with a fur–miliar villain and the rescue of an intergalactic pop star are enough to keep things interesting for Astrid, Stella, and their trusty robot sidekick, Bobo. They just need to remember what’s most important—friendship and being true to yourself! Astrid and Stella just might surprise themselves by learning a few new things along the way, too.
AGES 6 to 9 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-4197-5702-0 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-418-7
Hello!Lucky is all about using creativity to spread joy, fun, and kindness. Founded by sisters Eunice and Sabrina Moyle in 2003, Hello!Lucky is an award–winning letterpress greeting card and design studio working with dozens of partners to create products, including Abrams’ pun–derful children’s books: My Mom Is Magical!, My Dad Is Amazing!, Super Pooper and Whizz Kid: Potty Power!, Kindness Rules!, Christmas Is Awesome!, Sloth and Smell the Roses, Go Get ‘Em, Tiger!, and Thanks a Ton! They also offer bedding, ceramics, socks, stationery, custom photo albums, and more. Hello!Lucky is based in San Francisco.
The Mighty Bite
BY NATHAN HALE
A hilarious new younger graphic novel—the start of a new series—from the bestselling creator of the Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales series!
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: The Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales series has sold over 1.3 million copies, and sales for each book keeps getting bigger and bigger! EXCITING NEW SERIES: This younger, really humorous graphic novel is perfect for both fans of the Hazardous Tales series and for readers who aren’t yet ready for those books but want their next great read after finishing a book like Dog Man. The digestible mini–adventures in the graphic novel make it especially accessible for young readers. EDUCATIONAL ADDITIONS: In– text call–outs and light back matter will help readers learn more about some of the real– world science in the story.
SPECIFICATIONS * Two-color illustrations throughout * 288 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL Told in an innovative new style—and full of gags and kid–friendly humor— this series starter introduces indelible characters for young reader audience! Trilobite and Amber (an ambulocetus) love to play guitar, sing, and eat tiny hats. They don’t realize that most of the world thinks that they’re extinct or that they may be the last of their kind. But when Tiffany Timber (a paleo–newscaster) meets them, she immediately starts livestreaming, thinking this will be her big break. This makes Trilobite think: if he can just get a tablet or camera, then he and Amber can make their own videos and be rich and famous! So begins their adventures to find fame and glory. With charming, laugh–out–loud, wacky adventures and Nathan Hale’s signature blend of humor and unique storytelling, The Mighty Bite promises to be the perfect next read for fans of Dog Man or InvestiGators.
AGES 7 to 10 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6553-7 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
CARTON QTY: 16 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-875-8
Nathan Hale is the #1 New York Times bestselling author and illustrator of the Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales series. He also wrote and illustrated the graphic novels One Trick Pony and Apocalypse Taco. Hale lives in Utah, and you can find him online at nathanhaleauthor.com.
Danny Phantom: A Glitch in Time BY GABRIELA EPSTEIN
Danny Phantom travels through time and space to save humanity in this original graphic novel based on the hit Nickelodeon series
RIGHTS: US/CAN/AUS/NZ/UK English SELLING POINTS FAN–FAVORITE SERIES: Nickelodeon’s Danny Phantom TV series lives on Paramount+ and has a devoted fandom, with over a million likes on Facebook. TOP GENRE: Paranormal mysteries are popular with tweens and teens, from Stranger Things to The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina. FROM A FAN FOR THE FANS: Author/artist Gabriela Epstein is a devoted fan having grown up watching and loving the show, bringing that fandom and fresh storytelling to the book. TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–6054–9) and paperback (978–1–4197– 6055–6).
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 192 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm This all–new middle–grade graphic novel based on Nickelodeon’s animated series Danny Phantom takes readers on a time traveling adventure with the original ghost gang! Picking up right after the series finale, Danny Fenton and his best friends Sam Manson and Tucker Foley start experiencing time travel glitches when Danny’s archnemesis Vlad Masters arrives on his doorstep with terrifying news: Dark Danny has escaped his prison! Danny must then get his friends together and partner with Vlad to jump through time and space and unlock secrets of the Ghost Zone! But can they make it back to Amity Park before Dark Danny destroys the ghost gang’s entire world? Gabriela Epstein is a New York Times bestselling illustrator based in Austin, Texas. She graduated with a BFA in illustration from the Rhode Island School of Design and has since illustrated the Baby–Sitters Club middle–grade graphic novels Claudia and the New Girl and Good–Bye Stacey, Good–Bye, as well as the young adult graphic novel Invisible for Scholastic Graphix.
* Hardcover PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 10 and up KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY, ENTERTAINMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-6054-9 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
RIGHTS: World English
SUEE AND THE SHADOW
Suee and the Strange White Light (Suee and the Shadow Book #2) BY GINGER LY; ILLUSTRATED BY MOLLY PARK
The Zero Detective Club is back in this highly anticipated sequel to Suee and the Shadow
SELLING POINTS LONG–AWAITED SEQUEL: In this exciting adventure, the Zero Detective Club travels to Central City to solve the case of Suee’s missing nemesis. AMAZING CREATIVE TEAM: Ly and Park return with their creative storytelling and wonderfully appealing art. STRONG FEMALE LEAD: Suee has already proven popular in the middle–grade graphic novel market with more than 35,000 copies sold of the first book, which was published in fall 2017, and this story continues to highlight South Korean representation in the genre. TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–4641–3) and paperback (978–1–4197– 4642–0).
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 240 pages Suee and the Zero Detective Club are back and ready to unravel some mysteries! However, other than a bunch of missing cat cases, there really isn't too much to solve . . . That is, until Smartie, Suee's kid–nemesis from her old school, goes missing leaving only one clue: Central City. Nemesis or not, it's up to Suee and the rest of the Zero Detective Club members to find her. But Smartie’s disappearance isn’t the only weird thing going on in this part of town. There’s an army of workers in white uniforms installing strange devices, and all the adults have started acting bizarre and ignoring their kids. With all these odd occurrences, it's up to the Zero Detective Club of Outskirtsville to find out what’s going on! Author Ginger Ly and illustrator Molly Park return with fantastic energy and brilliant art for an incredible follow–up to Suee’s first adventure. This fast–paced and spooky tale will is sure to capture the hearts of readers young and old. Ginger Ly worked as a designer before earning her master’s degree in filmmaking from the Art Institute of Chicago. She lives in the suburbs of Seoul, South Korea. Molly Park is a painter and illustrator based in Seoul, Korea. She lives with a skinny cat and some tall plants. When she is not managing the Studio Ghost artist collective, she enjoys visiting museums, parks, and the zoo.
* WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 9 to 12 ISBN 978-1-4197-4641-3 US $22.99 CAN $27.99 UK £15.99
CARTON QTY: 16 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-866-6
The Extincts: Flight of the Mammoth (The Extincts #2) BY SCOTT MAGOON
A team of genetically enhanced extinct animals embark on top–secret missions around the world in the second entry in this action–packed graphic novel series Praise for The Extincts: Quest for the Unicorn Horn “Nicely packed together with puns, action, and laughter.” —Dan Santat, Caldecott Medalist and #1 New York Times bestselling author and illustrator “Filled with fun and crammed with action.” —Ryan Higgins, #1 New York Times bestselling author of We Don’t Eat Our Classmates and the Mother Bruce series “A masterful blend of action, laughs, science, and so much heart.” —Matt Tavares, New York Times bestselling and award–winning author and illustrator of Dasher and Red
SELLING POINTS SERIES PRAISE: The first book in the series received great blurbs from Victoria Jamieson, Ryan T. Higgins, Matt Tavares, and Dan Santat, who called it “part Indiana Jones and part James Bond nicely packed together with puns, action, and laughter.” STAR CREATOR: Scott Magoon is the illustrator of several award–winning picture books, including the New York Times bestselling Rescue and Jessica. ENVIRONMENTAL HOOKS: Featuring a team of extinct animal heroes, this series informs young readers about topical environmental issues—and the books themselves reflect this message, printed with soy ink on recycled paper and with additional educational back matter about extinct animals and climate change.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 160 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm After stopping Dr. Z’s nefarious plan and rescuing the unicorn horn, things haven’t quite been the same for the Extincts. In order to pay the bills and support themselves, they open a zoo and gift shop. Scratch, Martie, Quito, and Ursa think it’s a great chance to educate the public and teach people to be better to the environment. But Lug isn’t so sure that this is the best use of their time and energy. After an incident when a kid sets a fire with a magnifying glass, Lug decides to leave the team and goes to do work that he thinks will actually make a difference: helping a group of smoke jumpers stop the wildfires in California. But it seems like the fires they’re stopping may not be so natural—someone seems to be causing them to try and lure Lug to follow . . . It’s going to take the help of all the Extincts to get to the bottom of it and save the day! With heart–racing action scenes, loads of humor, and an environmental message, this new book from New York Times bestselling author Scott Magoon is an exciting adventure from start to finish. The book will also include nonfiction back matter about extinct animals, climate change, and what kids can do to help!
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 8 to 12 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5252-0 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
CARTON QTY: 26 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-207-7
Scott Magoon has illustrated several acclaimed picture books, including the New York Times bestselling Rescue and Jessica: A Life–Changing Friendship by Jessica Kensky and Patrick Downes, Misunderstood Shark by Ame Dyckman, Spoon by Amy Krouse Rosenthal, and The Nuts series by Eric Litwin. He is also the author–illustrator of Breathe and The Boy Who Cried Bigfoot! He lives in Massachusetts. Visit him online at www.scottmagoon.com.
THE GOOD SPORTS LEAGUE
The Ultimate Goal (Good Sports League #1) BY TOMMY GREENWALD, ILLUSTRATED BY LESLEY VAMOS
A funny, heavily illustrated new chapter book series about sports and sportsmanship by the acclaimed author of Game Changer
RIGHTS: World/All SELLING POINTS ALL–STAR AUTHOR: Tommy Greenwald’s Game Changer and Rivals were Junior Library Guild selections and Amazon Best of the Months, and Game Changer was on 18 state lists and a YALSA Top Ten pick. Now Tommy is bringing his accessible and fun sports stories to a younger chapter–book audience. LOVE OF THE GAME: Many kids play sports and enjoy reading sports series like the ones by Jake Maddox and Matt Christopher. SPORTSMANSHIP: Each book will boost the theme that sports should be fun! ADDED BACKMATTER: These stories will include back matter like making up your own rules for the featured sport, tracking records and funny statistics, creating a team name, and more.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white illustrations throughout * 144 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm Ten–year–old Ben Cutler loves everything about soccer! He’s got a great team, and they have the best pre–game chants and half–time jokes. He and his best friend, Jay–Jay, even invent dances for when they score a goal! And Ben is good at soccer. Like REALLY good. Too good for a casual rec team. Soon, he’s recruited for a travel team. His new team plays amazingly well, but they take soccer super seriously. No pre–game chants, no juice–box breaks, and the most important rule of all: NO DANCING. Even though his new team is winning all the time, Ben is left to wonder: Is winning all that matters in the end? Tommy Greenwald is the author of Game Changer, Rivals, Dinged, and the Crimebiters! and Charlie Joe Jackson series, and other books for children. Game Changer is on 18 state lists, was an Amazon Best Book of the Month, a YALSA Top Ten pick, and a JLG Premier selection. Rivals was an Amazon Best Book of the Month, a JLG selection, and a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Young Adult Readers. Day job–wise, Greenwald is the cofounder of Spotco Advertising, a theatrical and entertainment advertising agency in New York City, and the lyricist and co–bookwriter (with Andrew Lippa) of John & Jen, an off– Broadway musical that has been produced around the world. To read woefully outdated information about him, visit tommygreenwald.com. Lesley Vamos earned a Bachelor of Digital Media with High Distinction from the University of New South Wales Art and Design, along with an honorary award in hand–drawn animation despite continuing to hold her pencil incorrectly. Vamos has been running her illustration and design business for over a decade and is passionate about telling stories that put good into the world. She lives in Sydney with her partner, two children, and a small floofer named Penny.
* HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 7 to 10 CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FICTION, SPORTS ISBN 978-1-4197-6365-6 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-768-3
Aaron Slater and the Sneaky Snake (The Questioneers Book #6) WRITTEN BY ANDREA BEATY, ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID ROBERTS
A new addition to the bestselling Questioneers chapter book series, starring Aaron Slater, Illustrator!
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING SERIES: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers, and the momentum keeps building. NETFLIX BOOST: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books. BONUS BACK MATTER: Like the other chapter books, there will be informational back matter to help the youngest artists learn more about the concepts discussed in the book.
SPECIFICATIONS * Two-color illustrations throughout * 160 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 6 to 9 CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-5398-5 Zookeeper Fred loves snakes, but his favorite is a tiny green snake named Vern. Vern is sneaky and constantly tries to hide in Fred’s lunch. When Vern gets loose in the zoo and lands atop a boy’s head, it’s trouble! A few citizens demand that all the snakes must go and the Mayor closes the zoo until the City Council decides what to do. Is Vern a menace? Are the snakes a danger to society? Or a valuable resource for everyone? Who gets to decide? The Questioneers need all their talents to help Zookeeper Fred, but in the end, it’s Aaron’s art which leads the way.
US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £8.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-272-5
Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series, Attack of the Fluffy Bunnies, Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau, and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London.
Bug Bonanza! (Ada Twist, Scientist: Why Files #4) BY ANDREA BEATY AND DR. THEANNE GRIFFITH
The fourth book in a nonfiction early–reader series about simple science concepts starring Ada Twist, Scientist!
SELLING POINTS EXCITING NONFICTION SERIES: Written with coauthor Dr. Theanne Griffith, this early– reader series helps young and curious minds learn about a new topic in each book, using art from the new Netflix show to help bring each concept to life. BESTSELLING SERIES: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers and the momentum keeps building. NETFLIX TIE–IN: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 80 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 5 to 8
How do bees fly? Why does a spider weave a web? And why are bugs so important to our world? Ada Twist, Scientist: The Why Files is the perfect nonfiction resource for all these questions and more. Based on the bestselling Questioneers series and the Ada Twist, Scientist Netflix show, this nonfiction series is perfect for the youngest scientists of tomorrow, as they learn along with Ada. Designed in a scrapbook format, these books combine art from the show, illustrations, and photography to bring simple science concepts to life.
CHAPTER BOOK, JUVENILE NONFICTION, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6555-1 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-877-2
Andrea Beaty is the author of the bestselling Questioneers series, among other children’s titles. She lives just outside Chicago. Theanne Griffith is a neuroscientist and the author of The Magnificent Makers chapter book series. Since she was a little girl, she’s loved both storytelling and science, and her books combine those two passions. Griffith received her BA in neuroscience and Spanish from Smith College and earned her doctorate in neuroscience from Northwestern University. She is currently an assistant professor at the University of California, Davis.
DIARY OF A WIMPY KID
Diper Överlöde (Diary of a Wimpy Kid Book 17) BY JEFF KINNEY
In Diper Överlöde, book 17 of the Diary of a Wimpy Kid series from #1 international bestselling author Jeff Kinney, Greg Heffley is finding out that the road to fame and glory comes with some hard knocks
SELLING POINTS GLOBAL PHENOMENON: With over 275 million books sold around the world in 82 editions in 67 languages, Wimpy Kid has turned millions of kids into readers. The series is one of the top–five bestselling book series— adult and kids—of all time. MEGA BESTSELLING SERIES: A consistent fixture on the New York Times bestseller list for over 750 weeks—longer than any other kids’ series! Wimpy Kid is also a #1 bestseller on the USA Today, Wall Street Journal, Publishers Weekly, and IndieBound bestseller lists. NOW A MAJOR DISNEY MOVIE FRANCHISE: Wimpy Kid has a brand–new animated movie on Disney+! Diary of a Wimpy Kid premiered on December 3, 2021, to instant success. The second animated adventure, Rodrick Rules, releases on Disney+ on December 2, 2022.
When he decides to tag along with his brother Rodrick’s band, Löded Diper, Greg doesn’t realize what he’s getting into. But he soon learns that late nights, unpaid gigs, fighting between band members, and money troubles are all part of the rock ’n’ roll lifestyle. Can Greg help Löded Diper become the legends they think they are? Or will too much time with Rodrick’s band be a Diper Överlöde? Jeff Kinney is a #1 New York Times bestselling author of the Diary of a Wimpy Kid series and the Awesome Friendly Kid series. He is a six–time Nickelodeon Kids’ Choice Award winner for Favorite Book and has been named one of Time magazine’s 100 Most Influential People in the World. He spent his childhood in the Washington, D.C., area and moved to New England, where he and his wife own a bookstore named An Unlikely Story.
WIDE SOCIAL MEDIA REACH: Nearly 5 million fans across Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram, over 1.2 billion TikTok views for #diaryofawimpykid, 20 million YouTube views, and 960 million views on GIPHY.
SPECIFICATIONS * 350 black-and-white illustrations * 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: OCTOBER 2022
AGES 8 to 12 ISBN 978-1-4197-6294-9 US $14.99 CAN $17.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-871-0
DIARY OF A WIMPY KID
Diary of a Wimpy Kid (Special Disney+ Cover Edition) (Diary of a Wimpy Kid #1) BY JEFF KINNEY
Now a Disney+ original movie!
SELLING POINTS GLOBAL PHENOMENON: With over 275 million books sold around the world in 82 editions in 67 languages, Wimpy Kid has turned millions of kids into readers. The series is one of the top–five bestselling book series— adult and kids—of all time, and has been a fixture on the New York Times bestseller list for more than 785 weeks—longer than any other kids' series. Wimpy Kid is also a #1 bestseller on the USA Today, Wall Street Journal, Publishers Weekly, and IndieBound bestseller lists. NOW A MAJOR DISNEY MOVIE FRANCHISE: Wimpy Kid has a brand–new animated movie on Disney+! Diary of a Wimpy Kid premiered on December 3, 2021, to instant success. The second animated adventure, Rodrick Rules, releases on Disney+ on December 2, 2022. WIDE SOCIAL MEDIA REACH: 4.5 million Facebook fans; 20+ million YouTube views; 205,000 Twitter followers; and 135,000 Instagram followers.
In 2007, Diary of a Wimpy Kid was published, introducing readers to Greg Heffley and his family, his best friend Rowley Jefferson, and the dreaded Cheese Touch. More than 275 million copies later, Diary of a Wimpy Kid has become a beloved book series all around the world, and now, for the first time ever, Greg’s diary—um, make that journal—is coming to life in a full–color, 3D animated Disney+ production. Whether you’re meeting Greg for the first time or you’re a lifelong fan of Jeff Kinney’s hilarious series, you’ll love diving into the Wimpy Kid universe. Jeff Kinney is a #1 New York Times bestselling author of the Diary of a Wimpy Kid series and the Awesome Friendly Kid series. He is a six–time Nickelodeon Kids’ Choice Award winner for Favorite Book and has been named one of Time magazine’s 100 Most Influential People in the World. He spent his childhood in the Washington, D.C., area and moved to New England, where he and his wife own a bookstore named An Unlikely Story.
SPECIFICATIONS * 350 black-and-white illustrations * 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: AVAILABLE NOW
AGES 8 to 12 ISBN 978-1-4197-6110-2 US $14.99 CAN $17.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-750-8
Marya Khan and the Fabulous Jasmine Garden (Marya Khan #2) WRITTEN BY SAADIA FARUQI; ILLUSTRATED BY ANI BUSHRY.
Perfect for fans of Ivy & Bean and Dory Fantasmagory, this charming new chapter book series by the author of the successful Yasmin series follows a Pakistani– American third–grader whose plans may backfire but whose persistence and heart are inspiring
SELLING POINTS ALL–STAR AUTHOR: Faruqi’s books consistently garner acclaim. Meet Yasmin! received two starred reviews, was a JLG selection and a Kirkus Best of the Year, and the series has sold over 700,000 copies; A Place at the Table was a Sydney Taylor Book Award Notable Book and a TLA Lone Star reading list pick; and A Thousand Questions was a JLG selection and a NYPL Best Book. SUCCESSFUL TRACK IN CATEGORY: Starring a Pakistani– American girl with a charming voice, this is perfect for readers who have aged out of Faruqi’s Yasmin series and are looking for their next great read. BONUS BACK MATTER: Includes a back matter activity related to the story for young readers to enjoy.
When Marya arrives at school one day, she’s confused as to why there are a bunch of trucks out front. Not that she’s complaining; Marya LOVES trucks. It turns out, the trucks are there to dig up space for a garden for students to take care of. Not only will Marya’s third–grade class be the first ones to get to work on it, but Marya’s mom will be helping to teach the kids about gardening and the class will have one student help to lead the charge. Marya REALLY wants to be the class leader . . . but so does Alexa, her worst enemy. Cue Operation Be a Leader! Marya is going to work to prove she can make the most beautiful, incredible garden—but is she really just going to make a big mess? Saadia Faruqi was born in Pakistan and moved to the United States when she was 22 years old. She writes the Yasmin series and popular middle–grade novels such as Yusuf Azeem Is Not a Hero. Besides writing books for kids, she also loves reading, binge–watching her favorite shows, and taking naps. She lives in Houston with her family. Ani Bushry graduated from the University of West England with a background in graphic design and illustration. She grew up listening to stories her mom used to tell her and always wanted to tell her own stories. She lives in the Maldives with her husband and cat Lilo, whom she loves to spoil.
CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of Marya Khan and the Incredible Henna Party (book 1), which will include a sample chapter in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white illustrations throughout * 144 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 6 to 9 CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-6118-8 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-642-6
Grounded BY AISHA SAEED, HUDA AL-MARASHI, JAMILAH THOMPKINS-BIGELOW, AND S. K. ALI
Four kids meet at an airport for one unforgettable night in this middle–grade novel by four bestselling and award–winning authors
SELLING POINTS ACCLAIMED AUTHORS: The authors are critically acclaimed creators whose work is beloved in the middle–grade space and includes our own Once Upon an Eid anthology. Ali is a Morris Award finalist and winner of the APALA Honor Award and Middle East Book Honor Award. Saeed is a New York Times bestselling author, winner of the South Asia book award, and a founder of We Need Diverse Books; Amal Unbound has sold over 98,000 copies across formats. UNIQUE FORMAT: This is the first middle–grade novel that’s told in four different perspectives from four different authors. It’s a creative and ambitious project, with short, snappy chapters that are perfect for reluctant readers. DIVERSE CAST: The four characters are each young Muslim children with different backgrounds and interior lives, and their combined narratives help to show the diverse experiences of Muslim children in North America.
When a thunderstorm grounds all flights following a huge Muslim convention, four unlikely kids are thrown together. Feek is stuck babysitting his younger sister, but he’d rather be writing a poem that’s good enough for his dad, a famous poet and rapper. Hanna is intent on finding a lost cat in the airport—and also on avoiding a conversation with her dad about him possibly remarrying. Sami is struggling with his anxiety and worried that he’ll miss the karate tournament that he’s trained so hard for. And Nora has to deal with the pressure of being the daughter of a prominent congresswoman, when all she really wants to do is make fun NokNok videos. These kids don’t seem to have much in common—yet. Told in alternating points of view, Grounded tells the story of one unexpected night that will change these kids forever. Aisha Saeed is an award–winning and New York Times bestselling author of books for children. Her middle–grade novel Amal Unbound received multiple starred reviews and was a Global Read Aloud for 2018. Her picture book, Bilal Cooks Daal, received an APALA honor, and she was the co–editor of the critically acclaimed Once Upon an Eid. Aisha is also a founding member of the non–profit We Need Diverse Books™. She lives in Atlanta, Georgia, with her family. Huda Al–Marashi is the author of the bestselling memoir First Comes Marriage: My Not–So–Typical American Love Story. Her other writing has appeared in various anthologies and news outlets, such as the New York Times, Washington Post, LA Times, and al Jazeera. She is currently a fellow with the Highlights Foundation Muslim Storytellers Program, and Grounded is her first novel for young readers. She lives in San Diego, California, with her family. Jamilah Thompkins–Bigelow is a Philadelphia–based bestselling children’s book author. Her books, which center around Black and Muslim kids, have been recognized by many including TIME and NPR, and she is an Irma Black Award silver medalist. A former teacher and forever educator–at–heart, she is probably most proud that her picture book Your Name Is a Song was named the December 2021 NEA Read Across America book and that it is included in the curriculums of major school districts throughout the United States. S. K. Ali is the New York Times bestselling and award–winning author of several books, including the Morris Award finalist Saints and Misfits and Love from A to Z, both named as top ten YA titles of the year by various media including Entertainment Weekly and Kirkus Reviews. Her newest novel, Misfit in Love, is on People magazine’s Best Books of Summer 2021 list. Her other books include the critically acclaimed middle–grade anthology Once Upon an Eid and the New York Times bestselling picture book The Proudest Blue.
SPECIFICATIONS * 272 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-6175-1 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-669-3
RIGHTS: World English
Charmed Life (Wildseed Witch Book 2) BY MARTI DUMAS
The second book in a fun middle–grade contemporary fantasy series, about a social–media–loving tween—and witch!
SELLING POINTS SERIES PRAISE: Wildseed Witch recevied great blurbs from Rajani LaRocca and Lisa Greenwald, who said, “this book is pure magic.” BLACK GIRL MAGIC: This charming and lively story centers around a young Black witch and is inspired by Creole traditions. With a unique magic system and sparkling prose,the book is unlike anything else out there, and kids, parents, and librarians will love it. The protagonist is funny and relatable, and the story is perfect for reluctant readers. CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of Wildseed Witch, which will include a sneak peek in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS * 352 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 10 to 14 After a summer of being the worst witch at a fancy witch school, Hasani can’t wait to get back to the peace and normalcy of Riverbend Middle where she knows all the rules and is destined to be captain of the Mathletes. There are a few little hiccups to work out—like how she’s going to tell her best friend that she’s a witch—but even though the other two members of Hasani’s coven have joined her friend group and her school, there’s no reason to think that eighth grade won’t be smooth sailing . . . That is until her former friend (and fellow witch) LaToya shows up. LaToya starts trying to take her friends and make Hasani seem like the bad guy. To make matters worse, strange things begin happening around the school—including a termite infestation—and Hasani is so sure that LaToya is to blame. However, when Miss Lafleur comes to visit to help deal with the termites and investigate the magic, she helps Hasani to channel her powers more and realize just how strong her magic has become. But Miss Lafleur also isn’t convinced that LaToya could have caused all this chaos on her own—so Hasani sets out to prove it, and heads to a magical market, 3Thirteen, to find the ingredients she needs to do so. But in all her focus on proving she’s right and learning more about her magic, is Hasani losing sight of the people and things that are most important to her?
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5563-7 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-370-8
Marti Dumas taught elementary school literacy for ten years, conducts teacher literacy trainings, and is the author of Jaden Toussaint, the Greatest. She lives in New Orleans with her family.
RIGHTS: World English
BY ROBIN GOW
A moving middle–grade novel in verse, about a young trans boy dealing with the loss of his friend by writing to his favorite cryptid, Mothman
QUEER REPRESENTATION: There have been more successful queer middle–grade novels recently, including Rick and Lily and Dunkin. Gow is a trans author who has crafted a grounded and heartfelt story that will help more young trans readers feel seen and supported. CRYPTID CRAZE: From fans sites to merchandise, cryptids are popular with many young readers, and Mothman’s inclusion in the story and use as a way to talk about coming out and queer identity will resonate with many readers. ACCESSIBLE READ: The format of letters and other multimedia elements help to make the heavy topics discussed in the novel feel accessible to a younger audience, and the novel in verse format is perfect for fans of Starfish and Canyon’s Edge.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm Halfway through sixth grade, Noah’s best friend and the only other trans boy in his school, Lewis, passed away in a car accident. Lewis was adventurous and curious, always bringing a new paranormal story to share with Noah. Together they daydreamed about cryptids and shared discovering their genders and names. After his death, lonely and yearning for someone who could understand him like Lewis once did, Noah starts writing letters to Mothman, wondering if he would understand how Noah feels and also looking for evidence of Mothman’s existence in the vast woods surrounding his small Poconos town. Noah becomes determined to make his science fair project about Mothman, despite his teachers and parents urging him to make a project about something “real.” Meanwhile, as Noah tries to find Mothman, Noah also starts to make friends with a group of girls in his grade, Hanna, Molly, and Alice, with whom he’d been friendly, but never close to. Now, they welcome him, and he starts to open up to each of them, especially Hanna, who Noah has a crush on. But as strange things start to happen and Noah becomes sure of Mothman’s existence, his parents and teachers don’t believe him. Noah decides it’s up to him to risk everything, trek into the woods, and find Mothman himself.
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 10 to 14 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, KIDS FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6440-0 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-820-8
Robin Gow is a trans poet and author from rural Pennsylvania. They are the author of several poetry books, an essay collection, and the YA verse novel A Million Quiet Revolutions. They live in Allentown, Pennsylvania, with their partner, best friend, and two pugs, where they coordinate programs for their local LGBT community center.
RIGHTS: US and Canada
Keep Dancing, Lizzie Chu BY MAISIE CHAN
A girl tries to cheer up her grieving, forgetful grandfather by taking him on a rollicking road–trip adventure in this charming and poignant middle–grade novel
SELLING POINTS REPRESENTATION MATTERS: The story follows a British–born Chinese girl and her grandfather, and the Chinese goddess Guan Yin plays a central role in the narrative. ALTERNATE FAMILY STORY: At the heart of this story is a wonderful intergenerational relationship between Lizzie and her grandfather, and many young readers will feel seen by a family makeup that’s less–often portrayed in middle–grade fiction. CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of Danny Chung Sums It Up, which won the Jhalak Prize and was on the Blue Peter shortlist. The paperback will include a sample chapter of Lizzie Chu in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS * 256 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL Twelve–year–old Lizzie Chu has lived with her grandfather Wai Gong in Glasgow since her parents died when she was a baby. But Wai Gong has been acting different lately. He spends a lot of time talking to his Guan Yin statue—the Chinese goddess of compassion, kindness, and mercy—at his altar and seems to be becoming more forgetful. Even the shared passion he and Lizzie have for their favorite show, Strictly Come Dancing, seems to be tailing off. Lizzie’s worried but doesn’t really know what to do—she doesn’t want to mention anything to anyone in case social services get involved and say that Lizzie can’t carry on living with her grandad. When Lizzie’s friend Chi visits one day dressed as Princess Leia for Comic Con, Wai Gong mistakes her for Guan Yin, and is naturally delighted, and Lizzie seizes the opportunity to use Chi as Guan Yin to help her with her grandad. And then Lizzie gets an idea: she and Chi can take Wai Gong to Blackpool to the Tower Ballroom, where he’d always dreamed of going. If only she can get her grandad there, she thinks, he’ll find some peace, and perhaps things will be OK at home again. After all, one of the myths around Guan Yin is that she brings order and harmony, so it’s got to work out—right?
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5992-5 US $18.99 CAN $23.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-596-2
Maisie Chan is a British–born Chinese author. She has written early reader books; a collection of fairy tales, myths, and legends in Stories From Around the World; and many stories for The Big Think, a well– being curriculum based around stories for elementary school children. Her middle–grade debut, Danny Chung Sums It Up, won the Jhalak Children's & YA Prize, the Branford Boase Award, and was on the Blue Peter shortlist. She also writes the Tiger Warrior series under the name M. Chan. She also started the group Bubble Tea Writers Network to support and encourage new British East and Southeast Asian writers in the UK and is a DVDebut Mentor with Diverse Voices Inc. When Maisie isn’t writing, she enjoys yoga, dim sum, and singing really loud. She has lived in the UK, US, and Taiwan. Originally from Birmingham, Maisie now lives with her family in Glasgow.
RIGHTS: North America
The Museum of Lost and Found BY LEILA SALES, ILLUSTRATED BY JACQUELINE LI
A poignant middle–grade story about a friendship falling apart and the abandoned museum that becomes a shrine to lost connections
SELLING POINTS AMAZING AUTHOR: Sales’s previous book, The Campaign, received some great attention. It received blurbs from Max Brallier and Jon Scieszka, who called it “exactly the story we need right now.” DEEPLY FELT MESSAGE: While there are many books about new friendships forming, there aren’t many middle–grade stories that really explore a friendship falling apart and ending. These more complicated and mature topics will resonate with older middle– grade readers who aren’t quite ready for YA yet. CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of The Campaign, which will include a sneak peek in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS * 15 black-and-white illustrations * 304 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY Vanessa wasn’t sure which happened first: finding the abandoned museum or losing her best friend Bailey. She discovered the museum quickly, but losing Bailey was different—it happened over days, weeks, months. She didn’t even realize it was happening until she looked around for Bailey and found she wasn’t in her life anymore. Something changed when they got to middle school. So when Vanessa stumbles upon an abandoned museum, she decides to store all the artifacts and memories of her broken friendship with Bailey there. But in reconstructing her past, is Vanessa forgetting to live in the present? Moving and heartfelt, The Museum of Lost and Found is about how we grow apart from some people as we grow up—and how sometimes we can find new pieces of ourselves in the aftermath.
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FICTION, CHILDREN'S ISBN 978-1-4197-5451-7 US $17.99 CAN $22.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-282-4
Leila Sales is the author of eight novels, including The Campaign, This Song Will Save Your Life, and Once Was a Time. She is also the editor of many award–winning and bestselling books for kids and teens. She lives in Austin, Texas, and travels often to speak about writing and children’s books.
ARE YOU AFRAID OF THE DARK?
Are You Afraid of the Dark? Book 1 BY RIN CHUPECO
From master horror writer Rin Chupeco comes the nightmarish first novel in an all–new middle–grade horror series inspired by Nickelodeon’s hit TV classic, Are You Afraid of the Dark?
RIGHTS: North America SELLING POINTS HOT CATEGORY: Scary middle– grade stories are an evergreen category, and the beloved Are You Afraid of the Dark? brand brings an edge to this series. TV TIE–IN: The revival of Are You Afraid of the Dark? was renewed for a third season and is set to air in 2022. KEY PARTNER: The Abrams and Paramount partnership has seen proven success in our JoJo and Avatar series.
SPECIFICATIONS * 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 10 to 14 KIDS FICTION, MIDDLEGRADE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6349-6 US $15.99 CAN $19.99
ËxHSLELJy763496z Everyone in Southridge knows about the legend of the Gravemother. They know how to leave offerings by the abandoned house she was supposedly murdered in to pacify her. They know better than to trespass on her property. But not everyone believes in the tale—especially not fourteen–year–old Rhett, who lives around the corner from the old mansion. Then it’s announced that the Gravemother’s place is one of several to be demolished to give way for new townhouses. When disaster strikes the construction site and strange sightings of a woman in white begin haunting the neighbors, Rhett must figure out how to put the ghost permanently to rest before it’s too late. Perfect for fans of the Five Nights at Freddy’s series, these terror–inducing tales—told by members of an all–new Midnight Society—are sure to keep readers up at night. Rin Chupeco is a Chinese Filipino writer of young adult and middle–grade fiction. In addition to Are You Afraid of the Dark?, they are known for The Bone Witch series, The Girl From the Well series, and The Never–Tilting World series.
RIGHTS: North American English
G.I. JOE CLASSIFIED
G.I. Joe Classified Book Two BY KELLEY SKOVRON
The dynamic second installment in the exciting, action–adventure middle–grade series featuring beloved and all–new characters from the world of G.I. Joe
SELLING POINTS ORIGINAL STORIES: The second installment in an exciting new fiction series, picking up where the action left off. ICONIC FRANCHISE: G.I. Joe figures are classic toys that are still produced and sold to this day. G.I. Joe released a new collection of toys in 2014 for its 50th anniversary, as well as another collection of retro toys in 2020 using beloved designs from the original toys of the ’80s. MULTIMEDIA BRAND: Over the years, G.I. Joe has become a multimedia brand, with two animated series and G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero, the second–longest–running American comic series in publication, as well as the new film, Snake Eyes, released in July 2021. ACTION–PACKED: This series features dynamic storylines following contemporary kids doing extraordinary things.
SPECIFICATIONS In the next installment in this action–packed series, a group of ordinary kids finds themselves facing extraordinary circumstances yet again. The Average Joes may have stalled Cobra’s nefarious plans, but Springfield is still in trouble. Continuing the story where Stan, Julien, Zoro–me, and Scarlett left off, this heart–pounding thrill ride will enthrall G.I. Joe fans and action–adventure readers alike. Kelley Skovron is the author of Hacker’s Key,The Ghost of Drowned Meadow, and the G.I. Joe Classified series for kids, as well as books for teens and adults. They live just outside Washington, DC, with a cat, a dog, and a teenager, so there’s never a dull moment. Find them online at kelleyskovron.com. G.I. JOE and HASBRO and all related trademarks and logos are trademarks of Hasbro, Inc. ©2022 Hasbro.
* 256 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 10 to 14 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5442-5 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-278-7
TALES OF ETERNIA
He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: Lost in the Void (Tales of Eternia Book 3) BY LISELLE SAMBURY
Young witch Teela—also known as Sorceress—takes center stage in this original middle–grade adventure from acclaimed author Liselle Sambury, based on Mattel’s He–Man and the Masters of the Universe and the hit Netflix show!
RIGHTS: World/All, excluding Cuba Iran, Sudan, Syria, North Korea, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, and others SELLING POINTS HE–MAN AND THE MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE: An original middle–grade series that expands upon the world of the Netflix show that premiered in Fall 2021. Season 2 premiered March 3, 2022. MULTIMEDIA FRANCHISE: Mattel’s Masters of the Universe franchise has found fans for 40 years with several animated series, two major motion pictures, highly collectible licensed products, and more. RISING–STAR AUTHOR: After writing the first two installments, Gregory Mone hands off the reins to Liselle Sambury, an incredible talent and a fresh, new voice in children’s books. Liselle’s debut, the YA novel Blood Like Magic, received three starred reviews and blurbs from bestselling authors Tracy Deonn (Legendborn) and Aiden Thomas (Cemetery Boys). This is her first middle–grade book.
The Tales of Eternia series continues in an all–new, action–packed adventure following the character of Teela, one of Prince Adam’s most trusted allies and a fierce warrior with magical powers. As the formidable Sorceress, she and her fellow Masters of the Universe—He–Man, Ram–Ma’am, Man–At–Arms, and Battle Cat—will face their biggest challenge yet in this pulse–pounding fantasy! Mattel is a global learning, development, and play company with a portfolio of iconic consumer brands, including American Girl, Barbie, Fisher–Price, Hot Wheels, and Thomas & Friends. Liselle Sambury is a Trinidadian–Canadian author who grew up in Toronto, Ontario, and her brand of writing can be described as “messy Black girls in fantasy situations.” She is the author of the YA novel Blood Like Magic and its sequel, Blood Like Fate. In her free time, she shares helpful tips for upcoming writers and details of her publishing journey through a YouTube channel dedicated to helping demystify the sometimes complicated business of being an author. MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE™ and associated trademarks and trade dress are owned by, and used under license from, Mattel. © 2022 Mattel.
A MORE INCLUSIVE UNIVERSE: Netflix’s He–Man and the Masters of the Universe show features a racially diverse cast of characters and inspires kids with the message that anyone can be a hero; this book, written by Trinidadian–Canadian author Liselle Sambury, centers the story of a young dark–skinned girl.
SPECIFICATIONS * 176 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6604-6 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-905-2
SPONGEBOB SQUAREPANTS MYSTERIES
Ooze in the Ocean (SpongeBob SquarePants Mysteries #2) BY DAVID LEWMAN; ILLUSTRATED BY FRANCESCO FRANCAVILLA
SpongeBob SquarePants and Patrick Star are back for a new middle–grade mystery filled with ghosts, superheroes, and Bikini Bottom’s most dangerous creatures!
RIGHTS: US CA AU NZ & UK SELLING POINTS POPULAR BRAND: SpongeBob SquarePants has been a global phenomenon for more than 20 years, with over 250 episodes of the original TV series, in addition to two spin–off series, three theatrical films, and a new SVOD movie in the works. With over 116 million followers on social media, fans can't get enough! FRESH CONTENT: Blends multiple genres of storytelling from classic noir to supernatural adventure all while maintaining the same humor and levity that comes with a SpongeBob story. This series has something for any fan at any age. ILLUSTRATIONS: Featuring beautiful black–and–white chapter heading illustrations by comics superstar Francesco Francavilla!
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white illustrations throughout * 224 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm SpongeBob SquarePants is back with a new mysterious case to solve in the second book of this exciting middle–grade series! When a glowing green trail appears outside of the Shady Shoals Rest Home, retired superheroes Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy ask SpongeBob and Patrick to take on the case and figure out what the trail is. Unfortunately for the two detectives, they are lead through ship graveyards, underground tunnels, and ultimately in the nest of some of the most dangerous villains Bikini Bottom has ever been faced with! David Lewman has written more than 65 books starring SpongeBob SquarePants, Jimmy Neutron, the Fairly OddParents, G.I. Joe, the Wild Thornberrys, and other popular characters. He has also written scripts for many acclaimed television shows. Lewman lives in Los Angeles with his wife, Donna, and their dog, Pirkle. Francesco Francavilla, an Eisner and Eagle Award winner and New York Times bestselling creator, is best known for bringing his signature neo–pulp style to the comics industry, from horror to superheroes and sci–fi. He co–created and has worked on the acclaimed horror series Night of the Ghoul and Afterlife with Archie and is currently illustrating his creator–owned The Black Beetle. Born and raised in Italy, he now lives in Atlanta, Georgia, with his lovely partner, Lisa, and their two cats.
* Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, ENTERTAINMENT, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-4197-6206-2 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
THE FORGE & FRACTURE SAGA
That Self-Same Metal (The Forge & Fracture Saga, Book 1) BY BRITTANY N. WILLIAMS
A stunning YA fantasy debut, perfect for fans of Holly Black and Justina Ireland, about a Black girl (and sword expert) fighting a Fae uprising in Shakespearean London
RIGHTS: World English, excluding UK and British Commonwealth SELLING POINTS DAZZLING DEBUT: This story combines a unique premise, mischievous fae folk, swoony– worthy romance, and a sparkling voice. It’s sure to entrance readers and establish Brittany as an exciting new voice in YA. RECLAIMING HISTORY: This story stars a Black woman in Shakespeare’s time. While BIPOC characters have always been a part of history, they’re still rarely represented in history books or historical fiction. AUTHOR’S EXPERIENCE: Williams is a classically trained actress with a background in Shakespeare and brings that experience and historical knowledge to bring life and truth to the story. EPIC NEW SERIES: This is the first book in an exciting new trilogy, sure to entrance fans of Holly Black, Dhonielle Clayton, or Justina Ireland.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black and white illustrations throughout * 352 pages Sixteen–year–old Joan Sands is a gifted craftswoman who creates and upkeeps the stage blades for William Shakespeare’s acting company, The King’s Men. Joan’s skill with her blades comes from a magical ability to control metal—an ability gifted by her Head Orisha, Ogun. Because her whole family is Orisha–blessed, the Sands family have always kept tabs on the Fae presence in London. Usually that doesn’t involve much except noting the faint glow around a Fae’s body as they try to blend in with London society, but lately, there has been an uptick in brutal Fae attacks. After Joan wounds a powerful Fae and saves the son of a cruel Lord, she is drawn into political intrigue in the human and Fae worlds. Swashbuckling, romantic, and full of the sights and sounds of Shakespeare’s London, this series starter delivers an unforgettable story—and a heroine unlike any other. Brittany N. Williams is an actress, writer, Co–Artistic Director of The NOLA Project, and nerd of many fandoms. She’s performed across three continents–including a year spent as a principal vocalist at Hong Kong Disneyland–and her writing has been featured on BlackNerdProblems.com, Tor.com, in The Indypendent, The Gambit, Fireside Magazine, and in the Star Wars anthology From a Certain Point of View: The Empire Strikes Back. You can find her on Twitter and Instagram at @BrittanyActs and at brittanynwilliams.com. Williams lives in New Orleans.
* WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 12 and up YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-5864-5 US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-523-8
Look No Further BY RIOGHNACH ROBINSON AND SIOFRA ROBINSON
The Parent Trap meets The Vanishing Half in this gripping YA novel about estranged siblings who meet for the first time at art camp and confront their differing experiences of race and identity
SELLING POINTS FRESH APPROACH TO TOPICAL THEMES: This novel depicts two different lived experiences, as a chance encounter leads twins who were previously strangers to question their preconceptions. RISING STAR AUTHOR: Rioghnach’s books with Abrams, published under the pseudonym Riley Redgate, have experienced commercial and critical success, including three starred reviews for Noteworthy and one for Final Draft; her next novel, Alone Out Here (Disney–Hyperion), released in Spring 2022 and will continue to grow her profile. SIBLING HOOK: This compelling story from sisters Rioghnach and Siofra Robinson draws from their lived experiences as biracial siblings.
SPECIFICATIONS * 336 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket When seventeen–year–old Niko and fifteen–year–old Aili meet at Ogilvy Summer Art Institute, a selective camp for art students in New York City, they seem like complete opposites. Aili comes across as standoffish to Niko, while usually laid–back Niko feels like a fish out of water surrounded by so many highly driven peers. But when a teacher assigns them to work together on a personal history project, Aili and Niko find much more than they bargained for in one another. The pair embark on a quest to uncover their shared history, while Aili also finds herself falling for her roommate— who may have already fallen for another girl at Ogilvy—and Niko navigates how to find his voice and place in the world. As Aili and Niko get to know each other over secret excursions off–campus, class trips, and their research projects, they both grapple with their personal identities and preconceptions. Soon they stumble on the most startling revelations of all: the fact that in their unlikely friendship, they have found a sibling—and themselves.
PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 13 and up YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-5740-2 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-436-1
Rioghnach Robinson is the author of Seven Ways We Lie, Final Draft, and Noteworthy, which was named a best teen book of 2017 by Kirkus and the NYPL. She lives and writes in Chicago. Siofra Robinson is an MBA candidate at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Look No Further is her first novel.
Outer Banks: Dead Break BY JAY COLES
The Pogues hit the beach in another action–packed original YA novel based on the hit Netflix show, Outer Banks
RIGHTS: World/All ex China, Crimea Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, South Sudan, Syria, and Russia SELLING POINTS HOT SERIES: Outer Banks has been a fan favorite since its first season in 2020 and continued to make waves in 2021 with its release of season two. The first novel sold 30,000 copies, setting up this second novel for success in the lead–up to season three, airing in early 2023. ORIGINAL STORY AND POVS: This all–new novel presents an untold story from Kiara and Pope’s points of view. COMMERCIAL PREMISE: Like Outer Banks: Lights Out and the Netflix series itself, this second novelization will be an original, propulsive adventure from start to finish.
SPECIFICATIONS * 304 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 13 and up
It’s summer, and there’s a big surfing competition coming to the OBX. Competitors—like Kie and Rafe—will participate in paddle–in and tow–in surfing events. Athletes from around the world flood into the Outer Banks, filling the island’s hotels. When Kie strikes up a flirtation with one of the out–of–town surfers, Pope, John B, and JJ can’t help but get jealous. Not only was Kie at another school last year (a Kook school, to be specific), now she’s spending her summer vacation with these out–of–towners, too?! Meanwhile, the surfers are treating Pope’s dad like some kind of hero, and Heyward won’t explain why. On top of it, tensions are high as the competition heats up. Then one of the professional surfers washes up dead, and everyone assumes he got crushed by a wave. But Pope, an aspiring coroner, isn’t so sure. . .
YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-6161-4 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-662-4
Jay Coles is the author of critically acclaimed Tyler Johnson Was Here and Things We Couldn’t Say, a composer with ASCAP, and a professional musician residing in Muncie, Indiana. He is a graduate of Vincennes University and Ball State University and holds degrees in English and liberal arts. When he’s not writing diverse books, he’s advocating for them, serving with The Revolution church, and composing music for various music publishers.
Desperate for money and stability, a teenage girl begins secretly forging paintings, plunging her into a dark and dangerous imaginary world
INTRIGUE AND MAGIC: The glamor of the New York art world mixes with the danger of the magical Wolfwood, creating a story perfect for fans of books like The Hazel Wood. STRONG AUTHOR REVIEWS: The Inconceivable Life of Quinn earned a starred review from PW. Booklist praised, “Quinn’s determined struggle to piece together the puzzle compellingly drives the narrative onward, and readers on board for something thought–provoking will be hooked.” STRONG FEMALE RELATIONSHIPS: Wolfwood revolves around the relationship between a young female artist and her mother and how trauma reverberates through generations.
SPECIFICATIONS * 384 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH Indigo is the daughter of famous reclusive artist Zoe Serra, who made a splash in the ’90s art world. But since her mom’s breakdown, the two have been barely scraping by. When a gallery owner offers Zoe a revival show for her blockbuster Wolfwood series—which Zoe never finished—Indigo sees it as a chance to finally regain stability. However, Zoe refuses to work on the paintings, saying that she can’t return to Wolfwood, so Indigo decides to take up the brush herself. As she begins to work in the studio, Indigo has a vision that she’s actually inside Wolfwood. She wanders through the grotesque jungle and discovers that an army of monstrous creatures are torturing the women in the painting. Indigo convinces herself that she’s just hallucinating because of stress or exhaustion, but when she comes out of her trance, she finds a new section of the painting has been completed. Indigo returns to the Wolfwood again and again as she works to complete the series, but when she gets to the final painting, Indigo realizes the true nature of the monsters she’s been fighting—and fears that these monsters might win.
AGES 14 and up YOUNG ADULT, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-3371-0 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-488-8
Marianna Baer is the author of The Inconceivable Life of Quinn, which earned a starred review from PW, who called it “a delicate, complicated, and engrossing exploration of the collision between real life and the inexplicable.” She’s a graduate of Vermont College of Fine Arts with an MFA in Writing for Children and Young Adults. She lives in Brooklyn, New York.
RIGHTS: World English
No Boy Summer
BY AMY SPALDING
Lydia and her younger sister Penny make a pact to avoid boy drama for the summer—but Lydia can’t help looking for a loophole when she falls for a cute girl
ACCLAIMED AUTHOR: Spalding’s previous books have gotten great attention and starred reviews, and We Used to Be Friends (her first book with Abrams) received wonderful blurbs from Becky Albertalli, Rebecca Podos, and Maurene Goo, who said “this book will break your heart only like a best friend can.” SUMMERY ROMANCE: With a sweet sister relationship, a heartfelt queer love story, and messy, complicated characters, this story is the perfect summer read for teens. CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of We Used to be Friends, which will include a sneak peek in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS * 304 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 12 and up Lydia Jones and her younger sister Penny have had it with boy drama. Last year was marred by relationship disasters for both of them, threatening Lydia’s standing with her school’s theater tech club and Penny’s perfect GPA. Penny has, naturally, diagnosed the problem and prescribed a drastic solution: a summer off from boys. Lydia and Penny decide to stay with their Aunt Grace and her boyfriend Oscar in Los Angeles while their parents are off on a European cruise. Penny follows her future–business–school dreams with an internship at Oscar’s office, and Lydia gets a part–time job at Grace’s neighborhood coffeeshop, Grounds Control. Even when they spent hours, days, weeks dissecting their various boy drama, Lydia’s never felt this connected to her sister before, and it makes her wonder what else in her life could be different. She finds herself drawn to a group of friends she meets through her Grounds Control coworker, Margaret, as well as an intriguing customer, Fran, an aspiring filmmaker and—while not the first girl Lydia finds herself attracted to—the first girl who has mutual feelings for her. But she’s not breaking her pledge to Penny, right? That was just about boys. Even though in her heart Lydia knows she’s bending the rules, she hasn’t had a connection with anyone as strong as her connection with Fran, so she thinks it can’t be wrong. And Penny won’t mind as long as she’s happy . . . Right?
YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-5752-5 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-443-9
Amy Spalding is the author of several novels for teens, including Kissing Ted Callahan (and Other Guys), The Summer of Jordi Perez (and the Best Burger in Los Angeles), and We Used to Be Friends, which Becky Albertalli called “complex, earnest, and unflinching.” She lives in Los Angeles.
Thirty to Sixty Days BY ALIKAY WOOD
A hilarious and irreverent coming–of–age YA novel in which three teens facing uncertain futures embark on a madcap adventure that challenges each of their identities
SELLING POINTS POPULAR CATEGORY: With its darkly comedic tone and ultimately uplifting ending, this book is a fresh spin on the perennially popular “sick lit” genre. DEBUT AUTHOR: Alikay Wood is a talented debut who is very involved in the New York City publishing scene as a mentor for Girls Write Now. COMMERCIAL CONCEPT: A hook–driven elevator pitch meets heartfelt and funny coming–of– age tale.
SPECIFICATIONS * 320 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 14 and up YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-5230-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
Hattie Larken doesn’t know if she’s ever really been real in her life. A compulsive liar with a quick–witted response to everything, she’s willing to do whatever it takes to just skate through the rest of high school until she can graduate and escape it all: the mind–numbing monotony of this town, the guilt of everything that happened with her dad, and the debt that her mom’s dealing with that she feels responsible for. But then Hattie finds out she’s dying. Not like in that overdramatic way that people sometimes say they’re dying. She’s literally dying. Apparently, she was exposed to a parasite because of a mistake her mom’s company made. (And no, the irony of that all is not lost on Hattie…) And she’s not the only one. Two other kids from her class also have been exposed to the parasite: Carmen, who seems to be totally perfect, with the class presidency, a loving family, and a totally beautiful girlfriend; and Albie, a quiet kid who survived childhood cancer only to deal with this, which feels like an incredibly cruel joke from the universe. Hattie, Albie, and Carmen are told they only have thirty to sixty days to live. But instead of just sitting around a hospital and waiting to die, the three kids form an unlikely alliance to live the last days of their lives out to the fullest. Stealing and sailing a boat to Palm Beach? Absolutely. Adopting the turtle that a random college student hands to them? Of course— they couldn’t leave Scooter to fend for himself! Sneaking into the sold–out music festival in town? You better believe it! And if Hattie just happens to find a way to raise some money for her mom through filming all their misadventures—well, she’s not going to not do that then. Snarky, bold, and deeply real, Thirty to Sixty Days examines the ways that three teens grapple with the thread of imminent death—and how each ultimately discovers what life ought to be.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-543-6
Alikay Wood was once described by a wedding DJ as “five feet of fury.” When she’s not shredding up dance floors, she’s writing books about friendship and “unlikeable” girls. She lives in California and is probably currently avoiding writing by rollerblading, crushing trivia competitions, or camping.
From Belly of the Beast (The Fabled Stables Book #3) • By Jonathan Auxier, illustrated by Olga Demidova
Marya Khan and the Incredible Henna Party (Marya Khan #1) BY SAADIA FARUQI, ILLUSTRATED BY ANI BUSHRY
From the author of the bestselling Yasmin series, this is the start of a charming new chapter book series about a third–grader whose plans may backfire but whose persistence and heart are inspiring, perfect for fans of Ivy & Bean and Dory Fantasmagory
SELLING POINTS ALL–STAR AUTHOR: Faruqi’s books consistently garner acclaim. Meet Yasmin! received two starred reviews, was a JLG selection, and a Kirkus Best of the Year. A Place at the Table was a Sydney Taylor Book Award Notable Book and a TLA Lone Star reading list pick; and A Thousand Questions was a JLG selection and a NYPL Best Book. EXCITING NEW SERIES: This is the start of a new illustrated series that centers a Pakistani– American girl. A book will publish every season, and we’ve signed up four books so far. SUCCESSFUL TRACK IN CATEGORY: Perfect for readers who have aged out of Faruqi’s successful Yasmin series and are looking for their next great read. BONUS BACKMATTER: The book includes an activity in the back for kids to trace and color their own henna designs.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black and white illustrations throughout Marya’s eighth birthday is coming up in a week, and all she wants is an over–the–top birthday party just like the ones Alexa, her rich neighbor, always throws. When Alexa parades into school with fancy invitations, Marya can't help herself—she claims that she’s having the most epic henna party ever. Now she has to convince her family to make it happen. Enter Operation Help the Khans! Marya's siblings clearly need help with their projects. Maybe she could cook dinner for her parents, or clean her grandmother’s room? Except everything Marya does seems to end in disaster. Will Marya and her family be able pull it together and throw the best party ever?! Saadia Faruqi was born in Pakistan and moved to the United States when she was 22 years old. She writes the Yasmin series and popular middle–grade novels such as Yusuf Azeem Is Not a Hero. Besides writing books for kids, she also loves reading, binge–watching her favorite shows, and taking naps. She lives in Houston with her family. Ani Bushry graduated from the University of West England with a background in graphic design and illustration. She grew up listening to stories her mom used to tell her and always wanted to tell her own stories. She lives in the Maldives with her husband and cat Lilo, whom she loves to spoil.
* 160 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm * HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 6 to 9 CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FICTION, KIDS MUSLIM HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-6117-1 US $6.99 CAN $8.99 UK £4.99
CARTON QTY: 92 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-641-9
RIGHTS: World English
WE ARE THE SMURFS
We Are the Smurfs: Welcome to Our Village! (We Are the Smurfs Book 1)
An early–reader graphic novel series focusing on social and emotional responsibility from the beloved Smurfs brand—now in paperback!
AWARD–WINNING TV SERIES: Since its launch last September, Nickelodeon’s The Smurfs animated series consistently ranks among the top five animated children’s series on cable in the US and won a New York Animation Film Award for Best Animated Series. MAJOR MOVIE ANNOUNCEMENT: An all–new Smurfs movie is in development with Paramount Animation and Nickelodeon Animation, set to release in theaters in December 2024. POPULAR BRAND: The Smurfs have been around for more than 60 years, and have more than 12 million likes on Facebook and 90 million views on their official YouTube channel.
This new Smurfs comic series focuses on emotional learning, social responsibility, and overall Smurf–iness! Join Papa Smurf, Brainy Smurf, Smurfette, and all the others as they tackle day–to–day problems and get into wacky hijinks! Except for Scaredy Smurf, who is too afraid of everything to have fun. And Clumsy Smurf, whose two left feet get him into more troubles than he can count. And Greedy Smurf, whose love for food causes Gargamel to capture everyone in the village. But no matter the problem, you can always count on the Smurfs to figure out a solution! Now in paperback, this full–color early–reader graphic novel features three complete stories and back matter dedicated to helping children explore and better understand their emotions. A great option for newly independent readers and comics fans everywhere! Pierre Culliford, better known as Peyo, was a cartoonist born in Belgium in 1928 and creator of The Smurfs. In 1958, the Smurfs made their first appearance in Le Journal de Spirou and went on to become the world– famous characters we all know and love! Thierry Culliford is a screenwriter, coordinator of the graphic execution of Grandir avec les Schtroumpfs (“Growing with the Smurfs”), and none other than Peyo’s son! Born in Belgium in 1955, Thierry is the successor of his father’s pen name, scripting stories for the newer Smurf comics, and ensuring the continuity of his late father’s works.
EMOTIONAL UNDERSTANDING: With stories that focus on social and emotional learning, the We Are the Smurfs series is perfect for small children who are beginning to understand big feelings such as fear, sadness, and taking care of one another. BOOMING CATEGORY: Early– reader graphic novels continue to experience tremendous growth in the children’s market with the success of the Fox & Rabbit series, Owly series, and InvestiGators series!
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 128 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 6 to 9 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-5538-5 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-351-7
RIGHTS: World English
WE ARE THE SMURFS
We Are the Smurfs: Better Together! (We Are the Smurfs Book 2) BY PEYO
The zany, Smurf–tacular tales continue in the second volume in this graphic novel series for young readers—now in paperback!
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING TV SERIES: Since its launch last September, Nickelodeon’s The Smurfs animated series consistently ranks among the top five animated children’s series on cable in the U.S. and won a New York Animation Film Award for Best Animated Series. MAJOR MOVIE ANNOUNCEMENT: An all–new Smurfs movie is in development with Paramount Animation and Nickelodeon Animation, set to release in theaters in December 2024. POPULAR BRAND: The Smurfs have been around for more than 60 years, and have more than 12 million likes on Facebook and 90 million views on their official YouTube channel.
Follow the Smurfs in the second volume of the all–new We Are the Smurfs comic series that focuses on emotional learning, social responsibility, and overall Smurf–iness! Featuring three stories and back matter dedicated to helping children explore and better understand their emotions, this full–color graphic novel features Smurfette, Papa Smurf, and everyone else as they go on brand new adventures and escape from Gargamel’s clutches! This paperback edition also includes a sneak peek of the upcoming third volume. Pierre Culliford, better known as Peyo, was a cartoonist born in Belgium in 1928 and creator of The Smurfs. In 1958, the Smurfs made their first appearance in Le Journal de Spirou and went on to become the world– famous characters we all know and love! Thierry Culliford is a screenwriter, coordinator of the graphic execution of Grandir avec les Schtroumpfs (“Growing with the Smurfs”), and none other than Peyo’s son! Born in Belgium in 1955, Thierry is the successor of his father’s pen name, scripting stories for the newer Smurf comics, and ensuring the continuity of his late father’s works.
EMOTIONAL UNDERSTANDING: With stories that focus on social and emotional learning, the We Are the Smurfs series is perfect for small children who are beginning to understand big feelings such as fear, sadness, and taking care of one another. BOOMING CATEGORY: Early– reader graphic novels continue to experience tremendous growth in the children’s market with the success of the Fox & Rabbit series, Owly series, and InvestiGators series!
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 128 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 6 to 9 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-5540-8 US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-352-4
Madison Morris Is NOT a Mouse! (CLASS CRITTERS #3)
BY KATHRYN HOLMES, ILLUSTRATED BY ARIEL LANDY
Now in paperback, the third book in a humorous and heartfelt chapter book series about a second grade class where each kid turns into an animal for a day Praise for the Class Critters series Amazon Best Book of the Month “Interweaves humor, science, and nature into this silly, enjoyable twist on a body–swap story . . . An energetic animal series.” —School Library Journal (for Tally Tuttle Turns Into a Turtle) “A simple story told with aplomb.” —Kirkus Reviews (for David Dixon’s Day as a Dachshund)
SELLING POINTS TONS OF KID APPEAL: Hilarious animal adventures, a photographic cover, and cute black–and–white illustrations throughout will give this series great kid appeal. BEST OF BOTH WORLDS: Animal adventures and classroom stories are perennially popular, and this series concept hits a sweet spot by combining the two. REAL NATURAL SCIENCE: Light back matter includes animal fun facts that are great for curious readers, teachers, and librarians.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white illustrations throughout * 128 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm * HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 6 to 9 CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-6747-0 US $6.99 CAN $8.99 UK £4.99
Madison loves helping people. So when it’s time for her class to plan an activism project, she knows this is her chance to prove she’s a leader. But when her ideas get shot down, she starts to feel small . . . really small. In fact, Madison turns into a mouse! Madison is panicked. Leaders do NOT have squeaky voices, whiskers, and tails! In order to change back, she will have to prove to others, and to herself, just what tiny beings can do—but first, she has to avoid getting stepped on. In this chapter book series, Mrs. Norrell’s second grade classroom has magic that allows kids to transform into animals to learn important life lessons. Each book follows a different kid and their animal transformation and includes fun natural science facts about the featured animal in the back matter.
CARTON QTY: 108 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-529-0
Kathryn Holmes grew up in Maryville, Tennessee, and now lives in Brooklyn with her husband, daughter, and stacks upon stacks of books. A graduate of the New School’s MFA in creative writing program, Holmes works as a freelance dance journalist, among other writing gigs. She is the author of the Class Critters series and the young adult novels The Distance Between Lost and Found and How It Feels to Fly. Ariel Landy is an illustrator and educator from New York City. She began writing and illustrating stories as soon as she could hold a pencil, and she never stopped. Landy currently lives in France with her husband and their dog, Sid.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
THE FABLED STABLES
Belly of the Beast (The Fabled Stables Book #3) BY JONATHAN AUXIER, ILLUSTRATED BY OLGA DEMIDOVA
The third book in the one–of–a–kind adventure series from New York Times bestselling author Jonathan Auxier explores the real magic behind simple acts of kindness—now in paperback! Praise for Willa the Wisp (The Fabled Stables Book #1) * “Whimsical fantasy with the right amount of speed and cleverness for the audience.” —Kirkus Reviews * “Words and pictures partner to create a captivating, promising series starter that boasts quirky secondary characters and a sympathetic hero.” —Publishers Weekly
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Auxier’s novel The Night Gardener was a New York Times bestseller, and his latest novel Sweep received a dazzling six starred reviews. ACCESSIBLE ADVENTURES: With full–color illustrations on every single spread, these books are great for sharing at storytime and perfect for emerging readers to try on their own. EVERGREEN THEMES: Each story explores familiar themes for chapter–book readers, like friendship, courage, and standing up for what’s right. MAGICAL CREATURES: Readers will delight in meeting the one–of–a–kind creatures who live in the Fabled Stables. This new series is great for anyone who loves monsters!
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 96 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm Auggie loves his job at the Fabled Stables, but he fears the day when it will come to an end. Fen keeps dropping hints that caretakers don’t stay forever, and it’s giving Auggie the grumps. Thankfully, there always seems to be a new stall to fill. This time, the stables set Auggie on a quest to rescue a beast called the Shibboleth—but, the portal leads Auggie and Fen to the lair of the evil Rooks! In the dark, damp dungeon, they meet one mysterious girl and one very hungry monster. It’s already gobbled up all of the Rooks, and Auggie and Fen are next unless they figure out the one way to calm the creature. Will they be able to work together to complete the mission before it’s too late? Jonathan Auxier is the New York Times bestselling and critically–acclaimed author of Peter Nimble and His Fantastic Eyes, The Night Gardener, Sophie Quire and the Last Storyguard, and Sweep. He lives with his family in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. You can find him online at thescop.com. Olga Demidova has illustrated many books for children around the world. She studied at the Moscow Art Institute of Applied Arts. Find her online at olgademidova.ru.
* Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 6 to 9 CHILDREN'S ISBN 978-1-4197-4275-0 US $7.99 UK £5.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-785-8
THE FLYTRAP FILES
DJ Funkyfoot: The Show Must Go Oink (DJ Funkyfoot #3) WRITTEN TOM ANGLEBERGER, ILLUSTRATED BY HEATHER FOX
A spin–off chapter book series in the world of the Flytrap Files, from New York Times bestselling author Tom Angleberger—now in paperback! Praise for the Flytrap Files series “Readers will come to admire the dapper dog’s (mostly) unflappable ability to carry on—or, at least, make a hasty exit.” —Booklist (for DJ Funkyfoot: Butler for Hire!) “Goofy, readable chapter–book fun.” —Kirkus Reviews (for DJ Funkyfoot: Give Cheese a Chance)
SELLING POINTS SUPERSTAR AUTHOR: Angleberger is a New York Times bestselling author and his wacky humor and lively writing really shine in the chapter book category. POPULAR CATEGORY: This hilarious illustrated series will appeal to fans of The Bad Guys and Mac B., Kid Spy. BESTSELLING SERIES: This is a spin–off of the bestselling Inspector Flytrap series and includes tie–in branding on the front cover.
SPECIFICATIONS * Two-color illustrations throughout * 128 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm * HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 6 to 9 KIDS FICTION, CHAPTER BOOK, CHILDREN'S ISBN 978-1-4197-4733-5 US $6.99 CAN $8.99 UK £4.99
The latest wacky adventure of DJ Funkyfoot, a Chihuahua who just wants to butle! In this newest adventure, DJ Funkyfoot finally gets the job of his dreams: a butler for a very fancy opera star. But as the singing pig’s demands get more absurd, so do the disasters. Robbery! Wrecks! Romance! And even . . . rapping?
CARTON QTY: 84 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-062-2
Tom Angleberger is the New York Times bestselling author of the Origami Yoda series and the Flytrap Files series, as well as many other books for kids. He lives with his family in Virginia. Heather Fox is an illustrator of stories for children. When she isn’t creating, she’s probably drinking a hot cup of coffee, eating Chinese food, or chasing down her dog (Sir Hugo) who has stolen one of her socks. She lives in Lancaster, Pennsylvania, with her husband (and author!), Jonathan Stutzman.
Wildseed Witch (Book 1)
BY MARTI DUMAS
A fun middle–grade contemporary fantasy with an all–BIPOC cast, about a social– media–loving tween who gets sent to an ultra–private witch camp Praise for Wildseed Witch “This book is pure magic and I was hooked from the very first page!” —Lisa Greenwald, author of the My Life in Pink & Green trilogy “Charming and intriguing, just like the Les Belles Desmoiselles witches.” —Rajani LaRocca, Newberry honor–winning author of Red, White, and Whole “Readers will love the world Dumas creates, which brims with Black Girl Magic.” —Booklist “Dumas invites readers into a wonderful world of witchcraft that highlights the contributions of the diaspora.” —Kirkus Reviews “A delightful light fantasy novel.” —School Library Journal
BLACK GIRL MAGIC: This charming and lively story centers a young Black witch and is inspired by Creole traditions. EXCITING NEW SERIES: Marti is an up–and–coming author, and books like Tristan Strong Punches a Hole in the Sky and Aru Shah and the End of Time show that middle–grade readers and gatekeepers want more diverse fantasy. GREAT READ: With a unique magic system and sparkling prose, Wildseed Witch is unlike anything else out there, and kids, parents, and librarians will love it. The protagonist is funny and relatable, and the story is perfect for reluctant readers.
SPECIFICATIONS * 368 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 10 to 14 Hasani’s post–seventh–grade summer to–do list is pretty simple: get a bigger following for her makeup YouTube channel and figure out how to get her parents back together. What she does NOT expect is that an emotional outburst will spark a latent magical ability in her. Or that the magic will be strong enough to attract the attention of witches. Or that before she can say #BlackGirlMagic, she’ll be shipped off on a scholarship to a fancy finishing school for talented young ladies. Les Belles Demoiselles is a literal charm school. Here, generations of young ladies from old–money witch families have learned to harness their magic, and alumnae grow to become some of the most powerful women across industries, including politicians, philanthropists, CEOs, entrepreneurs—and yes, even social media influencers. Needless to say, admission to the school is highly coveted, very exclusive . . . and Hasani sticks out like a weed in a rose bouquet. While the other girls have always known they were destined to be witches, Hasani is a Wildseed––a stray witch from a family of non–witches, with no background knowledge, no way to control her magic, and a lot to catch up on. "Wildseed" may be an insult that the other girls throw at her, but Wildseeds are more powerful than they know. And Hasani will learn that there are ways to use magic and thrive that can never be taught in a classroom.
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5562-0 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-369-2
Marti Dumas taught elementary school literacy for ten years, conducts teacher literacy trainings, and is the author of Jaden Toussaint, the Greatest. She lives in New Orleans with her family.
RIGHTS: North America
The Campaign BY LEILA SALES, ILLUSTRATED BY KIM BALACUIT
Now in paperback, Veep meets Parks and Recreation in this hilarious illustrated middle–grade political comedy about a twelve–year–old who runs her babysitter’s campaign for mayor Praise for The Campaign “Exactly the story we need right now.” —Jon Scieszka, bestselling author and national ambassador for children’s literature emeritus “A hilarious, inspiring story with proves that kids have the vision and the power to change the world.” —Max Brallier, New York Times bestselling author of The Last Kids on Earth series “A timely book encouraging youth to get involved.” —Kirkus Review “A highly readable, enjoyable, nonpartisan story meant to encourage civic activism.” —School Library Journal “Sales seamlessly weaves campaigning facts and ethics into the timely tale.” —Publishers Weekly
SELLING POINTS GREAT PRAISE: The Campaign was an Amazon Best Book of the Month and received blurbs from Max Brallier and Jon Scieszka, who called it “exactly the story we need right now.” INFORMED CITIZENS: Leila draws a lot on the political process and today’s political climate, but she makes these topics accessible and interesting to young readers. CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside Leila’s new book, The Museum of Lost and Found, and include a sneak peek in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white spot illustrations throughout * 304 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 8 to 12
For 12–year–old Maddie Polansky, the only good part of school is art class. And though she’s never paid much attention to politics, when she learns that the frontrunner for mayor of her city intends to cut funding for the arts in public schools, the political suddenly becomes very personal. So Maddie persuades her babysitter, Janet, to run for mayor against Lucinda Burghart, art–hating bad guy. Soon, Maddie is thrust into the role of campaign manager, leading not only to humor and hijinks, but to an inspiring story for young readers that talks about activism and what it takes to become an engaged citizen. Maddie and Janet’s adventures on the campaign trail are illustrated by copious black–and–white drawings throughout the book.
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, JUVENILE, CHILDREN'S ISBN 978-1-4197-3975-0 US $8.99 CAN $11.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-716-2
Leila Sales is the author of eight middle–grade and young adult novels, which have received multiple starred reviews, been translated into a dozen languages, and appeared on many state lists and best–of– the–year lists. Before becoming a full–time writer, Leila worked as an editor for more than a decade, editing award–winning and bestselling books for readers of all ages. She is also the founder of the book development agency, The Book Engineer. She lives in Austin, Texas, but travels all over the world to talk about books and publishing. Kim Balacuit is a designer and illustrator. She graduated from Montclair State University with a BFA in animation and illustration. When not drawing, she can probably be found hiking, getting lost in the city, petting other people’s dogs, or in a car or a plane, off to her next adventure. She lives in Rutherford, New Jersey.
Atlantis: The Brink of War (Atlantis Book #2) BY GREGORY MONE
Bestselling author Gregory Mone takes readers back to Atlantis in this action–packed sequel to Atlantis: The Accidental Invasion!
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Gregory Mone, the co–author of the Jack and the Geniuses series, blends epic storytelling and scientific expertise, creating a fresh and immersive world. STRONG SERIES START: Kirkus said of Book #1 (April 2021): “features expeditious pacing, ample secrets, and imaginative science and tech creations that are zippy indeed.” CLIMATE HOOK: Themes of climate change and ecological disaster interweave the story. HIT MYTHOLOGY: The popularity of Atlantis continues with the success of stories such as Aquaman, which made over $1 billion at the box office. POPULAR GENRE: Set in the near future, this sci–fi story has a perfect balance of action and adventure, great for fans of series like Percy Jackson and Mr. Lemoncello’s Library.
SPECIFICATIONS * 304 pages Even an accidental invasion has dire consequences . . . After their daring escape from Atlantis, Lewis, Hanna, and Kaya, their resourceful Atlantean friend, find themselves pulled between two worlds. Trapped on the surface under the watchful eyes of government officials, the three adventurers receive an urgent call to return their stolen warship to Atlantis—or risk starting an all–out war. Aided by a billionaire with unclear intentions, the trio embarks on an all–new journey through Atlantis, from the sunken underwater world of Evenor to the tunnels below Ridge City. Will they find Lewis’s injured father and return the warship in time? As the shadowy agents known as Erasers work to stop them, Lewis and Kaya begin to question whether they're really on the same side of the potentially devastating fight. This page–turning, high–stakes sequel to The Accidental Invasion is packed with futuristic technology and pure adrenaline–spiking fun. Bonus content includes science and robotics concepts in the story, and a real scientist's take on the curious biology of mermaids. Two worlds again collide in an unforgettable undersea adventure! Gregory Mone is the author of several bestselling works of fiction and nonfiction for both children and adults. He is a contributing editor at Popular Science and an award–winning science writer. A graduate of Harvard College, he lives with his family on Martha’s Vineyard.
* WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS ENVIRONMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-3856-2 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 46 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-051-6
RIGHTS: US and Canada
Danny Chung Sums It Up BY MAISIE CHAN, ILLUSTRATED BY NATELLE QUEK
A touching and funny middle–grade story about a boy whose life is turned upside down when his Chinese grandmother moves in Praise for Danny Chung Sums It Up Jhalak Prize 2022 Winner Blue Peter Book Award Shortlist “A sweet middle–grade read.” —Elizabeth Eulberg, author of The Great Shelby Holmes series “Brilliantly highlights the importance of being true to yourself.” —Katie Tsang, author of Dragon Mountain “Funny and heartwarming; a balanced equation of family, culture, and being true to yourself.” —Kirkus Reviews “An insightful read.” —Publishers Weekly
SELLING POINTS WNDB: Readers are hungry for more #ownvoices middle grade and fans of Front Desk and Merci Suárez Changes Gears will love Danny Chung. PERSONAL CONNECTION: The story was inspired by one of Chan’s friend’s grandmother, who moved to the UK at age 92 without knowing any English, as well as Chan’s own children, who don’t know how to speak to their Spanish–speaking grandmother. COMIC ILLUSTRATIONS: Since drawing comics is so important to the story’s protagonist, spot illustrations included throughout really bring the story to life.
SPECIFICATIONS * 20 black-and-white illustrations * 256 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-4822-6 US $8.99 CAN $11.99
CARTON QTY: 52 Eleven–year–old Danny’s life is turned upside down when his Chinese grandmother comes to live with his family in England. Things get worse when Danny finds out he’ll have to share his room with her, and she took the top bunk! At first, Danny is frustrated that he can’t communicate with her because she doesn’t speak English—and because he’s on the verge of failing math and Nai Nai was actually a math champion back in the day. It just feels like he and his grandmother have nothing in common. His parents insist that Danny help out, so when he’s left to look after Nai Nai, he leaves her at the bingo hall for the day to get her off his back. But he soon discovers that not everyone there is as welcoming as he expected . . . Through the universal languages of math and art, Danny realizes he has more in common with his Nai Nai than he first thought. Filled with heart and humor, Danny Chung Sums It Up shows that traversing two cultures is possible and worth the effort, even if it’s not always easy.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-034-9
Maisie Chan is a British–born Chinese author. She has written early reader books for Hachette and HarperCollins; a collection of fairy tales, myths, and legends in Stories From Around the World for Scholastic; as well as many stories for The Big Think, a well–being curriculum based around stories for elementary school children. She also started the group Bubble Tea Writers to support and encourage new British East and Southeast Asian writers in the UK. When Maisie isn't writing, she enjoys yoga, dim sum, and singing really loud. She has lived in the U.K., U.S., and Taiwan. Originally from Birmingham, Maisie now lives with her family in Glasgow. Natelle Quek is an illustrator based in London. She has been drawing for as long as she could hold a pencil, and she now focuses on children’s illustration. In her free time, Quek loves to explore museums and nature trails with her husband, hunt down delicious pastries, and cuddle her pets.
RIGHTS: North American English
G.I. JOE CLASSIFIED
G.I. Joe Classified Book One KELLEY SKOVRON
A page–turning action–adventure story awaits middle–grade readers in this exciting new series featuring G.I. Joe—now in paperback!
SELLING POINTS FRESH CONTENT: This new fiction series expands on the world of the beloved G.I. Joe brand with original stories featuring favorite characters and all–new Joes. POWERFUL BRAND: G.I. Joe celebrated its 50th anniversary in 2014; over the years, it has become a multimedia brand, with a new film, Snake Eyes, released in July 2021. The G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero comic is the second–longest–running American comic series in publication. ACTION–PACKED: A dynamic series perfect for kids who are growing out of the I Survived series and looking for their next action–packed read.
SPECIFICATIONS * 272 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION Deadly technology, missing students, and a secret organization of ninjas come together in this propulsive story set in the world of G.I. Joe. When Stan’s mom gets the job offer of a lifetime at a cutting–edge tech company, Stan packs his bags and exchanges Chicago for Springfield, home to DeCobray Industries. Saying goodbye to big–city life is only the first challenge Stan faces in moving to Springfield, a town that’s eerily under the thumb of his mother’s powerful employer. DeCobray has its hand in everything, including the Lyre XR augmented reality headsets that Stan and his fellow students at Springfield Academy are asked to beta test. At first Stan loves his headset—data on his classmates is at his fingertips, and the Lyre’s custom filters make school sort of fun—but then he meets Scarlett, Ichi no Zoro–me, and Julien, and his new friends show him there’s a lot more going on behind DeCobray’s flashy tech. When several kids go missing at school, Stan and his friends set out to uncover the truth behind the devices. But the further they dig, the more sinister the conspiracy at the heart of their town appears . . . This propulsive series starter is a heart–pounding thrill ride from start to finish, perfect for fans of G.I. Joe and action– adventure stories alike.
ISBN 978-1-4197-5441-8 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-277-0
Kelley Skovron is the author of Hacker’s Key,The Ghost of Drowned Meadow, and the G.I. Joe Classified series for kids, as well as books for teens and adults. They live just outside Washington, DC, with a cat, a dog, and a teenager, so there’s never a dull moment. Find them online at kelleyskovron.com. G.I. JOE and HASBRO and all related trademarks and logos are trademarks of Hasbro, Inc. ©2022 Hasbro.
TALES OF ETERNIA
He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: The Hunt for Moss Man (Tales of Eternia Book 1) BY GREGORY MONE
Bestselling author Gregory Mone brings Mattel’s He–Man and the Masters of the Universe together for a brand–new adventure in the first book of this original middle–grade series based on the hit Netflix show!
RIGHTS: World/All, excluding Cuba, Iran, Sudan, Syria, North Korea, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, and others SELLING POINTS HE–MAN AND THE MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE: Our series is an original middle–grade series that expands upon the world of the new TV show that premieres in the fall. Season 2 premieres March 3, 2022, and 2022 marks the 40th anniversary of He–Man and the Masters of the Universe. MULTIMEDIA FRANCHISE: Mattel’s Masters of the Universe franchise has found fans for more than 35 years with several animated series, two major motion pictures, highly collectible licensed products, and more. BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Written by Gregory Mone, author of Atlantis: The Accidental Invasion and co–author of the New York Times bestselling Jack and the Geniuses series.
SPECIFICATIONS * 192 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY By the Power of Grayskull . . . I have the Power! A mysterious toxic gas is spreading across Eternia, ravaging farmlands and endangering citizens. The planet’s only hope lies with Adam, a lost prince with cosmic abilities. When he wields the mystical Sword of Power, he transforms from a scrawny teen into He–Man, the most powerful man in the universe. With his friends Teela, Cringer, Duncan, and Krass by his side, Adam embarks on a dangerous journey, facing pirates, dragons, and perils at every turn in search of Moss Man, a legendary figure who might hold the key to stopping the devastating stench. Yet the sinister Skeletor and his Dark Masters will stop at nothing to thwart the unlikely heroes. The fate of all Eternia rests with He–Man and his friends.
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5450-0 US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-281-7
Mattel is a global learning, development, and play company with a portfolio of iconic consumer brands, including American Girl, Barbie, Fisher–Price, Hot Wheels, and Thomas & Friends. Gregory Mone is the author of several bestselling works of fiction and nonfiction for both children and adults. He is a contributing editor at Popular Science and an award–winning science writer. A graduate of Harvard College, he lives with his family on Martha’s Vineyard. MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE™ and associated trademarks and trade dress are owned by, and used under license from, Mattel. © 2022 Mattel.
RIGHTS: World English
BY MARGOT WOOD
A hilarious and vulnerable coming–of–age story about the thrilling new experiences––and missteps––of a girl's freshman year of college Praise for Fresh “Fun and funny, sexy and sex positive.” —New York Times bestselling author Gayle Forman “A book I wish had existed when I was a teenager.” —Veronica Roth, #1 New York Times bestselling author of the Divergent series “Bubbles over with irreverence, humor, and heart.” —Danielle Paige, New York Times bestselling author “Bold, funny, and sex–positive.” —Sara Farizan, author of Tell Me Again How a Crush Should Feel “I couldn’t stop reading!” —Abigail Hing Wen, New York Times bestselling author of Loveboat, Taipei “Hilarious, heartfelt, and realistic.” —Buzzfeed “A laugh–out–loud and vulnerable coming–of–age story.” —The Nerd Daily
AUTHOR PLATFORM: Wood was the founder of Epic Reads, and has a lot of great connections and a solid social media following (more than 12,000 on Twitter, 9,000 on Instagram, and 11,000 subscribers on YouTube). LIVELY WRITING: Wood has the perfect voice for YA. The story is raunchy, funny, and full of heart. MODERN YA STORY: The sex– positive, no–holds–barred story fits right into Wood’s brand. The #ownvoices bisexual narrator, voice–y writing, and modern coming–of–age story is perfect for fans of Mary H.K. Choi and Christine Riccio. MAKE THE CLASSICS CONTEMPORARY: Inspired by Jane Austen’s Emma, this is a fun and fresh reimagining of a classic.
SPECIFICATIONS Some students enter their freshman year of college knowing exactly what they want to do with their lives. Elliot McHugh is not one of those people. But picking a major is the last thing on Elliot’s mind when she’s too busy experiencing all that college has to offer—from dancing all night at off–campus parties, to testing her RA Rose’s patience, to making new friends, to having the best sex one can have on a twin–sized dorm room bed. But she may not be ready for the fallout when reality hits. When the sex she’s having isn’t that great. When finals creep up and smack her right in the face. Or when her roommate’s boyfriend turns out to be the biggest a–hole. Elliot may make epic mistakes, but if she’s honest with herself (and with you, dear reader), she may just find the person she wants to be. And maybe even fall in love in the process . . . Well, maybe. Margot Wood is the founder of Epic Reads and has worked in marketing for more than a decade at publishing houses both big and small. She is a graduate of Emerson College and once appeared as an extra in the Love, Simon movie. Born and raised in Cincinnati, Wood now lives in Portland, Oregon. You can find her online at margotwood.com.
* 352 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 14 and up YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-4814-1 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-058-5
RIGHTS: World English
The Inconceivable Life of Quinn BY MARIANNA BAER
Now in paperback, a compelling YA story with a magical realism twist about a girl whose pregnancy shocks everyone . . . most of all her Praise for The Inconceivable Life of Quinn * “A delicate, complicated, and engrossing exploration of the collision between real life and the inexplicable.” —Publishers Weekly, starred review “Readers on board for something thought–provoking will be hooked.” —Booklist “The confusion Quinn deals with is well crafted, and the secondary characters offer right insight into the story.” —School Library Connection
SELLING POINTS GREAT PRAISE: The Inconceivable Life of Quinn earned a starred review from PW, and Booklist said, “readers on board for something thought– provoking will be hooked.” EXCITING HOOK: The story’s central question—how is Quinn pregnant?—will intrigue readers and keep them turning pages. It’s Jane the Virgin with a hint of magic. CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the hardcover of Wolfwood and include a sample chapter of the new book.
SPECIFICATIONS * 400 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 13 and up ISBN 978-1-4197-4001-5 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
Quinn Cutler is sixteen, the daughter of a candidate for congress in Brooklyn, and a student at a private school in Park Slope. She’s also pregnant, a situation made infinitely more shocking by the fact that she has no memory of actually having sex. Scared and confused, Quinn struggles to piece together what might have happened: An unlikely accident while she and her boyfriend were fooling around? A rape that she’s repressing from trauma? Before she’s had any revelations, the situation becomes public, putting her most intimate life up for scrutiny and ridicule, and jeopardizing her father’s political career. Religious fanatics begin gathering at the Cutlers’ house, believing she’s pregnant with the next Messiah. As things spiral out of control through a frenzy of brutal online gossip and rumor, the clues that Quinn uncovers reveal more about her childhood and her family than about the pregnancy itself. She starts to realize that much of her life is built on secrets and lies—strange, possibly supernatural ones that her father is desperate to keep concealed. And uncovering the mysterious secrets is the only way she’ll learn the truth about her pregnancy, and the only way she’ll discover why, despite all evidence and logic, a deep down part of her believes the truth isn’t an ugly one. Might she, in fact, be a virgin?
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-064-4
Marianna Baer is the author of The Inconceivable Life of Quinn, which earned a starred review from PW, who called it “a delicate, complicated, and engrossing exploration of the collision between real life and the inexplicable.” She’s a graduate of Vermont College of Fine Arts with an MFA in Writing for Children and Young Adults. She lives in Brooklyn, New York.
RIGHTS: World English
We Used to Be Friends AMY SPALDING
Two best friends grow up—and grow apart—in this innovative contemporary YA novel
SELLING POINTS UNIQUE FORM: This innovative story structure will set the story apart from others in the genre— it’s ambitious storytelling, and it works flawlessly. CONTEMPORARY YA: Funny, heartfelt YA is the backbone of the category, and Spalding’s poignant writing is perfect for fans of Becky Albertalli and Maurene Goo. EVERGREEN TOPIC: Navigating changing friendships and growing apart from someone are topics that are incredibly relatable to teens.
SPECIFICATIONS * 384 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 14 and up YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL ISBN 978-1-4197-6658-9 CAN $14.99 UK £8.99
Told in dual timelines—half of the chapters moving forward in time and half moving backwards—The Last Year of James and Kat explores the most traumatic breakup of all: that of childhood besties. At the start of their senior year in high school, James (a girl with a boy’s name) and Kat are inseparable, but by graduation, they’re no longer friends. James prepares to head off to college as she reflects on the dissolution of her friendship with Kat while, in alternating chapters, Kat thinks about being newly in love and having a future that feels wide open. Over the course of senior year, Kat wants nothing more than James to continue to be her steady rock, as James worries that everything she believes about love and her future is a lie when her high–school sweetheart’s parents announce they’re getting a divorce. Funny, honest, and full of heart, The Last Year of James and Kat tells of the pains of growing up and growing apart.
CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-645-5
Amy Spalding is the author of several novels for teens, including Kissing Ted Callahan (and Other Guys) and The Summer of Jordi Perez (and the Best Burger in Los Angeles), which earned a starred review from Kirkus. She lives in Los Angeles.
From In the Pond • By Will Millard; Illustrated by Rachel Qiuqi
RIGHTS: North America
Slow Down and Be Here Now MORE NATURE STORIES TO MAKE YOU STOP, LOOK, AND BE AMAZED BY THE TINIEST THINGS BY LAURA BRAND, ILLUSTRATED BY FREYA HARTAS
The follow–up to Slow Down: 50 Mindful Moments in Nature invites you to enjoy the present moment with everyday nature that makes you stop, watch, and be amazed by the tiniest things
SELLING POINTS AUTHOR INFLUENCER: Laura Brand has over 130,000 followers on Instagram. STRONG SERIES: The Slow Down series has become its own international wellness brand with half a million copies in print in over 20 languages. MORE MINDFUL MOMENTS: This sequel to Slow Down marries mindfulness and nature with 20 new stories to help readers slow down and be calm in the here and now. PACKED WITH FACTS: Each story features a tiny nature moment to treasure, with facts and figures on animals, plants, weather, and more, making it the perfect pick for young nature lovers. GIFTY FORMAT: Beautiful illustrations in an anthology format make this a great gift to return to again and again.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout The Slow Down series encourages kids (and their grown–ups!) to take the time to stop and experience mindful moments in nature. Zoom in to observe a hummingbird drinking nectar or a pea shoot appear. Delight in a little snail as he comes come out to drink. Charming text paired with real science invite you to observe nature up close. Let it stop you in your tracks, so that you can truly find joy in the present moment. Laura Brand is the author of the Sunday Times bestseller The Joy Journal and shares her crafty experiments and creative ideas for everyday play on her platform (also called The Joy Journal). She lives in the English countryside. This is her first book for children. Freya Hartas is a United Kingdom–based illustrator specializing in children’s books. She lives in the vibrant city of Bristol with her partner and their ancient black cat, Katsu, and works from her cozy, cluttered desk in a shared studio down the road. She graduated from Falmouth University with a bachelor of arts in illustration with first–class honors in 2014. Hartas loves to conjure up humorous characters, animals, and monsters, creating the most fantastical worlds for them to inhabit and get lost in. Her first title with Magic Cat, Slow Down, was an instant hit around the world, selling in more than 20 languages.
* 64 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 8 to 12 ISBN 978-1-4197-6597-1 US $22.99 CAN $28.99
CARTON QTY: 12 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-900-7
RIGHTS: North America
In the Pond
A MAGIC FLAPS BOOK WRITTEN BY WILL MILLARD, ILLUSTRATED BY RACHEL QIUQI
This interactive first introduction to frogs and other pond life features double–layer lift–the–flaps for fun and surprises
DOUBLE–LAYER FLAPS: Two– layer lift–the–flaps provide a unique way for kids to understand changes in the natural world . . . and provide double the fun! SUPPORTS LEARNING: Kids will discover more about life cycles, and bold–faced sight words help young readers grow their vocabulary. ENCOURAGES MINDFUL MOMENTS: Text encourages kids to stop and observe the natural world. AUTHOR WITH SOCIAL MEDIA FOLLOWING: Millard has nearly 12,000 followers on Twitter and 7,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 10 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 165mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 1 to 3 Explore life in a pond with five interactive nature stories. Each simple “story” is set across a double–page spread, and is revealed through double–layer lift–the–flaps. Watch a tadpole become a frog, a dragonfly take its first flight, a fish narrowly escape a kingfisher, and more. Simple rhyming text paired with educational sight words make the story both accessible and educational. Will Millard is a writer, television presenter, and public speaker. Prior to his television work, Millard led remote expeditions in West Papua and West Africa. When he isn’t exploring, he’s writing at the kitchen table or out fishing the rivers and lakes around his South Wales, United Kingdom, home. Rachel Qiuqi is an illustrator and designer who spent six years studying animation before focusing on illustration for children. She is based in Canada.
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6593-3 US $12.99 CAN $16.99
CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-896-3
RIGHTS: North America
In the Tree
A MAGIC FLAPS BOOK BY WILL MILLARD; ILLUSTRATED BY RACHEL QIUQI
This interactive first introduction to trees and the animals who live in them features double–layer lift–the–flaps for fun and surprises
DOUBLE–LAYER FLAPS: Two– layer lift–the–flaps provide a unique way for kids to understand changes in the natural world . . . and provide double the fun! SUPPORTS LEARNING: Kids will discover more about life cycles, and bold–faced sight words help young readers grow their vocabulary. ENCOURAGES MINDFUL MOMENTS: Text encourages kids to stop and observe the natural world. AUTHOR WITH SOCIAL MEDIA FOLLOWING: Millard has nearly 12,000 followers on Twitter and 7,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 10 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 165mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 1 to 3 Explore the world of trees with five interactive woodland nature stories. Each simple “story” is set across a double–page spread, and is revealed through double–layer lift–the–flaps. Watch an acorn grow into a mighty oak, a squirrel bury nuts to prepare for winter, a woodpecker search for insects, a bat nestle into a hollow tree, and more. Simple rhyming text paired with educational sight words make the story both accessible and educational. Will Millard is a writer, television presenter, and public speaker. Prior to his television work, Millard led remote expeditions in West Papua and West Africa. When he isn’t exploring, he’s writing at the kitchen table or out fishing the rivers and lakes around his South Wales, United Kingdom, home. Rachel Quiqi is an illustrator and designer who spent six years studying animation before focusing on illustration for children. She is based in Canada.
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6594-0 US $12.99 CAN $16.99
CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-897-0
RIGHTS: North America
Through the Fairy Door FEATURING THE PHOTOGRAPHS OF LARS VAN DE GOOR, CHARACTER ARTWORK BY BY GIULIA TOMAI, TEXT BY GABBY DAWNAY
Featuring the award–winning images of photographer Lars van de Goor, this enchanting tale follows a young girl on her magical quest through a fairy door, where she discovers that change starts with a tiny seed and no one is too small to make a difference
SELLING POINTS MAGICAL NATURE FABLE: Step through the fairy door to enter a world where tiny fairies help nature do what it does best— change and grow! EXPERIENCE THE BEAUTY OF OUR FORESTS: Be awed by the work of nature’s seasons, as Willow finds peace and joy in the Wild Wood. SEE THAT CHANGE IS POSSIBLE: Join Willow on her journey as she transforms her town into a wild place with the help of a tiny seed. SPECTACULAR PHOTOGRAPHIC ILLUSTRATIONS: The first book by award–winning photo–artist Lars van de Goor offers a unique book to the children’s picture book genre. PHOTOGRAPHER WITH INSTAGRAM FOLLOWING: Lars van de Goor has over 91,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout In a busy, noisy town where everyone is always rushing about, there is a little girl named Willow. She sees the things that everyone is too distracted to notice—including a little bird who leads her to a tiny door in an old tree. When she steps through the fairy door, she enters a magical Wild Wood where everything has its time and place, and meets tiny fairies who nourish the earth, and turn the seasons. The fairies show Willow the joy of living in harmony with nature . . . and returning home, she learns that change can start with a tiny seed. With vibrant, luminous photographs, artist Lars van de Goor launches an ordinary child on an extraordinary journey to rewild her own home. Lars van de Goor is a landscape photographer and photo artist, based in the Netherlands. Voted one of the top ten landscape photographers in the world, his work is beloved for its celebration of nature’s beauty. This is his first book for children. Giulia Tomai is an illustrator living and working in Bologna, Italy. Gabby Dawnay is a science writer and poet, whose picture book series If I Had A has sold in more than 20 countries. She lives and works in London.
* 32 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6598-8 US $19.99 CAN $24.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-901-4
RIGHTS: North America
The Book of Blast Off! 15 REAL-LIFE SPACE MISSIONS
BY TIMOTHY KNAPMAN, ILLUSTRATED BY NIK HENDERSON
Young readers will the discover spacecraft and astronauts from 15 iconic space missions in this out–of–this–world rhyming picture book
SELLING POINTS BELOVED SUBJECT: Vehicles and space are perennially popular topics for children. TOPIC WITH BUZZ: Enthusiasm for space travel is building as NASA works toward a 2025 moon landing and space tourism grows. MORE TO EXPLORE: Rich back matter includes more information about each mission. ILLUSTRATOR WITH DEDICATED INSTAGRAM FOLLOWING: Nik Henderson has over 20,000 Instagram followers. 15 ICONIC MISSIONS: Sputnik 1; Friendship 7; Mariner 4; Apollo 11; Apollo 13; Voyager 1; Hubble Telescope; Galileo; Cassini– Huygens; International Space Station (2); Kepler Telescope; Rosetta Probe; Perseverance Rover; Artemis.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm 3 . . . 2 . . . 1 . . . Blast off! Embark on a journey into space aboard rockets, space capsules, satellites, rovers, and more. Simple rhyming text and engaging illustrations introduce children to the space crafts and missions that changed the way we understand the universe. Kids will also meet some of the inspiring astronauts who carried out the missions from John Glenn and Neil Armstrong to Charles Bolden, Jessica Meir, and Christina Koch. A delightful read at bedtime or any time a child wants to reach for the stars. Missions included are: Sputnik 1; Friendship 7; Mariner 4; Apollo 11; Apollo 13; Voyager 1; Hubble Telescope; Galileo; Cassini–Huygens; International Space Station (inaugural mission); Kepler Telescope; Rosetta Probe; International Space Station (all–female space walk); Perseverance Rover; Artemis Timothy Knapman is a writer of plays, musicals, songs, and children’s books. He has written over 60 books for children, including the bestseller Dinosaurs in the Supermarket and its sequels. He resides in the United Kingdom. Nik Henderson studied at the Savannah College of Art and Design in Georgia. He recently illustrated his first children’s book, Trucks on Trucks (2022).
* HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 4 to 8 KIDS NONFICTION, PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-6595-7 US $18.99 CAN $23.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-898-7
RIGHTS: North America
Old Enough to Make a Difference
BE INSPIRED BY REAL-LIFE CHILDREN BUILDING A MORE SUSTAINABLE FUTURE BY REBECCA HUI, ILLUSTRATED BY ANNELI BRAY
Meet 12 enterprising and inspiring kids from around the world who have started businesses to help people and the planet
SELLING POINTS IMPORTANT TOPICS: Discover the many issues impacting our world such as pollution, plastic use, and unequal access to education and health care. ACTIVISTS OF TOMORROW: From protecting our oceans to disability access to providing green energy, young people care about their world and want to support and create change. CLASSROOM USE: Features a how–to–help section with simple steps to empower young readers to take action at home and at school.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 8 to 12 KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-6599-5 Calling all social entrepreneurs! End the trend for fast fashion. Say no to single–use plastic. Provide food to those in need. Be inspired by these real–life children building businesses for a more sustainable future: –Maya from Georgia who is fighting fast fashion –Lena from Germany who is working to end period poverty –Reyhan from Azerbaijan who is promoting green energy –Fabienne from the Netherlands who is reducing paper waste –Chmba from Malawi who is supporting women and girls through arts and education –Thomas from France who is protecting our oceans –Aahan and Amal from the United Kingdom who are putting a stop to single–use straws –Jiahua from China who is redistributing food destined for landfill –Chaeli from South Africa who is campaigning for disability access –Archie from Australia who is an ambassador of the Seabin Project –Jefferson from Kenya who is growing food through sustainable farming –Omid from Italy who is making healthcare more accessible Their acts of social enterprise are bringing positive change. Learn about the work they do and discover how the future of our world starts here . . . with you.
US $18.99 CAN $23.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-902-1
Rebecca Hui is a social entrepreneur whose important work has been recognized by Forbes 30 Under 30, TechCrunch, Stanford Social Innovation Review, Echoing Green, Girlboss Foundation, Unreasonable Institute, Stanford–StartX, and WGSN. Anneli Bray is an artist and illustrator from Lancashire, England. She graduated from Norwich University of the Arts with a degree in illustration in 2013. Since then she has worked as a bookseller. Her work is influenced by her love of reading, nature, and travel.
MY FIRST DISCOVERY GRAPHIC NOVEL
Scientists Are Saving the World! BY SASKIA GWINN, ILLUSTRATED BY ANA ALBERO
This engaging graphic novel brings young readers into the world of real scientists and their exciting discoveries
RIGHTS: North America SELLING POINTS REAL SCIENTISTS: Features a diverse group of real–life scientists including beloved names such as David Attenborough, Wangari Maathai, and Mary Anning. BROAD APPEAL: Engaging graphic novel format will inspire everyone from science fair winners to reluctant readers. ACCESSIBLE CONTENT: Demystifies science for a broad audience. DELIGHTFUL ILLUSTRATIONS: Lovable characters from graphic novelist Ana Albero, whose Little People Big Dreams titles have sold over 1 million copies worldwide.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/3" - 237mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 6 to 9 This riotous romp is a front–row seat into the world of today’s scientists. Find out who spends their day singing with whales, who collects stars in jars, who spies on snails, and more. The best part about scientists? They started off a lot like YOU! Children will get to know more about the exciting careers of: Mary Anning, paleontologist; Louis R. Purnell, ocean explorer and paleontologist; Valentina Tereshkova, astronaut; Liu Yang, astronaut; Joanne Simpson, meteorologist; June Bacon–Bercey, meteorologist; Deepal Warakagoda, ornithologist; Katy Payne, acoustic biologist; Stephanie Wilson, astronaut and engineer; Shigeo Hirose, robot engineer; Hans Hass, marine biologist; Eugenie Clark, marine biologist; Natalie Starkey, geologist; Haraldur Sigurosson, geologist; Janaki Ammal, botanist; Ynes Mexia, botanist; Filippo Silvestri, entomologist; Charles Henry Turner, zoologist and entomologist; Wangari Maathai, environmental activist; Sir David Attenborough, biologist and broadcaster; Rachel Schneerson, doctor, vaccine developer; Uğur Şahin, oncologist and immunologist; Özlem Türeci, immunologist, cancer researcher; Jedidah Isler, astrophysicist; and Neta Bahcall, astrophysicist.
KIDS NONFICTION, GRAPHIC NOVELS, BIOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-6596-4 US $14.99 CAN $18.99
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-899-4
Saskia Gwinn has spent nearly 20 years carefully crafting beautiful books to inspire kids of all ages. She lives in Hertfordshire, England, with her two boys who hope dinosaurs will one day revisit Earth. In the meantime she tells them that every creature on the planet has an equally exciting story to tell. Ana Albero was born in Alicante, Spain. She is now based in Berlin, where she works primarily in graphite and colored pencil creating vibrant textured images inspired by old pictures and movies. She is the illustrator of The People Awards and Little People Big Dreams: Coco Chanel.
From Manolo and the Unicorn • By Jackie Azúa Kramer and Jonah Kramer; Illustrated by Zach Manbeck
Manolo and the Unicorn BY JACKIE AZÚA KRAMER AND JONAH KRAMER; ILLUSTRATED BY ZACH MANBECK
A story about seeing, believing wholeheartedly in the extraordinary— unicorns and oneself
SELLING POINTS UNICORNS!: Unicorns are universally loved with a proven track record to boot. EXTRAORDINARY BOY: This inspiring book reaffirms self– confidence while focusing on the theme of bravely defying gender stereotypes—which is needed now more than ever and is sure to resonate. MOTHER–SON DREAM TEAM: This picture book is coauthored by a mother–son team, and the story is inspired by the authors’ experiences. UP–AND–COMING ILLUSTRATOR: This picture book features gorgeous art by rising industry star, Zach Manbeck.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 5 to 7 To Manolo the world is a magical place—a place where he searches for the most magical creature of all: a unicorn. Manolo loves unicorns. When the Wild Animal Parade is announced at school, and Manolo declares that he will come as his favorite animal, his classmates say there is no such thing as unicorns, making the world feel ordinary. That is, until Manolo meets a real unicorn—wild and graceful—and discovers that the world is truly extraordinary. Jackie Azúa Kramer is an award–winning children’s book author whose books include Dorothy & Herbert: An Ordinary Couple and Their Extraordinary Collection of Art, published by Cameron Kids. Her hopes are to write stories that reflect who children see in the mirror and what they see out of their windows. She lives with her family in Long Island, New York. Jonah Kramer is a New York City– based actor, singer, dancer, and now children’s book author. He has travelled as a performer both nationally and internationally. He is delighted to coauthor his first book with his amazing mom. Zach Manbeck is a children’s book author and illustrator who loves to create stories that advocate for characters that haven’t yet had a chance to live in books. He lives in Philadelphia.
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-951836-52-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-955-7
ONCE UPON A HORSE
The Flying Horse (Once Upon a Horse #1) BY SARAH MASLIN NIR; ILLUSTRATED BY LAYLIE FRAZIER
From author of the memoir Horse Crazy, the first in a series of fictional middle– grade novels inspired by real horses and the people who love them
SELLING POINTS A TRIFECTA!: First title in a series of 3. Book 2 will follow in Fall 23 and feature Cheryl White, the first Black female jockey. ESTABLISHED AUTHOR: This series is written by a respected, Pulitzer Prize–nominated New York Times reporter, author, and equestrian. HORSE POWER: Horse lovers are everywhere, so this book is perfect for actual and aspirational horse lovers. DESIGN–FORWARD: Modern paper–over–board packaging and spot gloss combine with bold color blocking to enhance up– and–coming artist Laylie Frazier’s intricate work.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white spot art throughout * 192 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm * HEIGHT: 7 1/4" - 184mm * Hardcover POB Trendsetter is a horse destined to fly—in more ways than one. Sarah is a horse–loving seventh grader who has a secret and a fear of losing the one thing she loves most in the world. Separated by an ocean, a horse and a girl’s parallel struggles to be their best include lots of luck and grit, some stubbornness, and a few failures. It is only when they find each other that the two kindred spirits find themselves. Together they learn that what’s important in life isn’t greatness—it’s being great at being you. Inspired by a real horse and a real girl, The Flying Horse will make horse– lovers’ hearts soar. Sarah Maslin Nir is a Pulitzer Prize–nominated New York Times reporter and the author of Horse Crazy: The Story of a Woman and a World in Love with an Animal. This is her first book with Cameron Kids. Laylie Frazier is a fine artist and illustrator inspired by the natural world. And while she doesn’t ride horses, she loves to illustrate them. Frazier lives in Houston, Texas.
PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-951836-67-2 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 36 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-953-3
QUEEN OF SOUTHERN COOKING, EDNA LEWIS BY MELVINA NOEL; ILLUSTRATED BY COZBI A. CABRERA
A warm and inviting picture–book portrait of African American culinary legend Edna Lewis, who brought Southern cooking to the masses
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING ILLUSTRATOR: Cabrera is an award–winning illustrator whose gorgeous books have garnered a Coretta Scott King Honor as well as a Caldecott Honor for illustration. BELOVED FIGURE: Chef Edna Lewis is an African American culinary legend who learned to love to cook as a child in the South. EDUCATIONAL: Fascinating back matter provides readers with additional information about Lewis’s life.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 9 3/4" - 248mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 4 to 8
Edna Lewis loved to cook. Growing up on a farm in Freetown, Virginia, she learned the value of fresh, local, seasonal food from her Mama Daisy, as well as how to measure ingredients for biscuits using coins and to listen closely to her cakes to know when they were done. Edna carried these traditions with her all the way to New York City, where she became a celebrated chef, cooking traditional French food in her signature Southern style and introducing the world to the flavors of her home.
KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE, PICTURE BOOK, FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-1-951836-39-9 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-789-8
Melvina Noel loves to write and to bake cakes. Thanks to Edna, she listens to her cakes to tell her when they are done. Noel lives in Virginia. This is her debut picture book. Cozbi A. Cabrera is an award–winning illustrator whose gorgeous books–including Exquisite: The Poetry and Life of Gwendolyn Brooks, published by Abrams–have garnered a Coretta Scott King Honor as well as a Caldecott Honor for illustration. She lives in Illinois.
THE MAKING OF A POET, EDNA ST. VINCENT MILLAY TEXT BY J. M. FARKAS AND EMILY VIZZO; ILLUSTRATIONS BY JASMIN DWYER
A lyrical picture book biography about American poet Edna St. Vincent Millay’s childhood and the two sisters who inspired her
SELLING POINTS PROVEN SPACE: Picture book biographies continue to resonate with the market and boast both trade and institutional success. CELEBRATED FEMALE POET: Written by two female poets, Starflower explores the early life and inspirations of one of America’s greatest poets, Pulitzer Prize–winning Edna St. Vincent Millay. SISTERLY LOVE: Though “new sibling” stories are familiar, there aren’t many picture books that delve into sibling dynamics beyond that, and fewer still that show the love between sisters. INFORMATIVE BACKMATTER: This book includes a short biography and photographs of the poet along with some of her beloved poems.
Good things come in threes, like peas like wishes like sisters. Vincent—American poet Edna St. Vincent Millay—began writing and publishing poetry as a child. She grew up in coastal Maine with her two sisters and plenty of books, music, and nature, but often without parents— her father left home when they were young, and her mother, a nurse, traveled for months at a time to support them. Vincent and her two sisters often had to fiercely fend for themselves, from the daily to–do lists of keeping house, through bitterly cold winters and blight, which proved to be good fodder for indoor and outdoor adventures alike—and for poetry. Gorgeously illustrated by Jasmin Dwyer, Starflower is a poetic picture book biography as fiery and unconventional as Vincent herself. J. M. Farkas is a poet and an author whose books include Mermaid: Or How to Find Love Underwater, a blackout poetry version of Hans Christian Andersen’s “The Little Mermaid,” published by Cameron Kids. She lives in New York. Emily Vizzo is a published author and educator whose work has been featured in the Los Angeles Times, North American Review, and Blackbird, among many others. This is her first book with Cameron Kids. Jasmin Dwyer is a fine artist and illustrator originally from Australia. She currently lives in London. This is her debut picture book.
BREATHTAKING ILLUSTRATIONS: Gorgeous illustrations by picture book newcomer and rising industry star Jasmin Dwyer build on the book’s message of creativity and love.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 6 to 9 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS WOMEN’S HISTORY, KIDS NONFICTION, POETRY ISBN 978-1-951836-51-1 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-959-5
I Dare! I Can! I Will!
THE DAY THE ICELANDIC WOMEN WALKED OUT AND INSPIRED THE WORLD BY LINDA ÓLAFSDÓTTIR
A picture book inspired by the Long Friday—a real event in Iceland that inspired women around the world to stand up, walk out, and march together for women’s rights
SELLING POINTS FEMINIST HISTORY: This rousing historical picture book uses the October 25, 1975, Icelandic Women’s Day Off to inspire readers to change the world one step at a time, continuing the movement of publishing activism– related books for young readers. MULTIGENERATIONAL ACTIVISM: This accessible story of multiple generations of women in a family marching for their belief in equality will engage and inspire kids and adults, alike. FIRSTHAND ACCOUNT: The author’s mother–in–law marched in the Women’s Day Off—making this story even more meaningful and personal. PROMOTIONAL OPPORTUNITIES: This book will be published in time for Women’s History Month.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 40 pages * WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm Vera and Mamma are headed out for a march, but it’s not just any march: It’s October 24 in Reykjavík, and on this day in 1975, the women of Iceland took the day off, walked out of their homes and away from their jobs—as farmworkers, butchers, and fisherwomen; wives, daughters, and children —and marched to demand equality and change, chanting: “I dare! I can! I will!” And they did, inspiring and empowering girls and women to make change, not just in their country, but all around the world. Linda Ólafsdóttir is an award–winning Icelandic children’s book author and illustrator. Her books include Play?, published by Cameron Kids. She lives in Reykjavík with her husband and two children.
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 6 to 9 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS WOMEN’S HISTORY, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-951836-90-0 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-954-0
Pigs Can't Look Up BY VINCENT D'ONOFRIO; ILLUSTRATED BY SHELLY CUNNINGHAM
Based on the viral tweet from actor Vincent D’Onofrio comes a heartwarming story about a girl, a pig, and a radical act of kindness that will lift even the heaviest of hearts
SELLING POINTS TWEET–WORTHY: “Pigs Can’t Look Up” was originally a tweet by actor Vincent D’Onofrio that quickly went viral—the 2019 tweet has racked up over 150,000 engagements to date. STRONG FOLLOWING: D’Onofrio has a strong following across his social media (Twitter: 462,000; Instagram: 228,000). TIMELY TOPIC: As recent bestseller lists prove, kindness is a topic that never goes out of style! Pigs Can’t Look Up is a heartwarming, beautiful story about how one act of compassion can make a world of a difference. HEARTWARMING FRIENDSHIP: This book highlights the healing nature of caring for animals—and interspecies friendship!
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm * Hardcover with jacket In this spare picture book, a little girl forges a bond with a pig on her farm, taking note of the unfair truth that because their bodies evolved to forage for food on the ground, pigs can’t look up. Inspired by empathy, the little girl determines and plots to hoist the pig up to see the stars, and in doing so, sees herself. Originally written as a tweet by actor Vincent D’Onofrio, the limited and poetic text morphs into a beautiful story of friendship and kindness in this bold and graphic picture book. Vincent D’Onofrio is a world–renowned actor, producer, writer, and director whose credits include Full Metal Jacket, Jurassic World, and Law & Order: Criminal Intent. He won a Saturn Award for his role in Men in Black, and is the author of Mutha: Stuff and Things, published by Cameron Books. He lives in New York City. Shelly Cunningham is a mixed–media artist. This is her debut picture book. She lives in Portland, Oregon.
PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 6 to 9 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-951836-75-7 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-958-8
Bark Ship Bonnie BY STEPHANIE STAIB; ILLUSTRATED BY FIONA LEE
A sailing adventure featuring a girl, her dog, and their boat, complete with a “Ship Slang” glossary and diagram of a real bark ship
SELLING POINTS GIRL POWER: Bark Ship Bonnie riffs on the popular theme of stories revolving around strong, resourceful, and independent girls—seafaring or land–loving girls alike. HUMAN’S BEST FRIEND: Dog books are a perennial favorite that boast a proven track record with consumers. SEASONAL SALES: With its oceanic setting, this adventurous sailing story is sure to fit the sensibilities of summertime reading lists. SHIP–SHAPE FACTS: Complete with a punny title that plays with the term for a real type of ship, a bark, this story is chock–full of real sailing terms defined in a glossary and includes diagram of a real bark ship.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm * Hardcover with jacket Bonnie lass, bark sailor on a bark ship cast off, set sail, chase sea tales, befriend whales, scope islands, outwit squalls, and make it home in time to slip back into the slip and sleep, in this delightfully salty tale of a girl, her dog, and a boat. Debut picture book author Stephanie Staib is an avid boater who lives with her family in Milton, Delaware, a 19th–century shipbuilding community known for its multimasted schooners. Fiona Lee is an illustrator who lives and works on her family’s farm in Vermont. Her books include Eat Your Peas, Julius!, published by Cameron Kids.
PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-951836-54-2 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-951-9
Animals in Pants BY SUZY LEVINSON; ILLUSTRATED BY KRISTEN AND KEVIN HOWDESHELL
An irreverently illustrated picture book of simple and silly poems featuring all kinds of animals wearing all kinds of pants
SELLING POINTS PUNNY POETRY: This hilarious poetry picture book is guaranteed to make young readers laugh out loud. ANIMAL APPEAL: Animals are a perennial favorite for this age group—and to top it off, they’re all wearing different kinds of funky pants. TALENTED TEAM: Animals in Pants features fun, irreverent art by well–established husband– and–wife team Kevin and Kristen Howdeshell, the illustrators of Cameron Kids’ The Poet of Piney Woods.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10 3/4" - 273mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK, POETRY, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT ISBN 978-1-951836-62-7 What? You’ve never seen animals in pants? A dog in yoga pants, a goat in overalls, a yak in slacks? Animals in Pants presents a parade of impeccable poems about animals wearing perfectly pressed pants. Suzy Levinson is a writer and poet whose work has been published in numerous poetry anthologies and children’s magazines. Animals in Pants is her debut picture book. She lives in New York. Kristen and Kevin Howdeshell are a husband–and–wife illustration team whose books include The Poet Wolf of Piney Woods, published by Cameron Kids. They live in Kansas City, Missouri.
US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-950-2
Once There Was BY CORINNE DEMAS; ILLUSTRATED BY GEMMA CAPDEVILA
A simple, modern fable about dreaming of being something else, transformations, and the innerconnectedness of all things
SELLING POINTS HEARTWARMING MESSAGE: Once There Was encourages readers to look within and realize that who they are and what they have is just right. TIMELY TOPIC: This contemplative book plays on timely themes of aspiration and self–reflection, but the room for interpretation gives the potential for this book to become a timeless classic. ESTABLISHED ARTIST: Once There Was showcases gorgeous, whimsical illustrations from a well–established illustrator with a significant following (over 66,000 on Instagram).
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK In this magical, modern fairy tale, a girl dreams she is a princess. A princess dreams she is a horse. A horse dreams she is a tree, a tree a mountain, a mountain a moon, a moon a sea, a sea a girl. Corinne Demas is the author of two collections of short stories, five novels, a memoir, a collection of poetry, two plays, and numerous books for children, including The Perfect Tree, published by Cameron Kids. She lives with her family in western Massachusetts. Gemma Capdevila is a fine artist and illustrator. Her magical work is inspired by the natural world, the ocean, and the forest. She lives in Barcelona.
ISBN 978-1-951836-65-8 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-957-1
An Earth Song (Petite Poems) BY LANGSTON HUGHES; ILLUSTRATED BY TEQUITIA ANDREWS
Discover the power and joy of poetry in this simple, modern introduction to Langston Hughes, featuring an ode to spring and long–awaited new beginnings
SELLING POINTS POETRY PRIMER: Serves as an accessible introduction to poetry for even the youngest readers. TIMELY SPACE: With a resurgence of interest in poetry, exemplified by poets like Amanda Gorman quickly gaining national notoriety, this is a timely publication. STAND–OUT SUBJECT: Langston Hughes is an incredibly beloved American poet, essayist, and playwright. He was one of the most visible and prolific leaders of the Harlem Renaissance—and this book answers the call for more titles about people of color in the arts. POETIC CONTEXT: The backmatter includes a biography and photo of the poet, info about the poem, and resources to learn more about both Langston Hughes and writing poetry.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 24 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm In this illustrated adaptation of a beloved Langston Hughes poem, a child delights as the world around him awakens from winter and comes to life with the long–awaited arrival of spring and new beginnings of all kinds. Langston Hughes (1901–1967) was an American poet, writer, columnist, civil rights activist, and one of the leaders of the Harlem Renaissance. Tequitia Andrews is an artist and illustrator from Richmond, Virginia. Her illustrations have been included in Good Night Stories for Rebel Girls: 100 Real–Life Tales of Black Girl Magic and numerous YA novel covers. This will be her first full–length picture book and her first book with Cameron Kids.
* HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK, POETRY ISBN 978-1-951836-93-1 US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99
CARTON QTY: 42 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-952-6
Boats on the Bay BY JEANNE WALKER HARVEY; ILLUSTRATED BY GRADY MCFERRIN
Follow all the boats that rock and slog and sail and parade on the bay from daybreak to night
SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Jeanne Walker Harvey is the author of many successful children’s books with a proven track record. IN–DEMAND ILLUSTRATOR: Boats on the Bay was Grady McFerrin’s first book for children, and he’s well– known for his work with the New York Times and the New Yorker, as well as for his book covers, concert posters, and more. UNIVERSALLY APPEALING SETTING: Though inspired by San Francisco, the book’s setting is appealing to anyone who loves boats and being on the water. PERENNIAL CHILDREN’S FAVORITE: Boats are a much– loved subject with this age group.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 24 pages * WIDTH: 7 1/4" - 184mm * HEIGHT: 5 3/4" - 146mm * Board Book PUB MONTH: APRIL Originally published as a picture book, this board book editions features boats found on a busy bay, buoyed by simple, spare, and lyrical text. Jeanne Walker Harvey is the award–winning author of several picture books, including Ablaze with Color: A Story of Painter Alma Thomas, Maya Lin, Artist–Architect of Light and Lines; My Hands Sing the Blues, and Romare Bearden’s Childhood Journey. Grady McFerrin is an illustrator, designer, and hand–letterer who lives in Los Angeles with his family. His work has been featured in magazines, children’s books, gift/novelty titles, advertisements and music posters, and recognized by the AIGA, Communication Arts, the Society of Illustrators, Print Magazine, and American Illustration.
AGES up to 4 PICTURE BOOK, TRAVEL ISBN 978-1-949480-30-6 US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-061-2
Tate Publishing (Children’s)
ABRAMS IS PLEASED TO
Milky Way Picture Books
ANNOUNCE A NEW PARTNERSHIP WITH BUNGIE, THE VIDEO GAME
STUDIO BEHIND THE CREATION OF
THE DESTINY UNIVERSE.
Tate Publishing Vendome Press La Martinière/Abrams V&A Publishing Skittledog
WELCOME TO THE FIRST SEASON OF SKITTLEDOG, A NEW LINE OF BOOKS AND GIFTS THAT FOCUS ON CREATIVITY, LIFESTYLE, AND FUN.
From Fadya and the Song of the River (Tate Children’s) • By Laura Nsafou; Illustrations by Amélie-Anne Calmo
Fadya and the Song of the River TEXT BY LAURA NSAFOU; ILLUSTRATIONS BY AMÉLIE-ANNE CALMO
A vibrantly illustrated tale celebrating creativity and serving your community
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean SELLING POINTS EYE–CATCHING ART: From celebrated French children’s author Laura Nsafou (also known as Mrs Roots) and debut illustrator Amélie–Anne Calmo. POSITIVE MESSAGE: A vibrantly illustrated tale celebrating creativity and serving your community. VISUALLY STUNNING: Features bold artwork full of movement. MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE: A wonderful journey inspired by traditional African tales. DEVOTED FOLLOWING: Laura Nsafou (@mrsrootsbooks) has 12,700 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 9 3/4" - 248mm * HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 3 to 5 Between the deserts of Mali and the rivers of Mauritania is a song known only to Africa itself. It is a song that can be heard every day, as long as the wind isn't blowing too hard. It is the song of the Luminaries, a group of women with powerful magic, all dressed in long golden dresses. Fadya is the youngest of the Luminaries, and on her journey she will encounter and help two fishermen who have inadvertently awakened the wrath of the goddess of the river.
ISBN 978-1-84976-824-5 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
Laura Nsafou, also known as Mrs Roots, is an Afrofeminist blogger and author. She reviews books from Afro literature and writes articles about Afrofeminism in France. Her different projects challenge antiblackness and seek for a fair representation of Black women in French culture. Founder of the Afrolab workshop, Nsafou is also the author of the picture book Comme un million de papillons noirs (Like a Million Black Butterflies, published at Editions Cambourakis), which has reprinted 11 times, as well as À mains nues (With Bare Hands, Editions Synapse), Le chemin de Jada (Jada’s Journey, Cambourakis), Fadya et le chant de la rivière (Fadya and the Song of the River, Lunii), La demeure du ciel (Heaven’s Abode, Cambourakis), and Nos jours brûlés (Our Burned Days, Albin Michel Jeunesse).
Once Upon a Time in Persia TEXT BY SAHAR DOUSTAR; ILLUSTRATIONS BY DANIELA TIENI
An introspective fairy tale that prompts the reader to consider their connection and place in the world
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean SELLING POINTS MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE: Striking illustrations inspired by illuminated Persian manuscripts. STUNNING ILLUSTRATIONS: Spectacular debut from Iranian– Italian author Sahar Doustar. EVOCATIVE STORY: Helps young readers explore the concept of self and appearance in an unusual way.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 8 2/3" - 220mm * HEIGHT: 12 1/2" - 315mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-84976-829-0 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
Once upon a time in Persia, there was a woman who had never seen her reflection. On her wedding day, she sees herself in a mirror for the first time and does not recognize herself. Heartbroken, she runs away, mistakenly believing another bride has taken her place. Her love desperately follows her, trying to persuade her that the reflection she saw was in fact herself. Protesting, the woman must explain to her love that her shape cannot be contained so neatly, for she is the shape of water in the lake, of the sun when it rises and sets, and of the moon when full and at crescent. Sahar Doustar was born in Tehran in 1985. She studied at the University of Science and Technology of Iran where she earned a degree in architecture and engineering. She also has a master’s degree in architecture at Politecnico di Milano. She is currently attending her two–year specialization in graphic design for illustration at ISIA in Urbino. Once Upon a Time in Persia is her first book as an author.
Malola's Museum Adventures: Career Day TEXT AND ILLUSTRATIONS BY JOELLE AVELINO
When Malola is tasked with sharing with her class what she wants to be when she grows up, she runs to the one place she knows will help her—her favorite room in her favorite museum
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean SELLING POINTS EMPOWERING HISTORY: The book showcases a range of historical inspirational women. DREAM BIG: It teaches young readers that they can be anything they want to be and that there’s no deadline on dreams. UNIVERSAL QUESTION: Encourages children to consider the ultimate question: What do you want to do when you grow up? WOMEN’S RIGHTS: Published for International Women’s Day (March 8, 2023).
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 240mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 280mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-84976-813-9 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
When Malola is tasked with sharing with her class what she wants to be when she grows up, she runs to the one place she knows will help her— her favorite room in her favorite museum. But when she asks her favorite paintings what she should be when she grows up, she doesn’t expect them to come to life and take her on a journey to find the answer! Follow Malola as she travels through a magical exhibit of paintings and learns about the many inspirational women who came before her, paving the way for her to be anything and everything she wants to be.
Joelle Avelino is a Congolese and Angolan London–based illustrator. She graduated from the University of Hertfordshire with a BA (with honors) in illustration with marketing in 2012. She works with both traditional and digital methods of drawing and painting to create her vibrant and distinctive illustrations. She is greatly inspired by phenomenal women, everyday life, and her African heritage particularly. Having grown up in the UK, Avelino aims to bring these two worlds together through her work.
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean
In Our Hands WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY LUCY FARFORT
A story of hope that will inspire everyone to come together and build a better future
SELLING POINTS CHARMING ILLUSTRATIONS: A timeless debut fable from award– winning illustrator/author Lucy Farfort. A TALE OF COMMUNITY: Emphasizes the importance of community and working together to help others. HOPEFUL TALE: Magical, rainbow illustrations throughout represent the growing power of hope. GLOBAL TOGETHERNESS: National Children’s Day is June 11, 2023.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 9 3/4" - 250mm * HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 250mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-84976-814-6 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
We called it the Dulling. It had been creeping in for such a long time and had started so gradually that most people barely even noticed. As the Dulling spread, people began to fight and isolate themselves from each other. Neighbors became enemies, friends became strangers, and soon all color was drained from the world. When the world is plagued with isolation and cursed to live without color, it is up to a group of determined children to grow a seed of hope that will inspire everyone to come together and build a better future. This timeless fable, from debut author Lucy Farfort, is sure to entrance and empower in equal measure.
Lucy Farfort is a freelance illustrator based in Newcastle, UK, specializing in work for the children’s market. She is of mixed Caribbean and English heritage and is passionate about the need for more diversity in children’s publishing. Her illustrations are created using a mix of traditional and digital media–generally watercolor paintings, enhanced with PhotoShop brushes and found textures. She won first prize for illustration in Faber Children’s inaugural FAB Prize competition in 2017.
Mildred the Gallery Cat WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY JONO GANZ
Mildred is a gallery cat by day, but an inquisitive artist by night
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean SELLING POINTS VIVID AND FUN: A bold and vibrant debut that is sure to delight art lovers both big and small. ART REFERENCES: With clever nods to some of the world’s greatest art, this delightful tale is an instant classic. REAL–LIFE INSPIRATION: Based on and in memory of the much–loved (and missed) real Mildred the gallery cat, who lived at Tate Modern.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 260mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 260mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-84976-787-3 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
ËxHSLIOJy767873z Mildred is a sleepy gallery cat by day but an inquisitive artist by night. Join Mildred as she explores the many art styles in the gallery and finds what being an artist means to her. Jono Ganz draws and writes in his home in London. He likes folklore, wonky shapes, and the music of ABBA, and dreams of producing an adaptation of The Wicker Man for kids.
The Fragile World WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ALEXANDRA MÎRZAC
A poignant tale of the power that can be found in embracing differences and working together
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean SELLING POINTS AWARD–WINNING ILLUSTRATOR: Second title by Klaus Flugge Prize–longlisted illustrator Alexandra Mîrzac. WORKING TOGETHER: A moving tale filled with passion, imagination, and whimsy, reminiscent of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland and Mixed. RELATABLE THEMES: Emphasizes the importance of working together and overcoming conflict.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 32 pages * WIDTH: 12" - 304mm * HEIGHT: 9 2/3" - 245mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-84976-816-0 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
ËxHSLIOJy768160z Within the placid confines of a china cabinet rages a long–standing conflict between the Blues and the Reds. When the Blues decide to sneak in and paint the Reds blue, all bets are off. It’s only when they help each other pick up the pieces that they realize they are stronger together. Based on her own character–filled collection of ceramics, Mîrzac creates a moving tale filled with passion and whimsy, reminiscent of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland and Mixed. Entertaining and sentimental, it is a poignant example of the power that can be found in embracing differences and working together. Alexandra Mîrzac is an author and illustrator based in Bucharest. She has a BA and MA in graphic arts from the National University of Arts Bucharest and was recently shortlisted for the AOI prize and the World Illustration Awards. Her debut picture book, Lost, is published with Tate Publishing was longlisted for the 2021 Klaus Flugge Prize and shortlisted for Nami Councurs 2019.
RIGHTS: World English
Little Pea BY DAVIDE CALI, ILLUSTRATED BY SÉBASTIEN MOURRAIN
Discover Little Pea’s debut in this gentle, joyous story about embracing what makes us unique
FINDING YOUR LIGHT: Inspires young readers by showing that pursuing a passion can bring joy and give meaning to one’s life. PROMOTES UNIQUENESS: Educators and parents alike can use this tale to reinforce notions of self–acceptance, individuality, and creativity. BIG LITTLE WORLD: Little Pea’s miniature world, brought to life through Mourrain’s whimsical images, will captivate its young readers. LITTLE PEA’S DEBUT: The one that started it all—Cali and Mourrain’s debut installment in the popular Little Pea series, which has spawned two sequels. REISSUE REIMAGINED: This reissue of Little Pea is presented in an all–new format and features a cloth spine. SOCIAL MEDIA HIT: Cali has more than 11,000 followers on Facebook and 4,500 on Instagram.
Little Pea was born tiny, but with big aspirations. As he grows up, he loves to climb, explore, swim, daydream—just like any other kid his age. But when Little Pea starts school, the realization of how small he is sets in. Suddenly, he’s too small to sit at his desk, play the flute, or even join classmates at recess. What will become of Little Pea? Internationally renowned author Davide Cali is a Swiss–born Italian writer of picture books and graphic novels primarily for children and young adults. His work has been published in 25 countries and translated into many languages. Cali is a recipient of numerous awards, including the BolognaRagazzi Award in the special category, Switzerland’s Prix Enfantaisie, and Belgium’s Libbylit Award. He lives in Italy. Sébastien Mourrain is the illustrator of over 40 picture books and documentaries published by Éditions Gallimard, Éditions du Seuil, Bayard & Milan, among others. He lives in Lyon, France.
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 36 pages * WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * HC cloth spine PUB MONTH: MARCH
AGES 4 to 6 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-990252-11-2 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
The Art of Rewilding
THE RETURN OF YELLOWSTONE’S WOLVES WRITTEN BY NADJA BELHADJ; ILLUSTRATED BY MARC MAJEWSKI
Alongside breathtaking artwork by artist Marc Majewski, Nadja Belhadj delivers her unique perspective on the rewilding of wolves in Yellowstone Park
RIGHTS: World English SELLING POINTS ACCORDION FORMAT: Beautifully hardcover that folds out into a panorama. ENGAGING AND ARTISTIC: One side of the book displays a beautifully painted panorama of the evolving ecosystem; the back side features an engaging informational text about the reintroduction of wolves and its positive ecological impact. CONSERVATION TRUE STORY: An excellent nonfiction book for schools that explores habitats, ecology, and conservation issues. STRONG FOLLOWING: Majewski has more than 83,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 44 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL
AGES 5 to 9 PICTURE BOOK In 1930, when wolves disappeared from Yellowstone Park, the ecosystem started to collapse. With no wolves, the elk population exploded, directly contributing to overgrazing of young trees and cottonwood plants. This, in turn, led to a decline in songbirds and beavers, the latter of whom rely on willows in winter. As beavers declined in numbers, the lack of damming and shade meant water temperatures rose, and certain cold–water fish could no longer survive in Yellowstone. The missing link in the ecosystem was clear. So 65 years later, after the last known wolfpack had been exterminated from the area, wolves were reintroduced to Yellowstone in 1995. This hardcover accordion book tells two sides to their story.
ISBN 978-1-990252-19-8 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
Marc Majewski is a French author and illustrator based in Berlin. As a child, Majewski discovered a passion for drawing and painting through the works of Gustave Doré, Maurice Sendak, Quint Buchholz, and Symbolist painters. After obtaining a degree in literature and arts, he studied illustration and painting for two years. Majewski’s first book, Un Beau Voyage, was published in 2016. Majewski is passionate about the environment and loves painting landscapes and scenes from the natural world. Nadja Belhadj is a children's book author, editor, and translator–and believer in the power of words. She currently resides in Paris with her young daughter.
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
Little Mouse's Encyclopedia
A PICTURE BOOK ABOUT THE WONDERS OF NATURE WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY TEREZA VOSTRADOVSKA
This hybrid narrative nonfiction book invites readers to follow Little Mouse in her charmingly painted exploration of nature
RIGHTS: World English SELLING POINTS AWARD WINNER: Recipient of the 2017 Golden Ribbon Award (Literary section: Nonfiction for children and youth). LEARNING TOOL: Presents readers with bite–size factoids and diagrams, numbered lists identifying various species, and questions for consideration regarding Little Mouse's findings. VIDEO GAME ADAPTATION: The book was adapted into an edutainment game for the Nintendo Switch and iPhone in 2021. The interactive encyclopedia is available in 10 languages, including English, Japanese, German, Spanish, and French: https://www.youtube.co m/watch?v=thf34pkjD20&t=56s.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 52 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm * HC cloth spine PUB MONTH: MAY Little Mouse loves mint tea and lemon cookies and enjoys reading encyclopedias. One day, the roots of a plant pierce the ceiling of her burrow. Amazed, she realizes that she doesn’t know much about the nature around her—but it gives her an idea. She decides to write her own encyclopedia! The reader follows Little Mouse as she explores, questions, and experiments her way into the worlds of insects, trees, birds, and amphibians, both on land and in water, to discover many ecological processes and phenomena. It’s the perfect book for born explorers who want to learn about the wonders of nature. Tereza Vostradovska lives in the Czech Republic. She graduated from the Academy of Arts, Architecture and Design in Prague. Little Mouse’s Encyclopedia was originally Vostradovska’s diploma thesis project and received the Golden Ribbon Award for children’s nonfiction in the Czech Republic. She is now dedicated to children’s illustration, interactive games, animated films, toys, and all kinds of creations.
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
AGES 5 to 9 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-990252-18-1 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
The Magic Cap WRITTEN BY MIREILLE MESSIER; ILLUSTRATED BY CHARLOTTE PARENT
A heartwarming tale about devotion and generosity for all lovers of gnomes and whimsical forest creatures
RIGHTS: World English SELLING POINTS HEARTWARMING CHARACTERS: Readers will be touched by Isaura and Arlo’s dedication to their beloved hedgehog and their resourcefulness in finding a solution to heal it. STRONG MORAL STORY: This tale shows us the power of determination and how perseverance is rewarded. RICH STORYTELLING: A powerfully narrated story inspired by folktales with a surprising plot twist. VIVID ILLUSTRATIONS: Parent’s illustrations lend warmth and vibrancy to this timeless story. A TRIBUTE TO A CLASSIC: An homage to Gnomes by Wil Huygen and Rien Poortvliet (1977).
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 48 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm Many moons ago, in a tiny, thatched cottage at the edge of the woods, lived two children named Isaura and Arlo with their hedgehog, Crispin. When their beloved pet becomes ill, Isaura suggests that they seek the magical healing power of gnomes. Convinced this will heal it, the children set off into the woods with humble offerings, hoping to attract the gnomes. The trick does not seem to work, however, and gnomes are nowhere to be seen despite the children’s good intentions. Isaura and Arlo will have to remain hopeful and wish for a magical solution! Mireille Messier is a children’s author with a background in theater and broadcasting. She has published more than 30 picture and chapter books. When she’s not writing, Messier works in children’s television as a scriptwriter for various programs. Born in Montréal, she now lives in Toronto with her family. Charlotte Parent is a freelance illustrator and comic artist based in Montréal. She holds a BFA from Concordia University, where she specialized in drawing. She also has a MA in conservation and works as an archaeological and world cultures conservator.movers
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
* Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: MAY
AGES 4 to 7 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-990252-21-1 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99
RIGHTS: World English
The Movers WRITTEN BY CÉLINE CLAIRE; ILLUSTRATED BY THOMAS BAAS
A hilarious and lively story about dealing with unexpected situations and making new friends along the way!
SELLING POINTS A RIVETING BOOK: Claire’s powerfully written story and Baas’s compelling illustrations will hook young readers. LAUGH–OUT–LOUD READ: The expressive characters, repetitive patterns, and illustrations packed with funny details make for an engaging read. ADVERTISING PASTICHE: The story is a pastiche of a ’50s– inspired television ad, which sets the tone for the picture book. HIGH–END FABRICATION: The book will be printed in five Pantone colors. STRONG FOLLOWING: Baas has more than 12,600 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 54 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 4 to 7 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-990252-20-4 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
The Movers, a friendly moving company operated by Uncle Charles and Theo, is well known for its efficient, error–free service. One day, as the pair get ready to start their delivery route, the two load parcels to be delivered into their truck —including one particularly large box. As they're driving, a gorilla suddenly emerges from the box and starts making a total mess of the other parcels! How will the pair keep their promise of delivering all of that day's packages—and, more importantly, will The Movers manage to deliver their new friend?
Céline Claire is the author of many books published for children and young readers. Formerly a schoolteacher, she is well known for her quirky and unexpected stories that both parents and children love to share. She now resides in a small village in northeastern France with her family. Thomas Baas has illustrated dozens of picture books for children. Born in Strasbourg, where he studied under the French children’s book illustrator Claude Lapointe at L’École supérieure des arts décoratifs, his style is characterized by humor and softness, with a retro feel. His illustrations and visual art have been featured in numerous ad campaigns and featured at the Musée des arts Décoratifs de Paris.
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
RIGHTS: World English
Are You There, Bigfoot? WRITTEN BY ANDREA FAROTTO; ILLUSTRATED BY MARTINA TONELLO
The gang from The Rainbow Hunters take us on adventure that shows you never know where a journey might take you
SELLING POINTS RENEWED CAMARADERIE: Bill, Jyn, Will, Liz, and their dog sidekick, Cheesecake, are back in Farotto and Tonello’s highly anticipated sequel to The Rainbow Hunters. NEW ADVENTURE: This story encourages children to have confidence in taking the unexpected paths that any journey can present. UNREAL STORY: The foursome’s simple camping trip takes an imaginative turn that will pique young readers’ curiosities about mythical creatures. SOCIAL MEDIA FOLLOWING: Illustrator Martina Tonello has nearly 3,400 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 44 pages * WIDTH: 9" - 229mm Back together for another adventure, our four very determined friends—Bill, Jyn, Will, and Liz—and their dog, Cheescake, embark one day on a not–so–typical camping trip in search of the mythical creature known as Bigfoot. As the kids search the forest and around the lake, Cheesecake follows the scent of his own trail—one that leads straight to a family of Bigfoots. When the foursome notice Cheesecake has left, they immediately reset their mission to go search for their dog instead. Along the way, the kids learn that, no matter where we go, there are exciting discoveries to be made and wonderful things that surround us—even when we're not looking for them! Andrea Farotto is a petroleum engineer who, when not at his day job, writes playful stories meant to boost children’s creativity. Born in Chirundu, Zambia, to Italian parents, his love of traveling the world, discovering new places, and embracing different cultures has been with him since day one. Becoming a father has since rekindled his desire to fulfill his childhood dreams. He currently lives in London. Martina Tonello is an illustrator and an apprentice carpenter who has worked with several Italian publishing houses, such as Electa Kids, Piemme, and Editoriale Scienza. She currently resides in Bologna, Italy, where she spends her time crafting stories and hosting workshops for children.
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
* HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm * Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: JUNE
AGES 3 to 7 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-990252-22-8 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99
RIGHTS: World English
The Shelter WRITTEN BY CÉLINE CLAIRE; ILLUSTRATED BY QIN LENG
A powerful story about the importance of generosity, teaching us that kindness begets kindness
SELLING POINTS BELOVED STORY: A reissued version of Claire and Leng’s Shelter, which received a starred review from Kirkus and accolades including the Bock Book Award from Neumann University. PROMOTES KINDNESS: This touching, thoughtful story teaches children the importance of being hospitable and generous to the people around them— whether they're family, a friend, or a stranger. WARMLY ILLUSTRATED: Leng’s renowned watercolor illustrations brings a calm, reassuring feel to contrast the chaos of a winter storm. SOCIAL FOLLOWING: Leng is followed by nearly 11,000 people on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 48 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 210mm * HEIGHT: 11" - 275mm * Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture A big storm is about to hit the forest! As each of the animal families scramble to gather supplies and take shelter from the oncoming wind and snow, two mysterious figures appear in the distance. Watching skeptically from their windows, unsure of the strangers’ motives, all of the families close their doors and their hearts to the strangers’ pleas to help themselves weather the storm . . . until Little Fox bravely steps up! With one very simple act of kindness, Little Fox extends an olive branch that will keep the two strangers—and his own family—from being left out in the cold.
PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-990252-23-5 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99
Céline Claire is the author of many books published for children and young readers. Formerly a schoolteacher, she is well known for her quirky and unexpected stories that both parents and children love to share. She now resides in a small village in northeastern France with her family. Qin Leng was born in Shanghai and now lives in Toronto, where she works as a designer and illustrator. Her numerous picture books have been nominated for several prizes, including a USBBY Outstanding International Book, Marilyn Baillie Picture Book, and the prestigious Governor General’s Literary Award.
MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
HER LIFE, HER ART, HER HOME BY FRANCISCO DE LA MORA
Endorsed by the Frida Kahlo Museum in Mexico City, this graphic novel explores the public and private faces of iconic artist Frida Kahlo
SELLING POINTS FRIDA KAHLO MUSEUM: The museum in Mexico City has endorsed this portrait of one of the most famous artists of the 20th century. INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS: Frida Kahlo’s works that are regularly housed in galleries around the world never cease to draw hundreds of thousands of visitors. ART MASTERS SERIES: Published as part of SelfMadeHero’s acclaimed series of graphic biographies on Diego Rivera, Vincent van Gogh, Georgia O’Keeffe, and Pablo Picasso.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 72 pages * WIDTH: 7 12" - 260mm * HEIGHT: 10 /4" - 190mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-914224-10-2 US $18.99 CAN $23.99
Frida Kahlo, remembered as one of the most inspiring personalities of the 20th century, was a woman of two intertwined parts: she was both a charismatic and empowered artist exploring themes of resistance, authenticity, cruelty, and suffering, and a more private person whose wounded body caused her a lifetime of pain that underpinned the many successes and disappointments that marked her time in the world. Revealing and exploring these two Fridas, Francisco de la Mora’s graphic biography—completed with the endorsement and support of the Frida Kahlo Museum in Mexico City—allows the reader to see just how far ahead of her time this complex artist was in her understanding of gender inequality and the culture of machismo, topics that remain relevant to this day and continue to lend resonance to Kahlo’s painting. Diego Rivera, Kahlo’s husband and fellow artist, described her work as “Acid and tender, hard as steel but delicate and fine as a butterfly’s wing.” His words might apply equally to Frida herself.
Francisco de la Mora’s experience as a comics creator, whether as sole author or in collaboration with illustrators from around the world, extends from single–sheet forms to full graphic novels, and from his eight–volume Brief History of Mexico to the monthly piece he has drawn for the Hackney Citizen since January 2018. His most recent graphic novel with long–term collaborator José Luis Pescador is a biography of Diego Rivera, published by SelfMadeHero.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
DAVID BOWIE’S ZIGGY STARDUST YEARS BY REINHARD KLEIST
How David Bowie changed the face of rock music
SELLING POINTS ZIGGY STARDUST ORIGINS: The story of Bowie’s alter ego Ziggy Stardust, a fictional bisexual rock star sent to save the earth from an apocalypse. BIOGRAPHY OF AN ICON: Kleist dramatizes Bowie’s life when he reinvents himself as Ziggy Stardust. CAVE AND CASH ARTIST: Reinhard Kleist is the award– winning author of Nick Cave: Mercy on Me and Johnny Cash: I See a Darkness, which was nominated for the Eisner and Harvey Awards. BOWIE FAN BASE: A treat for Bowie fans, as well as an excellent introduction for those unfamiliar with his work.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 176 pages * WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 171mm * HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MAY In 1972, the rock ’n’ roll messiah Ziggy Stardust was born. His provocative play on sexual identity and gender roles laid the foundation for David Bowie’s ascent to legendary status as one of the most successful pop musicians of all time. Reinhard Kleist weaves the gripping tale of this dazzling character’s genesis, tracing both Bowie’s hapless efforts on the London music scene before Ziggy’s conception and his struggles with his own creation at the height of his fame. As Bowie transforms himself, ever more dizzyingly, into a self–portrait of an egocentric rock star, his extravagant lifestyle threatens to bring the real world collapsing around his ears. This publication has not been prepared, approved, authorized or licensed by the David Bowie estate or any related entity.
GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-914224-08-9 US $19.99 CAN $24.99
Reinhard Kleist, born in 1970 in Hürth, Cologne, has worked and lived as an illustrator and comic book artist in Berlin since 1996. He made his international breakthrough in 2006 with the biographical comic book Johnny Cash: I See a Darkness, which was awarded the renowned Max and Moritz Prize and nominated for both the Eisner and Harvey Awards. With The Boxer in 2013, Kleist became the first cartoonist to receive the German Youth Literature Prize. In 2017, Kleist once again tackled one of music’s great storytellers in Nick Cave: Mercy on Me, which was simultaneously released in many languages. In 2018, Kleist was honored for his work with the Max and Moritz Prize for Best German Language Comic Book Artist. In 2021, Kleist tackled another extraordinary boxing champion, Emile Griffith, in the comic book Knock Out!
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Armed With Madness
THE SURREAL LEONORA CARRINGTON WRITTEN BY MARY M. TALBOT; ILLUSTRATIONS BY BRYAN TALBOT
A new perspective on the 1930s Paris art scene from a neglected artist, feminist icon, and influential surrealist
SELLING POINTS FEMINIST ICON: The life of a neglected woman artist and feminist pioneer. CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED AUTHORS: By Mary and Bryan Talbot, creative duo behind the Costa Award–winning Dotter of Her Fathers Eyes. ART MASTERS SERIES: Published as part of SelfMadeHero’s acclaimed series of graphic biographies about Georgia O’Keeffe, Frida, Vincent, and Dalí.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 144 pages * WIDTH: 6" - 152mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: APRIL GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-914224-12-6 US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ËxHSLJLEy224126z Reluctant muse and feminist champion—heiress, rebel, refugee—and perhaps the last of the great surrealist artists, Leonora Carrington played many roles in her long and extraordinary life. Exchanging her privileged upbringing in prewar England for the more exciting elite of Paris’s 1930s avant–garde, she comes to rub shoulders (and more) with the likes of Pablo Picasso, Man Ray, and Salvador Dalí after embarking on a complicated love affair with Max Ernst. But the demons that have both haunted and inspired her work are gathering, and when the world goes mad with the outbreak of war and the Nazi invasion, Leonora’s own hold on reality collapses into a terrifying psychotic episode of her own. Eventually fleeing war–torn Europe, she emerges into a new and richly creative life in Mexico City, establishing herself as a prodigious painter, writer, and advocate of women’s rights. This new work by the acclaimed partnership of Mary and Bryan Talbot celebrates the life and career of a truly remarkable artist and woman. Mary M. Talbot is an academic turned graphic novelist. Her first graphic novel, Dotter of her Father’s Eyes (with Bryan Talbot), won the 2012 Costa Biography Award. Her most recent, Rain (2019, with Bryan Talbot), is a rallying cry to protect the planet. Her previous graphic novels are Sally Heathcote, Suffragette (2014, with Kate Charlesworth and Bryan Talbot) and The Red Virgin (2016, with Bryan Talbot). Her most recent academic book is Language and Gender (3rd ed, 2019). She is currently visiting professor of graphic narrative at Lancaster University. Multiple award– winning artist Bryan Talbot has been working in comics for more than 40 years. He’s produced underground, fantasy, and superhero stories such as Batman and (with Neil Gaiman) Sandman, and graphic novels including The Adventures of Luther Arkwright, The Tale of One Bad Rat, Alice in Sunderland, and the Grandville series, as well as illustrated the books written by Mary. They are both founding patrons of the Lakes International Comic Art Festival. Bryan was awarded a doctorate in arts and another in letters and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Literature.
Destiny Grimoire Anthology, Volume V LEGIONS ADRIFT
RIGHTS: World/All, excluding UK and ANZ SELLING POINTS HUGE FAN BASE: More than 167 million Guardians have joined the ranks within the Destiny universe. Destiny 2 has a large and very engaged fan base who are eagerly anticipating what’s next with the franchise.
CONTINUED DEMAND: Since the first game in the franchise launched in 2014, more than 9 billion hours have been spent to date by Guardians exploring Destiny’s worlds through the core game’s free entry point and many popular expansions. AWARD–WINNING BRAND: Destiny was GamesRadar's 2014 Game of the Year and it received the BAFTA Award for Best Game at the 2014 British Academy Video Games Awards. More than 500 awards won over life of game. STRONGER THAN EVER: More than ONE MILLION Destiny players pre–ordered Destiny 2: The Witch Queen, making it the most pre–ordered expansion in Destiny 2 history. Destiny Grimoire Anthology, Volume V: Legions Adrift is a curated look at the history of one of humanity’s greatest enemies, and now perhaps, potential allies: the Cabal. These stories follow an ancient empire through a time of great change—from the hedonism of Emperor Calus to the ambition of Dominus Ghaul to the vision of Empress Caiatl. What does it mean to be Cabal—to eat the mountains and drink the seas? And with their homeworld lost, what will the Cabal become? Includes download code printed on card for exclusive Destiny 2 in–game emblem Bungie, Inc. is an American video game developer based in Bellevue, Washington. Established in 1991, they have developed the hit games, Destiny, Halo, Myth, and Destiny.
SPECIFICATIONS * 50 color illustrations * 176 pages * WIDTH: 8" - 203mm * HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY ISBN 978-1-957721-09-5 US $24.99 CAN $31.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-957721-10-1
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean
Feminism TEXT AND IMAGE SELECTION BY BERNADINE EVARISTO
Feminism is a powerful new interpretation of British art from an intersectional feminist perspective, penned by one of Britain’s greatest writers
SELLING POINTS ACCLAIMED AUTHOR: From a history–making author: the first Black woman to win the Booker Prize, whose book Girl, Woman,Other shared the prize with Margaret Atwood’s The Testaments. Evaristo has 73,700 followers on Twitter. FAN BASE: Girl, Woman, Other was named one of Barack Obama’s favorite books of 2019. THOUGHT–PROVOKING: A powerful and personal look at art through an intersectional feminist perspective. TIMELY AND RELEVANT: From the Tate: Look Again series, the United Kingdom’s National Collection of British Art reimagined for today. WOMEN’S RIGHTS: Published for International Women’s Day on March 8, 2023.
SPECIFICATIONS * 20 color illustrations * 64 pages * WIDTH: 4 2/8" - 148mm “Art museums have long drawn me into their spaces. The infinite possibilities of the language of art opens me up to methods of communication quite unlike my own. I am fascinated by the most interesting and adventurous artists, who are surely among the most innovative thinkers on the planet. I am in awe of their talent and endless inventiveness, and my imagination is nourished by theirs. I am challenged to think differently about how we might understand, recreate, reshape, reimagine life itself—animate, inanimate, spirit. My senses are stimulated, my emotions stirred, my brain whirs away in the background and I feel very much alive. When I was invited to write this book, my first time writing about art, I immediately knew that I would turn my attention on women and womxn (to include non–binary people) of color in British art because, similar to the story throughout the arts, either as creator or curator, we haven’t been very visible. This book is personal—about the art I’ve seen, and the art I’ve loved—and my interpretation of the art in the national collection and beyond, from an intersectional feminist perspective.”
* HEIGHT: 5 7/8" - 105mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MARCH SOCIAL SCIENCE, ART ISBN 978-1-84976-716-3 US $15.00 CAN $20.00
Bernardine Evaristo, MBE, is the award–winning author of eight books of fiction and verse fiction that explore aspects of the African diaspora. Her novel Girl, Woman, Other made her the first Black woman to win the Booker Prize in 2019, as well as winning the Fiction Book of the Year Award at the British Book Awards in 2020, where she also won Author of the Year and the Indie Book Award. She became the first woman of color and Black British writer to reach number one in the UK paperback fiction chart in 2020. Her writing spans reviews, essays, drama, and radio, and she has edited and guest–edited national publications, including the Sunday Times Style magazine. Her other awards and honors include an MBE in 2009. Evaristo is a professor of creative writing at Brunel University, London, and vice chair of the Royal Society of Literature. She lives in London with her husband.
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean
Gender TEXT AND IMAGE SELECTION BY TRAVIS ALABANZA
Gender is a polyphonic portrait of the representation of gender in art, from acclaimed playwright and artist Travis Alabanza
SELLING POINTS TIMELY AND RELEVANT: From the Tate's Look Again series the UK’s National Collection of British Art reimagined for today. NEW INSIGHT: A revelatory new perspective on the ways that art and gender have interacted through the ages. WELL–REGARDED AUTHOR: Alabanza was listed in the Evening Standard as one of the 25 most influential Londoners under 25 and placed on the Dazed100 list. They have 72,600 followers on Instagram and 29,500 on Twitter.
SPECIFICATIONS * 20 color illustrations * 64 pages * WIDTH: 4 1/8" - 148mm * HEIGHT: 5 7/8" - 105mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MARCH ISBN 978-1-84976-715-6 US $15.00 CAN $20.00
ËxHSLIOJy767156z Gender is performance. Think of the acts of drama that go hand–in–hand with our experience of gender: a man spreading his legs on a train; a woman showing biceps in a boiler suit saying, “We Can Do it!”; a stiletto heel stepping on a briefcase. It seems wherever gender goes, there follows a show of what it might be trying to say. Art is also wrapped up in performance. We see a piece of art as a still of a performance in motion, a moment of drama, a snapshot, a glimpse into a spectacle—it captures a breath to be immortalized. In this book, celebrated playwright and artist Travis Alabanza offers a revelatory new perspective on the ways that art and gender have interacted through the ages, taking us into the drama that always follows gender, and the drama that always follows art. Through a number of recognizable works from the national collection of art, we discover who is really putting on a show, and what they are trying to tell us. Travis Alabanza is a writer, performer, and theater maker based in London, via Bristol. Their writing, performance, and public discourse surrounding trans and Black identities has had them noted as one of the most prominent emerging trans voices in the arts and beyond. For stage, Alabanza wrote and performed in their debut show Burgerz. The show won the Total Theatre Award at the Edinburgh Fringe Festival and also sold out numerous venues including Southbank Centre and Traverse Theatre. It was also voted one of the top shows of the year by Guardian readers and is published by Oberon Books. Most recently, their play Overflow, which premiered at and live–streamed from The Bush, was met with critical acclaim including numerous four–star reviews and over 4,000 streams worldwide. Alabanza’s work has also appeared on BBC Front Row and The Verb, and in 2019 they hosted their first radio documentary Going to The Gay Bar for BBC Radio Four. Alabanza was listed in the Evening Standard as one of the 25 most influential Londoners under 25 and placed on the Dazed100 list. Visit them at travisalabanza.co.uk.
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean
Light EDITED BY KERRYN GREENBERG
A remarkable exploration of the use of light in art from the last 200 years
SELLING POINTS GLOBAL EXHIBITION: Inspired by an international touring exhibition of the same name. CLASSIC SELECTION: Contains unique selection of works from the Tate collection that is sure to inspire and delight. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE: Featuring works by more than 40 artists including Renoir, Monet, Pissaro, Turner, Constable, Kusama, and Bridget Riley.
SPECIFICATIONS * 100 full-color illustrations * 208 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm * HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 265mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH ART ISBN 978-1-84976-804-7 US $40.00 CAN $50.00
Light has been an enduring subject in art. In every conceivable media, artists have exploited the contrasts between light and dark, opposed cool and warm colors, drawn on science, and attempted to capture the transient effects of light and its emotional associations. This book explores how artists have perceived, illustrated, and utilized light since the 18th century. Beginning with the British artist J. M. W. Turner (1775–1851), who captured triumphant explosions of light and sought to represent its ephemerality in paint, the book reveals how his expressive use of color and interest in evanescent light influenced the French Impressionists. For them, light became the subject itself, as the likes of Claude Monet (1840–1926), Pierre–Auguste Renoir (1841–1919), Alfred Sisley (1839–99), and others ventured outside to capture the momentary effects of sunlight on canvas. Exploring later innovations in photographic processes, the book also highlights how photography became a critical vehicle through which artists began to use light itself as a medium, eschewing subject matter to create photographs that more closely resembled moving abstractions than still images. While early art–historical associations with light tend to be sublime or spiritual, by the 1960s artists including Dan Flavin (1933–96), James Turrell (b. 1943), and Lis Rhodes (b. 1942) had begun to work with artificial light to create new types of sculptures and immersive installations, repositioning the spectator as participant. Many artists, like Olafur Eliasson (b. 1967) and Tacita Dean (b. 1965) continue to work with light, encouraging viewers to question their own positions and perspectives. Showcasing more than 100 remarkable artworks from the past 200 years, this beautiful book reveals how the intangibility of light continues to fascinate.
Kerryn Greenberg is an art historian and curator and former head of international collection exhibitions at Tate.
Magdalena Abakanowicz BY ANN COXON AND MARY JANE JACOB
A stunning exploration of an extraordinary and unique body of work
RIGHTS: North America, Latin America, and Caribbean SELLING POINTS MONUMENTAL WORKS: First publication to explore the impact of Abakans as environmental sculpture. INTERNATIONALLY ACCLAIMED: Highlights Abakanowicz’s major contribution to the fields of sculpture, installation art, and the international fiber art movement. PIONEER OF FIBER SCULPTURE ART: Includes newly commissioned immersive photography and gorgeous, textural details.
SPECIFICATIONS * 150 color illustrations * 208 pages * WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm * Paperback PUB MONTH: MARCH ART ISBN 978-1-84976-673-9 US $35.00 CAN $44.00
Magdalena Abakanowicz (1930–2017) was a Polish sculptor and fiber artist, most notable for her use of textiles as a sculptural medium. In the 1960s and 1970s she wove sisal in intense colors to create towering, hanging pieces that radically expanded the field of sculpture and installation art and catapulted the international fiber art movement. Known as Abakans, these “organic environments” carried many meanings and were often large in size, containing entanglements of ropes or dividing spaces. They were spaces to contemplate, to immerse oneself, to experience. Lavishly illustrated with immersive photography and stunning details, this beautiful book explores the unique nature of these monumental works and their impact as environmental sculpture. Considering the relationships between the Abakans and their forest–like atmosphere, as well as other key works, it reveals the artist’s broad interest in natural phenomena and folk–art traditions from different cultural backgrounds, and the mastery and determination of a woman artist who, despite the restrictions of living in Poland under an oppressive Communist regime, established a career as an international artist. Drawing on themes such as shamanism, female energy and power, pregnancy, and insights on human nature, the book highlights Abakanowicz’s pioneering contribution to installation art and the role of collaboration in her practice, while also contextualizing her work within the Polish art world and wider postwar Europe.
Ann Coxon is curator of displays and international art at Tate Modern. Mary Jane Jacob is an independent curator.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
A JOURNEY THROUGH DESIGN BY NEWELL TURNER; FOREWORD BY SUSANA ORDOVÁS
An American expat searches vibrant cities and quiet pueblos for the essence of authentic Mexican style
SELLING POINTS UNIQUE ACCESS: Author Newell Turner has exceptional contacts in the design world after a 35–year magazine career. MEXICAN DESIGN IS HOT: Mexican modernism from the 1940s to the 1970s is one of the most popular styles among collectors. POPULAR VACATION–HOME DESTINATION: More than 700,000 Americans have a residence in Mexico. MEXICO IS A NEW ART CAPITAL: The Zona Maco art fair has become as popular as Art Basel Miami Beach, and it has a large decorative arts component.
SPECIFICATIONS * 225 color illustrations * 256 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY INTERIOR DESIGN ISBN 978-0-86565-423-5 With Mexican, author Newell Turner begins to do for Mexican design what legendary culinary pioneer Diana Kennedy did for Mexican food. Turner searches the country for design and cultural details that are the essence of Mexican style. Taking readers behind the walls, gates, and doors of private Mexico, we are introduced to an intriguing world of interior design and architecture from Spanish colonial and baroque to surrealism, 1970s brutalism, and contemporary work. His story is in the spirit of memoirs like Driving Over Lemons, in which a traveler discovers another country—and himself along the way. This breathtaking album of photography shows how every room, courtyard, loggia—and even a chair, arrangement of flowers, and textiles for clothing—are part of a rich design heritage. Turner spent his magazine career chronicling American style and now his fascination has turned to Mexico. We are invited to join him as he explores the homes of Mexicans and other expats who share his passion for authentic Mexico, both past and present, inspired by the country’s complex history and stunning landscapes.
US $60.00 CAN $75.00
Newell Turner led the formation of the Hearst Design Group in 2012 and served as editorial director of Elle Decor, House Beautiful, and Veranda. As the editor in chief of House Beautiful, he won a coveted National Magazine Award for General Excellence–the industry equivalent of an Oscar. Earlier, Turner held senior editorial positions at House & Garden and Metropolitan Home, and was the founding editor of Hamptons Cottages & Gardens and its many sister publications. A trustee of the New York School of Interior Design, he lives in the Catskill region of New York as well as in Mérida, Mexico. Susana Ordovás is a Mexico City–based journalist and creative director; she is a contributor to AD Mexico and Cabana. She has 61,000 Instagram followers.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Haute Bohemians: Greece BY MIGUEL FLORES-VIANNA
A glorious, intimate homage to this magical country from bestselling photographer and writer Miguel Flores–Vianna
SELLING POINTS BESTSELLING PHOTOGRAPHER/AUTHOR: Flores–Vianna’s first book, Haute Bohemians, was selected as design book of the year in 2017 by the New York Times, and his work is regularly featured in leading international publications such as AD and Cabana. PERENIALLY POPULAR DESTINATION: The magic of Greece has been capturing the hearts and imaginations of travelers for centuries and it remains a top tourist destination. STUNNING EVOCATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY: Flores– Vianna’s intimate and atmospheric photographs transport the armchair traveler to secret hideaways, private homes, and cultural gems.
SPECIFICATIONS * Over 200 color photographs * 304 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: APRIL A land immortalized by poets for its otherworldly beauty, Greece is the birthplace of iconic monuments that are known the world over. Yet, at the same time, it is also home to an organic architectural language, the product of centuries of rural and island lifestyles, an heir both to the timelessness of classical architecture and the simplicity of rustic living. This stunning volume chronicles Flores–Vianna’s photographic odyssey through the beautiful Greek landscape, showcasing the homes of those who live there today, from the sophisticated residences of fashion designers and the simple yet elegant homes of olive growers to boutique hotels, futuristic public architecture, museum treasures, and breathtaking scenery, all bathed in the glow of ethereal light. A self–confessed “Hellenophile” who has visited Greece countless times since his childhood, Flores–Vianna invites us to join him in paying tribute to his beloved adopted nation, capturing the character and patina of this enchanting country through his trademark intimate, atmospheric photography, and allowing his armchair– travel companions to be transported there through his lens.
INTERIOR DESIGN, TRAVEL ISBN 978-0-86565-406-8 US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Miguel Flores–Vianna has been a photographer, writer, and editor for more than 20 years. He is the author of the bestselling Haute Bohemians, selected as the design book of the year by the New York Times T magazine, and A Wandering Eye: Travels with My Phone. His photography has been featured in a number of other books, including Near and Far by Lisa Fine, Décors Barbares by Nathalie Farman–Farma, and At Home by Isabel López–Quesada, and he is a regular contributor to magazines such as Cabana and AD. He lives in London.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
John Ike: 9 Houses/9 Stories BY JOHN IKE AND MITCHELL OWENS; PRINCIPAL PHOTOGRAPHY BY RICHARD POWERS
Nine stunningly singular projects by renowned architect John Ike
SELLING POINTS GREAT VARIETY: The projects range in style from traditional to ultra modern and in location from Brooklin, Maine; Long Island Sound; the Hamptons; and the Jersey shore to Seattle, Napa Valley, Carmel, Lake Tahoe, and San Diego. AWARD–WINNING FIRM: John Ike’s firm, Ike Kligerman Barkley, has received numerous prestigious awards, including the AIA New York Chapter Award, the DDB Stars of Design Award, the ICAA Julia Morgan Award, and the ICAA Stanford White Award, and has been selected for the AD100 list since 1995. DEVOTED FOLLOWING: IKB has 25,000 followers on Instagram; author Mitchell Owens has more than 35,000 followers; photographer Richard Powers has more than 11,000 followers.
SPECIFICATIONS * 225 color photographs and plans * 336 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY ARCHITECTURE ISBN 978-0-86565-427-3 A signature shingled house in a New York suburb, a renovated mid–century modern house in San Diego, a glass–and– brick house near Seattle, a beach house on the Atlantic coast, a reimagined historic building in Brooklin, Maine—the projects featured in this book vary widely in style, location, and materials, but all share a common sensibility. For John Ike, a founding partner of the award–winning firm Ike Kligerman Barkley, they are all vehicles illustrating the myriad ways architecture is created. His involvement in them ranges from mentor to principal architect and designer, but all are collaborations, and in each chapter he focuses attention on a person who was particularly instrumental in realizing the project, whether the interior designer, the landscape architect, the contractor, a craftsperson, or the client. With an authoritative text by seasoned architecture and design writer Mitchell Owens and specially commissioned photography, John Ike: 9 Houses/9 Stories explores and celebrates the inextricable bond between the architect and those who implement his vision, a give–and–take that results in singularly designed residences.
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Before co–founding Ike Kligerman Barkley, John Ike worked for Robert A.M. Stern, under whom he had studied for his master of architecture degree at the Graduate School of Architecture at Columbia University. His previous books include Ike Kligerman Barkley: Houses and The New Shingled House: Ike Kligerman Barkley. He divides his time between California and New Jersey. Mitchell Owens is the American editor of the World of Interiors and a host of @indegaretravel. He was formerly decorative arts editor at Architectural Digest. He lives in New York. Architecture and interiors photographer Richard Powers has photographed more than 20 books and his work appears regularly in the US and European editions of Architectural Digest, Elle Decor, World of Interiors, Vogue, and the Wall Street Journal. He lives in the south of France.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
A Weekend in the Country with Paolo Moschino and Philip Vergeylen INTERIORS, ENTERTAINING, AND JOIE DE VIVRE IN THE ENGLISH COUNTRYSIDE BY PAOLO MOSCHINO AND PHILIP VERGEYLEN; FOREWORD BY BUNNY WILLIAMS
Join two of the world’s most celebrated designers, Paolo Moschino and Philip Vergeylen, as they throw open the doors to their enchanting renovated home in the English countryside
SELLING POINTS ENGLISH COUNTRYSIDE: Countless tourists explore the beautiful English countryside every year, and this book brings readers inside one of the country’s most exquisite homes. INTIMATE PORTRAIT OF COUNTRY LIFE: This engaging visual diary of Moschino and Vergeylen’s renovation of their picture–perfect Tudor house includes stories about entertaining, collecting, and creating a weekend retreat filled with charm, beautiful gardens, and a balance of old and new. INSPIRATIONAL IDEAS: Every chapter brims with inspirational design, curious collections, and tales of how they developed their love of Sussex, plus a handful of their favorite recipes.
When London–based design gurus Paolo Moschino and Philip Vergeylen sought a country house for weekends out of the city, they embarked on an adventure filled with surprises, beauty, and the unexpected. Now, 12 years later, their Sussex home has become their base—not just a weekend escape for relaxation but a home filled with collections, an office, and a series of formal gardens that has proven perfect for entertaining. Nestled between pages of stunning imagery from some of the design world’s best photographers, Moschino and Vergeylen include engaging stories and anecdotes from their years spent in the English countryside, along with recipes from their favorite dinners and notes on their celebrated design philosophy. And now they invite you to join them, inside their beautiful country home. Born and raised in Italy, Paolo Moschino came to London at the age of 23 and never left. After working with famed collector and dealer Nicky Haslam for many years, Moschino eventually bought the company, which has now morphed into Paolo Moschino Ltd. With three interior design showrooms in London, the brand continues to evolve. Moschino’s partner, Belgian–born Philip Vergeylen, helms the company’s Design Studio and is now recognized around the world as a leading voice in luxury interior design. They divide their time between London and Sussex. Bunny Williams is a world–renowned interior and garden designer, and the author of several books. She divides her time between Connecticut and Punta Cana.
STRONG FOLLOWING: Together, Paolo Moschino and Philip Vergeylen have more than 58,000 followers on Instagram. Their flagship fabric and design shop, Paolo Moschino, in London’s Pimlico neighborhood, is one of England’s most sought–out decorating destinations.
SPECIFICATIONS * 250 color photographs * 256 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: MAY INTERIOR DESIGN, FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-0-86565-426-6 US $60.00 CAN $70.00
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Casa Cavalli Home BY CAVALLI HOME; EPILOGUE BY FAUSTO PUGLISI
Walk on the wild side of home decor in this spectacular volume showcasing the unashamedly glamorous fusion of fashion and interiors from luxury Italian brand Roberto Cavalli
SELLING POINTS LEADING INTERNATIONAL BRAND: Roberto Cavalli has a large international following, with stores around the world. WILDLY DISTINCTIVE: Showcases the Cavalli lifestyle, celebrating the crossover of their iconic animal prints, patterns, vivid colors, and textures from fashion design to the home, bringing the wild indoors. WORLD–FAMOUS PHOTOGRAPHERS: Casa Cavalli Home features the work of Steven Meisel, Mert & Marcus, Inez & Vinoodh, David Sims, and Francesco Carrozzini, among others. SUPERMODELS AND SUPERSTARS: Some of the world’s top models, including Naomi Campbell, Kate Moss, Karen Elson, Daria Werbowy, and Kendall Jenner, as well as Cavalli devotees Jennifer Lopez, Rita Ora, Ciara, and Nicki Minaj, are pictured in the book.
Take a deep dive into the exciting and glamorous world of Roberto Cavalli homewares and interiors with Casa Cavalli Home. From the innovative Florentine brand that has dazzled the world with red carpet and runway sensations, this ravishing volume celebrates the company’s home line ten years after its initial launch at Milan’s renowned furniture fair, the Salone del Mobile, in 2012. Casa Cavalli Home celebrates a wilder side of home decor, embodying the idea that our homes can be our most personal connection with the natural world, with designs that embrace the company’s pioneering use of animal prints, sensuous textures, and vivid colors. Each piece, from Florentine leatherworks to Murano glass creations, is handmade by experienced Italian artisans—with an attention to detail and dedication to craftsmanship that has earned them the coveted “Made in Italy” merchandise mark. Mixing audacious glamour with urban chic, and organized by their signature themes, this stunning volume is a celebration of Cavalli’s iconic, inimitable style and the luxurious magic that can happen when home interiors meet couture. Each copy is bound in one of four Casa Cavalli fabrics. Orders will be fulfilled with one of the fabrics available, selected at random. Roberto Cavalli is a high–end luxury Italian brand internationally renowned for its iconic animal prints, patterns, and textures. Launched as a fashion label in 1970 by Roberto Cavalli, the lifestyle brand has since become synonymous with glamorous urban chic, expanding to include furniture and interior design accessories with the launch of Roberto Cavalli Home in 2012. Award–winning designer to the stars Fausto Puglisi took the helm as creative director at Roberto Cavalli in 2020. Having launched his eponymous fashion label in 2010, finding success under the wing of Dolce & Gabbana through their retail project Spiga 2, the Sicilian–born designer became creative director of Emanuel Ungaro in 2012 before taking the reins at Cavalli. His celebrity clients famously include Madonna, Lady Gaga, Jennifer Lopez, and Beyoncé, among others. He lives in Milan.
DEDICATED SOCIAL–MEDIA FOLLOWING: Roberto Cavalli has over 7.4 million followers on Instagram and Roberto Cavalli Home 63,000. Fausto Puglisi has 244,000 Instagram followers.
SPECIFICATIONS * 250 color photographs; cloth case in 4 variations * 304 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover cloth case PUB MONTH: MAY INTERIOR DESIGN ISBN 978-0-86565-422-8 US $95.00 CAN $119.00
RIGHTS: US and Canada
REVISED AND EXPANDED EDITION BY JACK CARLSON
Renowned designer and former US national team oarsman Jack Carlson’s essential—and glorious—celebration of the classic rowing blazer and of rowing itself—now revised and expanded Praise for Rowing Blazers “Lush . . . artfully photographed.” —Vanity Fair “Handsome . . . glorious . . . Carlson is an affable, elegant guide to the traditions and eccentricities of the rowing fraternity.” —The Rake “Top 20 best fashion books.” —Elle
MUST–HAVE BOOK: Essential for fans of preppy style, Anglophiles, and sports fanatics. HUGELY POPULAR BRAND: Rowing Blazers, a wildly successful men’s and women’s fashion brand, is one of the top 10 fastest–growing e–commerce brands (rowingblazers.com). It has launched highly sought–after collaborations with partners such as Barbour, FILA, Ralph Lauren, Seiko, Sperry, Lands’ End, J. Crew, and the NBA. Rowing Blazers has 130,000 Instagram followers and 14,000 Facebook followers. WELL–KNOWN AUTHORS: Carlson has been featured in the New York Times, Vogue, Vanity Fair, GQ, Esquire, Monocle, The New Yorker, the London Times, the Financial Times, Hypebeast, the Wall Street Journal, and CNN. He has more than 16,000 Instagram followers. F. E. Castleberry is a renowned fashion photographer with more than 77,000 Instagram followers.
This handsome, eye–catching ode to the classic rowing blazer is a must– have for anyone who has raced the rivers or cheered on their favorite crew. Classic American style was born in British boathouses, where the very first blazers were created for college rowing clubs. This book, now revised and expanded, was created by champion rower Jack Carlson, who offers an insider’s guide to the elaborately striped, piped, trimmed, and badged garments, as well as the stories, historic clubs, and races associated with them, and of course the elite athletes themselves. Featuring stunning photographs by “prep” guru F.E. Castleberry, among others, Rowing Blazers is a visual feast, transporting readers to the highly atmospheric boathouses, campuses, and team rooms of clubs around the world. The new edition features eight additional clubs, including the University of Tokyo and its top rival, Waseda University, and Row New York, a nonprofit organization stressing academic achievement as well as rowing prowess. Jack Carlson is a designer, archaeologist, former US team athlete, and founder of the acclaimed New York–based clothing brand Rowing Blazers. A three–time member of the United States national rowing team, he is a World Championships bronze medalist, Henley Royal Regatta winner, and Head of the Charles champion. Carlson has a PhD in archaeology from Brasenose College, Oxford, and an undergraduate degree in classics and Chinese from Georgetown’s School of Foreign Service. He is a Fellow of the Explorers Club and a member of the IBF (the International Bar Flies) at Harry’s Bar in Paris.
FOLLOW–UP TO SUCCESSFUL ORIGINAL EDITION: Revised and expanded edition of the coveted book that launched the brand. EVOCATIVE PHOTOGRAPHS: Documents the timeless charm of athletes in their striking blazers on floating docks, in atmospheric boathouses, or at romantic regattas.
SPECIFICATIONS * 375 color illustrations; cloth case with gold foil stamping * 288 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: JUNE FASHION, SPORTS ISBN 978-0-86565-398-6 US $60.00 CAN $75.00
RIGHTS: World English
INVENTIVE RECIPES FROM RENOWNED CHEFS TEXT BY CLAIRE PICHON, PHOTOGRAPHY BY MATTHIEU CELLARD
A delectable celebration of one of the oldest French master chocolatiers
SELLING POINTS ACCLAIMED AUTHOR: Journalist Claire Pichon is well known in the world of fine pastry. HISTORICAL EXCELLENCE: Maison Weiss has been an inspirational institution in the chocolatier industry for more than 140 years. TIMELY: The chocolatier will be celebrating a major anniversary and related marketing and promotion will tie into the book’s publication. GOURMET RECIPES: Includes more than 40 recipes from major pastry chefs.
SPECIFICATIONS * 150 color illustrations * 192 pages * WIDTH: 8 3/4" - 222mm * HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 286mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: APRIL FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-1-4197-6748-7 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
Since the opening of its first shop in 1882, Maison Weiss has mastered chocolate making, including learning the skills to select the best beans, mix cocoa from various regions, and design the taste of great chocolate. This abundantly illustrated book takes us through the wings and lobbies of this historic landmark in French master chocolatiers, introduces us to its bold and visionary founder, Eugene Weiss, and shares each step of the chocolate–making process. Some of the world’s greatest pastry chefs inspired by Maison Weiss also share their own personal visions of the beloved confectionary with more than 40 gourmet recipes for chocolate lovers at home.
Executive editor of the magazines Fou de Pâtisserie and Fou de Cuisine, Claire Pichon is a food critic, journalist, and author of several books. A former blogger (La Plus Petite Cuisine du Monde [the World’s Tiniest Kitchen], still accessible today, but no longer updated), she is very active on social media. A food photographer from Lyon, Matthieu Cellard has a very recognizable touch. When he is not on photo shoots for regional or specialized magazines, he covers assignments for famous clients such as Le 1920 in Megève, Cyril Lignac’s Le Quinzième, and Le Pur in the Park Hyatt Vendôme hotel in Paris.
RIGHTS: North America
EDITED BY PETA MOTTURE
A lavish survey of Donatello—arguably the greatest sculptor of all time Exhibition schedule February 11, 2023, through June 11, 2023
US COLLECTIONS: Features objects from The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Detroit Institute of Art, Yale University Art Gallery, and the National Gallery of Art— including the Mellon Madonna. US CONTRIBUTORS: Includes essays from Amy Bloch, associate professor of art history, University at Albany, and John Paoletti, professor emeritus, Wesleyan University. BROAD SCOPE: From Donatello’s early life and training, through to the world of 19th–century fakery.
SPECIFICATIONS * 200 color photographs * 288 pages * WIDTH: 9 3/4" - 287mm * HEIGHT: 11 1/3" - 247mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH ART ISBN 978-1-83851-034-3 US $60.00 CAN $75.00
Arguably the greatest sculptor of all time, Donatello (c. 1386–1466) was at the vanguard of a revolution in sculptural practice in the early Renaissance. Combining ideas from classical and medieval sculpture to create innovative sculptural forms, Donatello had an unparalleled ability to portray emotions in works intended to inspire spiritual devotion. Pieces such as the penitent St. Mary Magdalene and the bronze of David remain deeply affecting to audiences today. Working in marble, bronze, wood, terracotta, and stucco, he contributed to major commissions of church and state, was an intimate of the Medici family and their circle in Florence, and was highly sought after in other Italian cities. This book explores Donatello’s extraordinary creativity within the vibrant artistic and cultural context of 15th–century Italy, surveying his early connection with goldsmiths’ work and the collaborative nature of his workshop and processes. It also reflects on Donatello’s legacy, reviewing how his sculpture inspired subsequent generations in the later Renaissance and beyond. Peta Motture is the author and editor of numerous books including Creating Sculpture: Renaissance Drawings and Models (2022), The Culture of Bronze: Making and Meaning in Renaissance Sculpture (2019), and Carvings, Casts and Collectors: The Art of Renaissance Sculpture (2013).
V & A PUBLISHING
RIGHTS: North America
EDITED BY KATE BAILEY
From Bette Davis to Beyoncé, Maria Callas to Mariah Carey, this gorgeously illustrated book takes a look at what it means to be a diva Exhibition schedule June 24, 2023, through April 7, 2024
STAR–STUDDED CAST: Including Ellen Terry, Josephine Baker, Nina Simone, Miriam Makebe, Aretha Franklin, Rihanna, Tina Turner, Freddie Mercury, Prince, Whitney Houston, Amy Winehouse, Madonna, Lady Gaga, Cher, RuPaul and FKA Twigs. TIMELY: Addresses issues of gender, identity, creativity, and feminism. BREADTH OF GENRES: Looks at opera, music hall, rock and pop, film, and club culture.
SPECIFICATIONS * 120 color photographs * 224 pages * WIDTH: 9 3/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 247mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: JUNE MUSIC, POP CULTURE ISBN 978-1-83851-035-0 US $40.00 CAN $50.00
Originating from the Latin for deity or goddess, the term diva has evolved to become a far more complex—and loaded— term. Delving into public and private personas of performers from Jenny Lind to Sarah Bernhardt, Nina Simone to Rihanna, this book looks at what it means to be a “diva” and how this has been subverted and embraced over time. Kate Bailey opens the book with an essay on the transformation of the diva from 19th–century opera and stage star to the 20th–century silent screen siren. Six thematic chapters focus on different aspects of diva–dom: Performing the Diva looks at how Hollywood icons Elizabeth Taylor and Bette Davis cultivated their personas through their approach to costume and attitude and how this has been taken up by performers such as Cher, Elton John, and Mariah Carey; Voice for Change discusses the political activism of artists such as Billie Holiday and Miriam Makeba; Status, Power, and Freedom explores the agency and brand acumen shown by artists including Dolly Parton and Beyoncé; Rebel Reinvention touches on the pursuit of radical new ways of performing via the work of Debbie Harry, Madonna, Missy Elliot, Lady Gaga, and others; Liberating the Diva considers the way that musicians such as Tina Turner, Freddy Mercury, Grace Jones, and Miley Cyrus have played with expectations about gender and sexuality; and, finally, All By Myself examines the tensions between public and private life experienced by the likes of Britney Spears and Liza Minnelli. Illustrated with dynamic performance pictures and sumptuous stage costumes, Diva is a look at the glamour, celebrity, fashion, and feminism inherent in being designated a “diva.” Kate Bailey is senior curator of design and scenography in the Theatre and Performance Department at the V&A.
V & A PUBLISHING
RIGHTS: North America
BY HALINA PASIERBSKA
A fantastic opportunity to get up close with one of the world’s best collections of dollhouses
FANTASTIC RANGE: From the 1673 Nuremberg House to Rachel Whiteread’s “Place (Village).” GORGEOUS DETAILS: Readers can see the finest details of the miniature interiors. HISTORIC OVERVIEW: Includes text about the dollhouses that allows this collection to be viewed in context.
SPECIFICATIONS * 160 color illustrations * 144 pages * WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 217mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 217mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MAY COLLECTIBLES, CRAFT ISBN 978-1-83851-040-4 US $30.00 CAN $38.00
ËxHSLINIy510404z This beautifully illustrated revised edition celebrates some of the best–loved dollhouses from the collection of the Victoria and Albert Museum, London. Dolls’ Houses presents specially commissioned photography detailing the astonishing skill and craftsmanship required to create these homes in miniature scale. The book invites you to take a close–up look at the most interesting and historically significant examples of this absorbing craft, from the exquisite Nuremberg House of 1673 to the brightly colored 21st–century Kaleidoscope House. From lavish country mansions to cozy suburban villas, it explores the houses’ fascinating roles as both domestic teaching aids and records of contemporary lifestyle, providing unique insights into the world of their owners.
V & A PUBLISHING
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Yoga for Stiff Birds BY MARION DEUCHARS
Loosen up with a smile on your face!
SELLING POINTS DISTINCTIVE AND IMMEDIATE: The bestselling author of Let’s Make Great Art and Bob the Artist takes on a new subject with a freshness that needs no explanation. CUTE PACKAGE: Format, price, art, and titling work together to make the book ideal for point–of– sale placement and impulse gifting; the lay–flat binding makes it practical in use. PERENNIAL TOPIC: Millions of people practice yoga at home and will welcome this fun new take, with its depictions of 60 poses and sequences.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 80 pages * WIDTH: 5 3/8" - 136mm * HEIGHT: 7 3/8" - 187mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: MARCH SPORTS ISBN 978-1-83776-012-1 US $12.99 CAN $16.99
Marion Deuchars has practiced yoga for many years and knows well the benefits it brings. Now she shares that passion with her illustrated character Bob the Bird, whose expressive poses will charm you into a reviving session of yoga breathing, stretching, posing, and mindfulness. Yoga for Stiff Birds rejects the clichés of studio photography in favor of a more immediate, inviting look. With a few brushstrokes Deuchars helps Bob into every position from the downward–facing dog to the tree. Both useful and inspiring, her art will raise a smile, whether you’re a regular practitioner or a yoga novice, and will encourage even the creakiest reader to breathe, stretch, and bend like they never have before. Marion Deuchars’s distinctive and individual style has established her as one of the UK’s leading visual creatives. Her lettering has appeared on the Royal Mail’s stamps, in Jamie Oliver’s cookbooks, in Cass Art’s shop windows, the pages of the Guardian, and on numerous book covers; she has won Gold and Silver awards at the Art Directors Club NY and three D&AD yellow pencils. Along the way she has also written numerous books for artists young and old, including Let’s Make Some Great Art, Bob the Artist, Art Play, and Colour; these have been translated into numerous languages, including French, German, Spanish, Italian, Catalan, Japanese, Chinese, Portugese, and Dutch.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
A FLOW STATE CIRCULAR JIGSAW PUZZLE ILLUSTRATED BY ELIN SVENSSON
Discover the calming power of the flow state
SELLING POINTS A GROWING MARKET: More and more people, especially millennials, are turning to this calming, mindful pastime. CALMING MANDALA: An original circular illustration with an appropriate nature theme gives a new twist on the mandala. UNDERSTAND FLOW: Includes an introduction to the psychological phenomenon of flow and its many benefits to mind and body. PLASTIC–FREE: The puzzle pieces are kept safe in a paper bag; all the materials are FSC– certified, and there’s no plastic in the sophisticated packaging.
SPECIFICATIONS * 1,000-piece boxed jigsaw puzzle approx. 25 1/2" in diameter; plastic-free packaging * WIDTH: 10 5/8" - 270mm * HEIGHT: 10 5/8" - 270mm * Puzzle PUB MONTH: MARCH PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS ISBN 978-1-83776-004-6 US $24.99 CAN $31.99
We all know flow, even if we don’t yet know what to call it: that blissful state of absorption, when you’re so engaged with what you’re doing that you don’t notice the time passing. Psychologists have discovered that this still, almost meditative condition brings us a host of mental health benefits: balance, tranquility, and less stress. Jigsaw puzzling is an easy way to find flow, which is why it has boomed so dramatically in recent years. With the first of Skittledog’s Flow puzzles, Elin Svensson uses harmonious forms and colors, inspired by the forests of her native Sweden, to take the puzzler on a gentle journey to a place of calm. The box also includes a poster with the complete illustration and a short introduction to the flow state and its benefits. Finished puzzle is a 25 1/2–inch, 1,000–piece circular puzzle that comes in a 10 5/8 x 10 5/8" box.
Elin Svensson’s playful and harmonious illustrations show off her command of color, texture, and form, and have won her clients including Adidas, Facebook, the Financial Times, Grafik magazine, the Guardian, IKEA, Stockholm’s Kulturfestival, the Wall Street Journal, and Zeit Wissen.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Join the Dogs!
SATISFYINGLY DIFFICULT DOT-TO-DOT PUZZLES ILLUSTRATED BY JENNIE EDWARDS
Dog–loving puzzlers will love chewing on these relaxing dot–to–dots
SELLING POINTS SUCCESSFUL CATEGORY: There’s a huge market for grown–up dot–to–dot puzzles: this takes the genre into a fun new area. EVERYONE LOVES DOGS: Our canine buddies are perennially popular in gift and puzzle categories. STRONG TRACK: Newly created dot–to–dots from a talented illustrator and the team who created the multimillion–selling 1,000 Dot–to–Dot series.
SPECIFICATIONS * 25 color illustrations * 48 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 14" - 355mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MARCH PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS ISBN 978-1-83776-008-4 US $14.99 CAN $18.99
ËxHSLINHy760084z Fall in love with these cunningly canine line–art puzzles! Twenty new illustrations from the talented hand of Jennie Edwards will keep you guessing right to the end—when each reveals a lovable dog doing something irresistibly doggy. The photography is by Instagram sensation Doggy Pawtraits, and the puzzles have been prepared and tested by the same team that created the first ever series of dot–to–dot puzzles for grown–ups. That massive success revealed legions of enthusiastic dot– to–dot fans who will be thrilled to discover these brand–new challenges. Jennie Edwards is a freelance illustrator based in Brighton, UK. She has illustrated articles or campaigns for a host of clients including Cosmopolitan France, British Airways, New Scientist, Emirates Airlines, Condé Nast Traveller, Creative Review, The Sunday Times, Cathay Pacific, Vue Cinemas, and more. Not all of these illustrations featured dogs, but her favorites did.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Leila Duly’s Beautiful Planet AN INTRICATE COLORING BOOK ILLUSTRATED BY LEILA DULY
Bring the wonders of the natural world to colorful life, in this collection from one of the UK’s leading illustrators
SELLING POINTS UNIQUE ART: Freshly commissioned hand–drawn line drawings from one of the world’s leading botanical artists: no sterile digital imagery and no Shutterstock! STYLISH PACKAGE: Elevated above the competition by the arresting presentation, this package will make a beautiful gift or an essential self–purchase for the coloring enthusiast. FOR THE CONOISSEUR: The coloring category has developed a committed and discerning audience of regular colorists who will recognize the quality of this title.
SPECIFICATIONS * Black-and-white illustrations throughout * 80 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 14 1/4" - 310mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MAY PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS ISBN 978-1-83776-001-5 Leila Duly, one of the UK’s most talented illustrators, scored huge hits with her first two coloring books, Floribunda (LKP, 2016) and The Flower Year (LKP, 2017). Now she returns, her distinctively fluid line style perfectly showcasing the glories of the natural world. Beginning and advanced colorists alike will love bringing Duly’s art to life and stumbling across the wildlife hiding in the pages. Among the blooms and foliage wait a host of lively butterflies and other beasts, ready for your pencil or felt tip to discover.
US $17.99 CAN $22.99
Leila Duly is an illustrator and textile designer. Inspired by the English countryside, her hand–drawn work celebrates floral, natural, and wildlife scenes, and has appeared in campaigns for Historic Royal Palaces, Victoria’s Secret, and a host of fashion brands. This is her third coloring book; her previous works have been translated into Spanish, Chinese, Korean, and many other languages.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Join the Drag Queens!
SATISFYINGLY HARD DOT-TO-DOT PUZZLES ILLUSTRATED BY JENNIE EDWARDS
Fierce and irreverent, these dot–to–dots lead you to a fabulous finish!
SELLING POINTS FRESH TAKE: This takes the huge market for grown–up dot–to– dots into a fun new area. DRAG APPEALS: Will speak to fans of Drag Race, Pose, and Paris is Burning: features stars like Alyssa Edwards, Trixie Mattel, and Bianca Del Rio–as you’ve never see them before. BRAND–NEW PUZZLES: From a talented illustrator and the team who created the multimillion– selling 1,000 Dot–to–Dot series.
SPECIFICATIONS * 25 color illustrations * 48 pages * WIDTH: 10" - 254mm * HEIGHT: 14" - 355mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MAY PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS ISBN 978-1-83776-009-1 US $14.99 CAN $18.99
ËxHSLINHy760091z Pick up a pencil and prepare to go wild with it! Twenty fresh puzzles from the talented hand of Jennie Edwards will keep you guessing right to the end—when each reveals a stunning drag queen in their glorious pomp. The puzzles have been prepared and tested by the same team that created the first–ever series of dot–to–dot puzzles for grown–ups. That massive success revealed legions of enthusiastic dot–to–dot fans who will be thrilled to discover these brand–new challenges. Jennie Edwards is a freelance illustrator based in Brighton, the UK’s capital of all things cross–dressed and camp. She has illustrated articles or campaigns for a host of clients including Cosmopolitan France, British Airways, New Scientist, Emirates Airlines, Condé Nast Traveller, Creative Review, The Sunday Times, Cathay Pacific, Vue Cinemas, and more.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
A FLOW STATE CIRCULAR JIGSAW PUZZLE ILLUSTRATED BY ELIN SVENSSON
Discover the calming power of the flow state with this original jigsaw inspired by life on the reef
SELLING POINTS A GROWING MARKET: More and more people, especially millennials, are turning to this calming, mindful pastime. CALMING MANDALA: An original circular illustration, with an appropriately natural theme, gives a new twist on the mandala. UNDERSTAND FLOW: Includes an introduction to the psychological phenomenon of flow and its many benefits to mind and body. PLASTIC–FREE: The puzzle pieces are kept safe in a paper bag; all the materials are FSC– certified and there’s no plastic in the sophisticated packaging.
SPECIFICATIONS * 1,000-piece boxed jigsaw puzzle approx. 25 1/2" in diameter; plastic-free packaging * WIDTH: 10 5/8" - 270mm * HEIGHT: 10 5/8" - 270mm * Puzzle PUB MONTH: MAY PUZZLES, COLORING, AND We all know flow, even if we don’t yet know what to call it: that blissful state of absorption, when you’re so engaged with what you’re doing that you don’t notice the time passing. Psychologists have discovered that this still, almost meditative condition brings us a host of mental health benefits: balance, tranquility, and less stress. Jigsaw puzzling is an easy way to find flow, which is why it has boomed so dramatically in recent years. With the second of Skittledog’s Flow puzzles, Elin Svensson uses harmonious forms and colors, inspired by tropical reefs, to take the puzzler on a gentle journey to a place of calm. The box also includes a poster with the complete illustration and a short introduction to the flow state and its benefits. The finished puzzle is a 25 1/2–inch, 1,000–piece circular puzzle that comes in a 10 5/8 x 10 5/8" box.
ACTIVITY BOOKS ISBN 978-1-83776-005-3 US $24.99 CAN $31.99
Elin Svensson’s playful and harmonious illustrations show off her command of color, texture, and form, and have won her clients like Adidas, Facebook, the Financial Times, Grafik magazine, the Guardian, IKEA, Stockholm’s Kulturfestival, the Wall Street Journal, and Zeit Weissen.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Cut Up This Book and Create Your Own Wonderland 1,000 UNEXPECTED IMAGES FOR COLLAGE ARTISTS IMAGE SELECTION BY ELIZA SCOTT
Imagine mind–bending new worlds and express your creativity with more than 1,000 surprising images
SELLING POINTS A NEW CRAZE: Collage has exploded in popularity, creating a strong demand for curated collections of high–quality images. READY FOR USE: Every picture is carefully scaled, clipped, and color–corrected; tinted outlines on the reverse of each image help the artist cut them out neatly and easily. THE PERFECT THEME: Wonderland is the perfect theme for collage artists, with a host of surreal and dreamlike associations and a wealth of inspiring reference points.
SPECIFICATIONS * 1,000 color illustrations * 128 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 12 1/4" - 310mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: MAY PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS ISBN 978-1-83776-002-2 US $17.99 CAN $22.99
From the same team that created the bestselling Extraordinary Things to Cut Out and Collage comes this new collection of surprising images: a trip down the rabbit hole that will blow your mind and add new life to your collages. Every title in the Cut Up This Book series has all you need to create a host of surprising artworks of your own. There are more than 1,000 lively images—including backgrounds so you can create dramatic scenes—and a practical introduction will teach you the tricks of selection, composition, and juxtaposition that will fill your work with meaning and intrigue. Just bring scissors, glue, and your imagination!
Eliza Scott has degrees in both literature and art and is features editor of Lula magazine. Marta Costa Planas, who created the cover image, is a collage artist based in Brighton, UK.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
How to Train Your Skateboard WRITTEN BY JACK FRANCIS; ILLUSTRATED BY EWA ZAK
The only book of its kind: practical, stylish, and effortlessly cool
SELLING POINTS A HOT TREND: Skateboarding has never been bigger than now, and nearly every family home has a board or two. AN EXPERT AUTHOR: Francis has years of experience teaching the fundamental tricks that all skaters need to master. NO COMPETITION: Despite the size of the potential market, there has been no new title for a while and the fresh approach makes this a compelling gift.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 144 pages * WIDTH: 5 1/3" - 135mm * HEIGHT: 7 3/4" - 197mm * Hardcover PUB MONTH: JUNE SPORTS ISBN 978-1-83776-006-0 US $16.99 CAN $21.99
The Tokyo Olympics saw freestyle skateboarding arrive with a bang, as young competitors from all over the world astonished us with their skill, energy, and camaraderie. Their dramatic contests also showed everyone what skateboarders already knew: that even the most advanced routines draw from a small repertoire of basic moves. This is the first book to break down those 13 key tricks into clear step–by–step instructions, with specially commissioned illustrations making them easy to follow and a joy to look at. With Francis’s expert guidance you’ll master the basic skills and soon be popping ollies, kickflips, board slides, shuv–its, and more. Jack Francis learned to skateboard soon after he learned to walk, and has since ridden his deck in cities around the world. He now teaches skateboarding in Brighton, UK. Ewa Zak is a Berlin–based illustrator and designer.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
LEARN IN A WEEKEND BY NICK MORLEY
Prints to be proud of in no time at all
ART FOR EVERYONE: Linocut is the most accessible of print media, and even beginners can achieve high–quality results. EXPERT TEACHER: Morley has years of experience teaching beginners how to make their own prints and knows how to overcome the stumbling blocks that they face. COMPELLING PROMISE: The proven “learn in a weekend” tagline has a realistic, achievable appeal.
SPECIFICATIONS * Full-color illustrations throughout * 80 pages * WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm * HEIGHT: 8 1/8" - 206mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: JUNE CRAFT ISBN 978-1-83776-011-4 US $14.99 CAN $18.99
Linocut is a perennially popular medium for the amateur artist, as the forgiving process makes it possible for a beginner to come up with powerfully graphic results using basic equipment. Nick Morley is a seasoned expert at guiding aspiring printmakers through their first projects, and this accessible book distills his knowledge into friendly step–by–step workthroughs, liberally illustrated with clear photography and examples of Morley’s own work. A section of templates at the end makes it easy to get started, so within a couple of days the reader will find themselves growing in confidence and skill. Nick Morley (aka Linocutboy) has been a professional linocut artist for more than two decades. His clients include food and drink brands, many magazines, and publishers including Penguin, Faber, Bloomsbury, and the Folio Society. Alongside his illustration work he also teaches printing and has written one instructional book. He lives and works in Margate, UK.
RIGHTS: United States and Canada
Cut Up This Book and Create Your Own Mysterious Underworld 1,000 UNEXPECTED IMAGES FOR COLLAGE ARTISTS IMAGE SELECTION BY ELIZA SCOTT
Conjure thrillingly sinister scenes with more than 1,000 surprising images
SELLING POINTS AN ARTISTIC HALLOWEEN: Packed with headstones, skulls, ghosts, and demons, Underworld draws from the darkest wells of the gothic imagination and will appeal to anyone creating seasonal art. COLLAGE ON TREND: Collage has exploded in popularity, creating a strong demand for curated collections of high– quality images. READY FOR USE: Every picture is carefully scaled, clipped, and color–corrected; tinted outlines on the reverse of each help the artist cut them out neatly and easily.
SPECIFICATIONS * 1,000 color illustrations * 128 pages * WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm * HEIGHT: 12 1/4" - 310mm * Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: JULY CRAFT ISBN 978-1-83776-003-9 US $17.99 CAN $22.99
From memento mori to día de los muertos, nothing inspires more than the imagery of mortality, and this book supplies collage artists with all they need to explore that spellbinding topic. Make shadowy skeletons dance before ruined churches, lilies bloom against apocalyptic cloudscapes, or serpents wind through empty eye sockets—there’s no limit to the visions you can conjure. Every title in the Cut Up This Book series has all the imagery you need to create an infinite variety of surprising artworks. There are backgrounds, textures, and more than 1,000 lively images—ready for you to cut out and juxtapose in expressive new ways. Just bring scissors, glue, and your nightmarish reveries.
Eliza Scott has degrees in both literature and art and is features editor of Lula magazine. Maria Costa Planas, who created the cover image, is a collage artist based in Brighton, UK.
Front cover From Book of Earth by Heidi Gustafson; Photograph by Brendan Pattengale Back cover From My Powerful Hair by Carole Lindstrom; Illustrated by Steph Littlebird Meal Prep Magic Colin Price Pasta Veloce Steven Rothfield In Praise of Home Cooking Chaunté Vaughn Video Game of the Year Jordan Minor photo: Romary Santana Burnt Clare Frank photo © Cynthia Smalley Photography The Extincts: Flight of the Mammoth Scott Magoon photo: Daniel
Aaron Slater and the Sneaky Snake Andrea Beaty photo: Sirk
Productions; David Roberts photo: L. Roberts-Maloney
Bug Bonanza Andrea Beaty photo: Sirk Productions; Theanne Griffith
photo: Chris Lo Bue Photography
Marya Khan and the Fabulous Jasmine Garden Saadia Faruqi photo:
Grounded S. K. Ali photo: Andrea Stenson; Jamilah Thompkins-Bigelow
photo: Michael Gray; Huda Al-Marashi photo: Greg Cali, The Cali Life Photography
Charmed Life (Wildseed Witch Book 2) Marti Dumas photo: Clifton Faust The Museum of Lost and Found Leila Salas photo: Jörg Meyer That Self-Same Metal Brittany N. Williams photo: Jessica Osber
No Boy Summer Amy Spalding photo: Robyn Von Swank Marya Khan and the Incredible Henna Party Saadia Faruqi photo: QZB
Madison Morris Is Not a Mouse Kathryn Holmes photo: Justin Marshall Wildseed Witch (Book 1) Marti Dumas photo: Clifton Faust Campaign Leila Salas photo: Jörg Meyer We Used to Be Friends Amy Spalding photo: Robyn Von Swank
Abrams®, Abrams Press®, Abrams Image®, Abrams ComicArts®, Abrams Appleseed®, Amulet®, and Amulet Paperbacks®, are registered trademarks of Harry N. Abrams, Inc.
ABRAMS SPRING 2023
ABRAMS is a company of Media‑Participations Paris 57 Rue Gaston Tessier 75019 PARIS T +33 (0) 1 53 26 31 51 Michael Jacobs President and CEO T 212-229-7112 F 212-519-1310 E email@example.com Andrew Smith Senior Vice President, Publisher, Children’s Books T 212-519-1247 F 212-519-1310 E firstname.lastname@example.org Michael Sand Senior Vice President, Publisher, Adult Trade T 212-229-7175 F 212-519-1210 E email@example.com Steve Tager Senior Vice President, Strategic Development and Business Analytics T 212-519-1301 F 212-519-1210 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Marketing and Publicity
Melanie Chang Senior Vice President, Marketing and Publicity T 212-229-8826 F 212-366-0809 E email@example.com
Elisa Gonzalez Senior Vice President, Sales T 212-229-7124 F 212-414-5785 E firstname.lastname@example.org Monica Shah Vice President, Sales T 212-229-8801 F 212-414-5785 E email@example.com Wendy Ceballos Senior Director, Trade Sales & Operations T 212-229-8816 F 212-414-5785 E firstname.lastname@example.org Kathleen Spinelli Director, International & Export Sales E email@example.com Nadine Sferratore Director, Special Sales T 212-229-8880 F 212-414-5785 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Yulia Borodyanskaya Vice President, Subsidiary Rights T 212-229-7103 M 347-721-5189 E email@example.com Karin Schulze Subsidiary Rights Director T 212-229-7163 M 917-916-1735 E firstname.lastname@example.org Talia Behrend-Wilcox Senior Manager, Subsidiary Rights T 212-229-7118 E email@example.com
ABRAMS SPRING 2023
U.S. BOOK TRADE SALES REPRESENTATIVES
west: CA, AZ, NM, NV, CO, UT, HI, AK, ID, MT, WY, WA, OR Karel/Dutton Group 1111 Pueblito Rd Corrales, NM 87048 T 818-269-4882 F 877-847-1619 E firstname.lastname@example.org Selected Northwest Accounts: CA, OR, WA, CO Andrew Weiner 1006 Ventura Avenue Albany, CA 94706 T 510-558-8563 F 510-525-1989 E email@example.com Midwest: MI, IN, KY, IL, IA, MO, KS, OH, MN, WI, ND, SD, NE Fujii Associates Inc. Beth Chang 75 Sunny Hill Drive Troy, MO 63379 T 402-476-6199 E firstname.lastname@example.org Northeast & Mid-Atlantic: MA, CT, NH, ME, RI, VT, DC, MD, DE, WV, PA, NY, NJ Chesapeake & Hudson Inc. 115 West Potomac Street Brunswick, MD 21716 T 800-231-4469 F 800-307-5163 E email@example.com South: TX, OK, AL, AR, FL, GA, LA, MS, VA, SC, NC, TN Southern Territory Associates 706 Magnolia Street Greensboro, NC 27401 T 336-574-1879 F 336-275-3290 E firstname.lastname@example.org w southernterritory.com
Anne McGilvray/Square One ND, SD, MN 110301 Bren Road West Minneapolis Gift Mart Orange Gallery, Room 378 Minnetonka, MN 55343 t 952-932-7153 e email@example.com
INFORMATION TO THE TRADE
195 Broadway New York, NY 10007 T 212-206-7715 F 212-645-8437 W abramsbooks.com
Anne McGilvray & Company/Park Ave WA, OR, MT, ID, AK t 800-527-1462 w annemcgilvray.com Stephen Young CA, HI, CO, AZ, NV, UT, NM, WY 1933 S. Broadway, Ste. 830 Los Angeles, CA 90007 t 800-282-5863 w stephenyoung.net
Canadian Manda Group 664 Annette Street Toronto, Canada M6S 2C8 T 416-516-0911 F 416-516-0917 E firstname.lastname@example.org
North American Ordering and Customer Service Information
Hachette Book Group USA T 800-759-0190 (8:30 AM–5:30 PM EST) E email@example.com
Pricing and Shipping:
Prices in this catalog are suggested retail prices only. Any reseller is free to charge whatever he or she wishes for the books listed. Titles, prices, publication dates, and other contents of this catalog are subject to change without notice. Although ABRAMS will make every effort to follow reasonable shipping instructions, we will not accept responsibility or chargebacks for deviations from these instructions.
U.S. GIFT TRADE SALES REPRESENTATIVES
Anne McGilvray TX, KS, OK, IA, IN, AR, LA, NE, MO 2332 Valdina Street Dallas, TX 75207 t 800-527-1462 w annemcgilvray.com Simblist Group MS, TN, AL, GA, FL, NC, SC 40 John Portman Blvd NW Americasmart / Bldg 2 / Suite 1621 Atlanta, GA 30303 t 404-524-2812 w simblistgroup.com Harper Group NY Metro, MD, VA, WV, DC, PA, DE, NJ, MI, OH, KY, IL, WI 230 Fifth Avenue, Ste. 311 New York, NY 10001 t 212-868-1802 w harpergroup.com Main Street Reps ME, NH, CT, RI, VT, MA, Upstate NY 44 Haggetts Pond Rd. Andover, MA 01810 t 978-259-1307 w mainstreetreps.com
UK and International Sales and Marketing
INFORMATION TO THE TRADE
Abrams & Chronicle Books Ltd
1st Floor 1 West Smithfield London EC1A 9JU W abramsandchronicle.co.uk
Noortje van Lienen Director of UK and International Sales T +44 (0)20 7713 2071 M +44 (0)7939 662379 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Turkey and Middle East
Germany, Austria, and Switzerland
T +44 (0)20 7213 2060 E email@example.com
Tabitha Ward Director of Trade Sales T +44 (0)20 7713 2078 M +44 (0)7507 372 449 E firstname.lastname@example.org Sharon Gordon Gift & Special Sales Director T +44 (0)20 7713 2062 M +44 (0)7538 811433 E email@example.com To find your local rep contact: Casey Allen Sales Assistant T +44 (0)20 7713 2077 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Press and Marketing Information
Contact: email@example.com firstname.lastname@example.org
Sally Oliphant Director of Publicity and Marketing T +44 (0)20 7713 2066 E email@example.com
John Fitzpatrick M +353 872 469 859 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Tiffany Georges T +33 (0)670 101 981 e email@example.com Gabriele Kern P.S. Publishers’ Services T +49 69 510 694 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Greece and Cyprus
Isabella Curtis Padovani Books T +30 210 721 8995 E email@example.com
Italy and Portugal
Penny Padovani Padovani Books T +39 0575 614 338 E firstname.lastname@example.org
The Netherlands and Belgium
Francine Siemer-Ankersmit T +31(0) 62 62 3 67 68 E email@example.com
Jenny Padovani Frias Padovani Books t +34 637 027 587 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Suzanne Bach-Marklund Scandinavian Sales Manager T +45 (0)278 920 07 e email@example.com
Russia and Eastern Europe
Cristian Juncu T +40 722 454 800
INTERNATIONAL Karina Boensoe International Concept Stores + Online Sales T +44(0)1609 1291309 E firstname.lastname@example.org
AFRICA Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Ethiopia, Mauritius, Seychelles, Zambia, Malawi, Ghana, Nigeria, Sierra Leone, and Cameroon
Anita Zih-De Haan A-Z Africa Services T +31 10 415 4250 E email@example.com
Kit Clothier T +971 568 238 600 E firstname.lastname@example.org
Kapil Kapoor Roli Books T +91 1140 682 000 E email@example.com
ASIA AND OCEANIA China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan Rance Fu Sino Publishers Services Limited e firstname.lastname@example.org m +86 13521555031
Singapore, Philippines, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea, Thailand, Indonesia, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Myanmar Suk Lee e email@example.com
LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN David Williams Intermediaamericana Ltd. E firstname.lastname@example.org M +44 7761 977823
AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND Thames & Hudson Australia Pty Ltd 11 Central Boulevard Portside Business Park Fishermans Bend, Victoria 3207 Australia T +61 3 9646 7788 E Enquiries@thameshudson.com.au Head of Sales: Louise Lawson E email@example.com Product and Operations Manager: Mark Haldane E firstname.lastname@example.org
South Africa, Swaziland, Lesotho, Namibia, and Botswana
Jonathan Bell Publishers 66 Mimetes Road Denver Johannesburg, 2094 South Africa Brunette Mokgotlhoa T +27 11 601 8000 E Brunette.Mokgotlhoa@jonathanbell.co.za
ABRAMS SPRING 2023
ABRAMS The Art of Books abramsbooks.com abramsandchronicle.co.uk ABRAMS • ABRAMS IMAGE • CERNUNNOS • THE OVERLOOK PRESS ABRAMS PRESS • ABRAMS COMICARTS • CAMERON BOOKS ABRAMS APPLESEED • ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS AMULET BOOKS • MAGIC CAT • CAMERON KIDS TATE PUBLISHING • MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS • SELFMADEHERO • BUNGIE VENDOME PRESS • LA MARTINIÈRE/ABRAMS • V&A PUBLISHING • SKITTLEDOG
ISBN 978-1-4197-6900-9 ISBN 978-1-4197-6900-9
9 781419 769009